Title:   TWENTY-THREE TALES

Subject:  

Author:   TOLSTOY

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Page No 115

Page No 116

Page No 117

Page No 118

Page No 119

Page No 120

Page No 121

Page No 122

Page No 123

Page No 124

Page No 125

Page No 126

Page No 127

Page No 128

Page No 129

Page No 130

Page No 131

Page No 132

Page No 133

Page No 134

Page No 135

Page No 136

Page No 137

Page No 138

Page No 139

Page No 140

Page No 141

Page No 142

Page No 143

Page No 144

Page No 145

Page No 146

Page No 147

Page No 148

Page No 149

Page No 150

Page No 151

Page No 152

Page No 153

Page No 154

Page No 155

Page No 156

Bookmarks





Page No 1


TWENTYTHREE TALES

TOLSTOY



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

TWENTYTHREE TALES..............................................................................................................................1

TOLSTOY...............................................................................................................................................1

PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................1

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. .....................................................................3

1 GOD SEES THE TRUTH, BUT WAITS  ............................................................................................3

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  .................................................................................................8

3. THE BEARHUNT  ..........................................................................................................................25

PART II. POPULAR STORIES ........................................................................................................................31

4. WHAT MEN LIVE BY  ....................................................................................................................31

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  ............................................................................45

6. TWO OLD MEN ..............................................................................................................................54

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  .............................................................................................................68

PART III. A FAIRY TALE ...............................................................................................................................76

8. THE STORY OF IVAN THE FOOL................................................................................................76

PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES  .............................................................................................95

9. EVIL ALLURES, BUT GOOD ENDURES ....................................................................................95

10. LITTLE GIRLS WISER THAN MEN  ...........................................................................................97

11. ILYAS ..............................................................................................................................................98

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  ................................................................................................................101

12. THE THREE HERMITS ..............................................................................................................101

13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST ......................................................................................................106

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  .............................................................................108

15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG  .........................................................................................118

16. THE GODSON .............................................................................................................................120

17. THE REPENTANT SINNER  .......................................................................................................132

18. THE EMPTY DRUM ...................................................................................................................134

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH ......................................................................................140

19. THE COFFEEHOUSE OF SURAT ...........................................................................................140

20. TOO DEAR! .................................................................................................................................144

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS  .............................................................147

21. ESARHADDON, KING OF ASSYRIA[23] ................................................................................147

22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS .............................................................................................150

23. THREE QUESTIONS ..................................................................................................................152


TWENTYTHREE TALES

i



Top




Page No 3


TWENTYTHREE TALES

TOLSTOY

TRANSLATED BY L. AND A. MAUDE 

PREFACE 

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872.  

1 GOD SEES THE TRUTH, BUT WAITS  

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  

3. THE BEARHUNT   

PART II. POPULAR STORIES   

4. WHAT MEN LIVE BY  

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  

6. TWO OLD MEN  

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS   

PART III. A FAIRY TALE   

8. THE STORY OF IVAN THE FOOL  

PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES   

9. EVIL ALLURES, BUT GOOD ENDURES  

10. LITTLE GIRLS WISER THAN MEN  

11. ILYAS  

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD   

12. THE THREE HERMITS  

13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST  

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  

15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG  

16. THE GODSON  

17. THE REPENTANT SINNER  

18. THE EMPTY DRUM   

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH   

19. THE COFFEEHOUSE OF SURAT  

20. TOO DEAR!   

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS   

21. ESARHADDON, KING OF ASSYRIA[23]  

22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS  

23. THREE QUESTIONS   

PREFACE

THIS volume is divided into seven parts. 

First we have Tales for Children, published about the year 1872,  and reminding us of the time when Tolstoy

TWENTYTHREE TALES 1



Top




Page No 4


was absorbed in efforts to  educate the peasant children. This section of the book contains the two  stories

which of all that he has written Tolstoy likes best. In What is  Art? he claims no place among examples of

good art for any of his own  productions 'except for the story God sees the Truth, but Waits, which  seeks a

place in the first class (religious art), and A Prisoner in the  Caucasus, which belongs to the second (universal

art).' In the first of  these the subject (a favourite one with Tolstoy) is the forgiveness of  injuries. The second

deals with the simplest feelings common to all  men: fear and courage, pity, endurance, expressed with that

individuality, clearness, and sincerity, which Tolstoy says are the  signs of true art. 

Part II contains a series of stories written for the people; and  among them What Men Live By, probably the

most widely circulated of all  Tolstoy's tales. It is founded on the oftrepeated legend of an angel  sent by God

to live for a while among men. 

Part III consists of a Fairy Tale, Ivan the Fool, which contains in  popular form Tolstoy's indictment of

militarism and commercialism. 

Part IV contains three short stories written to help the sale of  cheap reproductions of some good drawings;

Tolstoy having for many  years been anxious by all means in his power to further the  circulation, at a cheap

price, of good works of pictorial as well as  literary art. 

In Part V we have a series of Russian FolkTales. The gems of this  collection are the temperance story, The

Imp and the Crust, the  antiwar story, The Empty Drum, and another story, How Much Land does a  Man

Need? which deals with a peasant's greed for land. A Grain as big  as a Hen's Egg and The Godson are highly

characteristic of the spirit  of the Russian peasantry, and supply a glimpse of the sources from  whence Tolstoy

imbibed many of his own spiritual sympathies and  antipathies. 

Part VI gives two adaptations from the French which have appeared  in no previous English edition of

Tolstoy's works. They are not merely  translations, for to some extent Tolstoy when translating them,

modified them and made them his own. 

Part VII consists of stories Tolstoy contributed in aid of the Jews  left destitute after the massacres and

outrages in Kishinef and  elsewhere in Russia in 1903,  outrages which were forerunners of the  yet more

terrible Jewish massacres of 1905. 

The importance Tolstoy attributes to literature of the kind  contained in this volume, is shown by the

following passage in What is  Art?  

'The artist of the future will understand that to compose a fairy  tale, a little song which will touch a lullaby  or

a riddle which will  entertain, a jest which will amuse, or to draw a sketch such as will  delight dozens of

generations or millions of children and adults, is  incomparably more important and more fruitful than to

compose a novel,  or a symphony, or paint a picture, of the kind which diverts some  members of the wealthy

classes for a short time and is then for ever  forgotten. The region of this art of the simplest feelings  accessible

to all is enormous, and it is as yet almost untouched.' 

The sections of the book have been arranged in chronological order.  The date when each story was published

is given. 

The translations are new ones, and for the footnotes I am  responsible. 

AYLMER MAUDE.

GREAT BADDOW

CHELMSFORD.


TWENTYTHREE TALES

TWENTYTHREE TALES 2



Top




Page No 5


February 1, 1906.

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872.

1 GOD SEES THE TRUTH, BUT WAITS 

IN the town of Vlad知ir lived a young merchant named Ivan Dm稚ritch  Aksynof. He had two shops and a

house of his own. 

Aksynof was a handsome, fairhaired, curlyheaded fellow, full of  fun, and very fond of singing. When quite

a young man he had been given  to drink, and was riotous when he had had too much, but after he  married he

gave up drinking, except now and then. 

One summer Aksynof was going to the N築hny Fair, and as he bade  goodbye to his family his wife said to

him, 'Ivan Dm稚ritch, do not  start today; I have had a bad dream about you.' 

Aksynof laughed, and said, 'You are afraid that when I get to the  fair I shall go on the spree.' 

His wife replied: 'I do not know what I am afraid of; all I know is  that I had a bad dream. I dreamt you

returned from the town, and when  you took off your cap I saw that your hair was quite grey.' 

Aksynof laughed. 'That's a lucky sign,' said he. 'See if I don't  sell out all my goods, and bring you some

presents from the fair.' 

So he said goodbye to his family, and drove away. 

When he had travelled halfway, he met a merchant whom he knew, and  they put up at the same inn for the

night. They had some tea together,  and then went to bed in adjoining rooms. 

It was not Aksynof's habit to sleep late, and, wishing to travel  while it was still cool, he aroused his driver

before dawn, and told  him to put in the horses. 

Then he made his way across to the landlord of the inn (who lived  in a cottage at the back), paid his bill, and

continued his journey. 

When he had gone about twentyfive miles, he stopped for the horses  to be fed. Aksynof rested awhile in the

passage of the inn, then he  stepped out into the porch and, ordering a samovar[1] to be heated got  out his

guitar and began to play. 

Suddenly a tryka[2] drove up with tinkling bells, and an official  alighted, followed by two soldiers. He came

to Aksynof and began to  question him, asking him who he was and whence he came. Aksynof  answered him

fully, and said, 'Won't you have some tea with me?' But  the official went on crossquestioning him and

asking him, 'Where did  you spend last night? Were you alone, or with a fellowmerchant? Did  you see the

other merchant this morning? Why did you leave the inn  before dawn?' 

Aksynof wondered why he was asked all these questions, but he  described all that had happened, and then

added, 'Why do you  crossquestion me as if I were a thief or a robber? I am travelling on  business of my

own, and there is no need to question me.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. 3



Top




Page No 6


Then the official, calling the soldiers, said, 'I am the  policeofficer of this district, and I question you because

the  merchant with whom you spent last night has been found with his throat  cut. We must search your things.' 

They entered the house. The soldiers and the policeofficer  unstrapped Aksynof's luggage and searched it.

Suddenly the officer drew  a knife out of a bag, crying, 'Whose knife is this?' 

Aksynof looked, and seeing a bloodstained knife taken from his  bag, he was frightened. 

'How is it there is blood on this knife?' 

Aksynof tried to answer, but could hardly utter a word, and only  stammered: 'I  I don't know  not mine.' 

Then the policeofficer said, 'This morning the merchant was found  in bed with his throat cut. You are the

only person who could have done  it. The house was locked from inside, and no one else was there. Here  is

this bloodstained knife in your bag, and your face and manner betray  you! Tell me how you killed him, and

how much money you stole?' 

Aksynof swore he had not done it; that he had not seen the merchant  after they had had tea together; that he

had no money except eight  thousand roubles[3] of his own, and that the knife was not his. But his  voice was

broken, his face pale, and he trembled with fear as though he  were guilty. 

The policeofficer ordered the soldiers to bind Aksynof and to put  him in the cart. As they tied his feet

together and flung him into the  cart, Aksynof crossed himself and wept. His money and goods were taken

from him, and he was sent to the nearest town and imprisoned there.  Enquiries as to his character were made

in Vlad知ir. The merchants and  other inhabitants of that town said that in former days he used to  drink and

waste his time, but that he was a good man. Then the trial  came on: he was charged with murdering a

merchant from Ryazan, and  robbing him of twenty thousand roubles. 

His wife was in despair, and did not know what to believe. Her  children were all quite small; one was a baby

at her breast. Taking  them all with her, she went to the town where her husband was in gaol.  At first she was

not allowed to see him; but, after much begging, she  obtained permission from the officials, and was taken to

him. When she  saw her husband in prisondress and in chains, shut up with thieves and  criminals, she fell

down, and did not come to her senses for a long  time. Then she drew her children to her, and sat down near

him. She  told him of things at home, and asked about what had happened to him.  He told her all, and she

asked, 'What can we do now?' 

'We must petition the Tsar not to let an innocent man perish.' 

His wife told him that she had sent a petition to the Tsar, but  that it had not been accepted. 

Aksynof did not reply, but only looked downcast. 

Then his wife said, 'It was not for nothing I dreamt your hair had  turned grey. You remember? You should

not have started that day.' And  passing her fingers through his hair, she said: 'Vanya dearest, tell  your wife the

truth; was it not you who did it?' 

'So you, too, suspect me!' said Aksynof, and hiding his face in his  hands, he began to weep. Then a soldier

came to say that the wife and  children must go away; and Aksynof said goodbye to his family for the  last

time. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. 4



Top




Page No 7


When they were gone, Aksynof recalled what had been said, and when  he remembered that his wife also had

suspected him, he said to himself,  'It seems that only God can know the truth, it is to Him alone we must

appeal, and from Him alone expect mercy.' 

And Aksynof wrote no more petitions; gave up all hope, and only  prayed to God. 

Aksynof was condemned to be flogged and sent to the mines. So he  was flogged with a knout, and when the

wounds made by the knout were  healed, he was driven to Siberia with other convicts. 

For twentysix years Aksynof lived as a convict in Siberia. His  hair turned white as snow and his beard grew

long, thin, and grey. All  his mirth went; he stooped; he walked slowly, spoke little, and never  laughed, but he

often prayed. 

In prison Aksynof learnt to make boots, and earned a little money,  with which he bought The Lives of the

Saints. He read this book when  there was light enough in the prison; and on Sundays in the  prisonchurch he

read the lessons and sang in the choir; for his voice  was still good. 

The prison authorities liked Aksynof for his meekness, and his  fellowprisoners respected him: they called

him 'Grandfather,' and 'The  Saint.' When they wanted to petition the prison authorities about  anything, they

always made Aksynof their spokesman, and when there were  quarrels among the prisoners they came to him

to put things right, and  to judge the matter. 

No news reached Aksynof from his home, and he did not even know if  his wife and children were still alive. 

One day a fresh gang of convicts came to the prison. In the evening  the old prisoners collected round the new

ones and asked them what  towns or villages they came from, and what they were sentenced for.  Among the

rest Aksynof sat down near the newcomers, and listened with  downcast air to what was said. 

One of the new convicts, a tall, strong man of sixty, with a  closelycropped grey beard, was telling the others

what he had been  arrested for. 

'Well, friends,' he said, 'I only took a horse that was tied to a  sledge, and I was arrested and accused of

stealing. I said I had only  taken it to get home quicker, and had then let it go; besides, the  driver was a

personal friend of mine. So I said, "It's all right."  "No," said they, "you stole it." But how or where I stole it

they could  not say. I once really did something wrong, and ought by rights to have  come here long ago, but

that time I was not found out. Now I have been  sent here for nothing at all. . . . Eh, but it's lies I'm telling you;

I've been to Siberia before, but I did not stay long.' 

'Where are you from?' asked some one. 

'From Vlad知ir. My family are of that town. My name is Makar, and  they also call me Semynitch.' 

Aksynof raised his head and said: 'Tell me, Semynitch, do you know  anything of the merchants Aksynof, of

Vlad知ir? Are they still alive?' 

'Know them? Of course I do. The Aksynofs are rich, though their  father is in Siberia: a sinner like ourselves,

it seems! As for you,  Gran'dad, how did you come here?' 

Aksynof did not like to speak of his misfortune. He only sighed,  and said, 'For my sins I have been in prison

these twentysix years.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. 5



Top




Page No 8


'What sins?' asked Makar Semynitch. 

But Aksynof only said, 'Well, well  I must have deserved it!' He  would have said no more, but his

companions told the newcomer how  Aksynof came to be in Siberia: how some one had killed a merchant

and  had put a knife among Aksynof's things, and Aksynof had been unjustly  condemned. 

When Makar Semynitch heard this, he looked at Aksynof, slapped his  own knee, and exclaimed, 'Well this is

wonderful! Really wonderful! But  how old you've grown, Gran'dad!' 

The others asked him why he was so surprised, and where he had seen  Aksynof before; but Makar Semynitch

did not reply. He only said: 'It's  wonderful that we should meet here, lads!' 

These words made Aksynof wonder whether this man knew who had  killed the merchant; so he said 'Perhaps,

Semynitch, you have heard of  that affair or maybe you've seen me before?' 

'How could I help hearing? The world's full of rumours. But it's  long ago, and I've forgotten what I heard.' 

'Perhaps you heard who killed the merchant?' asked Aksynof. 

Makar Semynitch laughed, and replied, 'It must have been him in  whose bag the knife was found! If some

one else hid the knife there,  "He's not a thief till he's caught," as the saying is. How could any  one put a knife

into your bag while it was under your head? It would  surely have woke you up?' 

When Aksynof heard these words, he felt sure this was the man who  had killed the merchant. He rose and

went away. All that night Aksynof  lay awake. 

He felt terribly unhappy, and all sorts of images rose in his mind.  There was the image of his wife as she was

when he parted from her to  go to the fair. He saw her as if she were present; her face and her  eyes rose before

him; he heard her speak and laugh. Then he saw his  children, quite little, as they were at that time: one with a

little  cloak on, another at his mother's breast. And then he remembered  himself as he used to be  young and

merry. He remembered how he sat  playing the guitar in the porch of the inn where he was arrested, and  how

free from care he had been. He saw, in his mind, the place where he  was flogged, the executioner, and the

people standing around; the  chains, the convicts, all the twentysix years of his prison life, and  his premature

old age. The thought of it all made him so wretched that  he was ready to kill himself. 

'And it's all that villain's doing!' thought Aksynof. And his anger  was so great against Makar Semynitch that

he longed for vengeance, even  if he himself should perish for it. He kept repeating prayers all  night, but could

get no peace. During the day he did not go near Makar  Semynitch, nor even look at him. 

A fortnight passed in this way. Aksynof could not sleep at nights,  and was so miserable that he did not know

what to do. 

One night as he was walking about the prison he noticed some earth  that came rolling out from under one of

the shelves on which the  prisoners slept. He stopped to see what it was. Suddenly Makar  Semynitch crept out

from under the shelf, and looked up at Aksynof with  frightened face. Aksynof tried to pass without looking at

him, but  Makar seized his hand and told him that he had dug a hole under the  wall, getting rid of the earth by

putting it into his highboots, and  emptying it out every day on the road when the prisoners were driven to

their work. 

'Just you keep quiet, old man, and you shall get out too. If you  blab they'll flog the life out of me, but I will

kill you first.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. 6



Top




Page No 9


Aksynof trembled with anger as he looked at his enemy. He drew his  hand away, saying, 'I have no wish to

escape, and you have no need to  kill me; you killed me long ago! As to telling of you  I may do so or  not,

as God shall direct.' 

Next day, when the convicts were led out to work, the convoy  soldiers noticed that one or other of the

prisoners emptied some earth  out of his boots. The prison was searched, and the tunnel found. The  Governor

came and questioned all the prisoners to find out who had dug  the hole. They all denied any knowledge of it.

Those who knew, would  not betray Makar Semynitch, knowing he would be flogged almost to  death. At last

the Governor turned to Aksynof, whom he knew to be a  just man, and said: 

'You are a truthful old man; tell me, before God, who dug the  hole?' 

Makar Semynitch stood as if he were quite unconcerned, looking at  the Governor and not so much as

glancing at Aksynof. Aksynof's lips and  hands trembled, and for a long time he could not utter a word. He

thought, 'Why should I screen him who ruined my life? Let him pay for  what I have suffered. But if I tell,

they will probably flog the life  out of him and maybe I suspect him wrongly. And, after all, what good  would

it be to me?' 

'Well, old man,' repeated the Governor, 'tell us the truth: who has  been digging under the wall?' 

Aksynof glanced at Makar Semynitch, and said 'I cannot say, your  honour. It is not God's will that I should

tell! Do what you like with  me; I am in your hands.' 

However much the Governor tried, Aksynof would say no more, and so  the matter had to be left. 

That night, when Aksynof was lying on his bed and just beginning to  doze, some one came quietly and sat

down on his bed. He peered through  the darkness and recognized Makar. 

'What more do you want of me?' asked Aksynof. 'Why have you come  here?' 

Makar Semynitch was silent. So Aksynof sat up and said, 'What do  you want? Go away, or I will call the

guard!' 

Makar Semynitch bent close over Aksynof, and whispered, 'Ivan  Dm稚ritch, forgive me!' 

'What for?' asked Aksynof. 

'It was I who killed the merchant and hid the knife among your  things. I meant to kill you too, but I heard a

noise outside; so I hid  the knife in your bag and escaped out of the window.' 

Aksynof was silent, and did not know what to say. Makar Semynitch  slid off the bedshelf and knelt upon

the ground. 'Ivan Dm稚ritch,'  said he, 'forgive me! For the love of God, forgive me! I will confess  that it was I

who killed the merchant, and you will be released and can  go to your home.' 

'It is easy for you to talk,' said Aksynof, 'but I have suffered  for you these twentysix years. Where could I go

to now? . . . My wife  is dead, and my children have forgotten me. I have nowhere to go. . .  .' 

Makar Semynitch did not rise, but beat his head on the floor. 'Ivan  Dm稚ritch, forgive me!' he cried. 'When

they flogged me with the knout  it was not so hard to bear as it is to see you now . . . yet you had  pity on me,

and did not tell. For Christ's sake forgive me, wretch that  I am!' And he began to sob. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872. 7



Top




Page No 10


When Aksynof heard him sobbing he, too, began to weep. 

'God will forgive you!' said he. 'Maybe I am a hundred times worse  than you.' And at these words his heart

grew light, and the longing for  home left him. He no longer had any desire to leave the prison, but  only hoped

for his last hour to come. 

In spite of what Aksynof had said, Maker Semynitch confessed his  guilt. But when the order for his release

came, Aksynof was already  dead. 

(Written in 1872.) 

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS 

AN officer named Zh値in was serving in the army in the Caucasus. 

One day he received a letter from home. It was from his mother, who  wrote: 'I am getting old, and should like

to see my dear son once more  before I die. Come and say goodbye to me and bury me, and then, if God

pleases, return to service again with my blessing. But I have found a  girl for you, who is sensible and good

and has some property. If you  can love her, you might marry her and remain at home.' 

Zh値in thought it over. It was quite true, the old lady was failing  fast and he might not have another chance to

see her alive. He had  better go, and, if the girl was nice, why not marry her? 

So he went to his Colonel, obtained leave of absence, said goodbye  to his comrades, stood the soldiers four

pailfuls of vdka[4] as a  farewell treat, and got ready to go. 

It was a time of war in the Caucasus. The roads were not safe by  night or day. If ever a Russian ventured to

ride or walk any distance  away from his fort, the Tartars killed him or carried him off to the  hills. So it had

been arranged that twice every week a body of soldiers  should march from one fortress to the next to convoy

travellers from  point to point. 

It was summer. At daybreak the baggagetrain got ready under  shelter of the fortress; the soldiers marched

out; and all started  along the road. Zh値in was on horseback, and a cart with his things  went with the

baggagetrain. They had sixteen miles to go. The  baggagetrain moved slowly; sometimes the soldiers

stopped, or perhaps  a wheel would come off one of the carts, or a horse refuse to go on,  and then everybody

had to wait. 

When by the sun it was already past noon, they had not gone half  the way. It was dusty and hot, the sun was

scorching and there was no  shelter anywhere: a bare plain all round  not a tree, not a bush, by  the road. 

Zh値in rode on in front, and stopped, waiting for the baggage to  overtake him. Then he heard the signalhorn

sounded behind him: the  company had again stopped. So he began to think: 'Hadn't I better ride  on by

myself? My horse is a good one: if the Tartars do attack me, I  can gallop away. Perhaps, however, it would be

wiser to wait.' 

As he sat considering, Kost値in, an officer carrying a gun, rode up  to him and said: 

'Come along, Zh値in, let's go on by ourselves. It's dreadful; I am  famished, and the heat is terrible. My shirt is


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  8



Top




Page No 11


wringing wet.' 

Kost値in was a stout, heavy man, and the perspiration was running  down his red face. Zh値in thought awhile,

and then asked: 'Is your gun  loaded?' 

'Yes it is.' 

'Well, then, let's go, but on condition that we keep together.' 

So they rode forward along the road across the plain, talking, but  keeping a lookout on both sides. They

could see afar all round. But  after crossing the plain the road ran through a valley between two  hills, and

Zh値in said: 'We had better climb that hill and have a look  round, or the Tartars may be on us before we know

it.' 

But Kost値in answered: 'What's the use? Let us go on.' 

Zh値in, however, would not agree. 

'No,' he said; 'you can wait here if you like, but I'll go and look  round.' And he turned his horse to the left, up

the hill. Zh値in's  horse was a hunter, and carried him up the hillside as if it had wings.  (He had bought it for a

hundred roubles as a colt out of a herd, and  had broken it in himself.) Hardly had he reached the top of the

hill,  when he saw some thirty Tartars not much more than a hundred yards  ahead of him. As soon as he

caught sight of them he turned round but  the Tartars had also seen him, and rushed after him at full gallop,

getting their guns out as they went. Down galloped Zh値in as fast as  the horse's legs could go, shouting to

Kost値in: 'Get your gun ready!' 

And, in thought, he said to his horse: 'Get me well out of this, my  pet; don't stumble, for if you do it's all up.

Once I reach the gun,  they shan't take me prisoner.' 

But, instead of waiting, Kost値in, as soon as he caught sight of  the Tartars, turned back towards the fortress at

full speed, whipping  his horse now on one side now on the other, and its switching tail was  all that could be

seen of him in the dust. 

Zh値in saw it was a bad lookout; the gun was gone, and what could  he do with nothing but his sword? He

turned his horse towards the  escort, thinking to escape, but there were six Tartars rushing to cut  him off. His

horse was a good one, but theirs were still better; and  besides, they were across his path. He tried to rein in

his horse and  to turn another way, but it was going so fast it could not stop, and  dashed on straight towards

the Tartars. He saw a redbearded Tartar on  a grey horse, with his gun raised, come at him, yelling and

showing his  teeth. 

'Ah,' thought Zh値in, 'I know you, devils that you are. If you take  me alive, you'll put me in a pit and flog me.

I will not be taken  alive!' 

Zh値in, though not a big fellow, was brave. He drew his sword and  dashed at the redbearded Tartar thinking:

'Either I'll ride him down,  or disable him with my sword.' 

He was still a horse's length away from him, when he was fired at  from behind, and his horse was hit. It fell

to the ground with all its  weight, pinning Zh値in to the earth. 

He tried to rise, but two illsavoured Tartars were already sitting  on him and binding his hands behind his

back. He made an effort and  flung them off, but three others jumped from their horses and began  beating his


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  9



Top




Page No 12


head with the butts of their guns. His eyes grew dim, and  he fell back. The Tartars seized him, and, taking

spare girths from  their saddles, twisted his hands behind him and tied them with a Tartar  knot. They knocked

his cap off, pulled off his boots, searched him all  over, tore his clothes, and took his money and his watch. 

Zh値in looked round at his horse. There it lay on its side, poor  thing, just as it had fallen; struggling, its legs in

the air, unable  to touch the ground. There was a hole in its head, and black blood was  pouring out, turning the

dust to mud for a couple of feet around. 

One of the Tartars went up to the horse and began taking the saddle  off, it still kicked, so he drew a dagger

and cut its windpipe. A  whistling sound came from its throat, the horse gave one plunge, and  all was over. 

The Tartars took the saddle and trappings. The redbearded Tartar  mounted his horse, and the others lifted

Zh値in into the saddle behind  him. To prevent his falling off, they strapped him to the Tartar's  girdle; and then

they all rode away to the hills. 

So there sat Zh値in, swaying from side to side, his head striking  against the Tartar's stinking back. He could

see nothing but that  muscular back and sinewy neck, with its closely shaven, bluish nape.  Zh値in's head was

wounded: the blood had dried over his eyes, and he  could neither shift his position on the saddle nor wipe the

blood off.  His arms were bound so tightly that his collarbones ached. 

They rode up and down hills for a long way. Then they reached a  river which they forded, and came to a hard

road leading across a  valley. 

Zh値in tried to see where they were going, but his eyelids were  stuck together with blood, and he could not

turn. 

Twilight began to fall; they crossed another river and rode up a  stony hillside. There was a smell of smoke

here, and dogs were barking.  They had reached an Aoul (a Tartar village). The Tartars got off their  horses;

Tartar children came and stood round Zh値in, shrieking with  pleasure and throwing stones at him. 

The Tartar drove the children away, took Zh値in off the horse, and  called his man. A Nogay[5] with high

cheekbones, and nothing on but a  shirt (and that so torn that his breast was all bare), answered the  call. The

Tartar gave him an order. He went and fetched shackles: two  blocks of oak with iron rings attached, and a

clasp and lock fixed to  one of the rings. 

They untied Zh値in's arms, fastened the shackles on his leg, and  dragged him to a barn, where they pushed

him in and locked the door. 

Zh値in fell on a heap of manure. He lay still awhile then groped  about to find a soft place, and settled down. 

II 

That night Zh値in hardly slept at all. It was the time of year when  the nights are short, and daylight soon

showed itself through a chink  in the wall. He rose, scratched to make the chink bigger, and peeped  out. 

Through the hole he saw a road leading downhill; to the right was  a Tartar hut with two trees near it, a black

dog lay on the threshold,  and a goat and kids were moving about wagging their tails. Then he saw  a young

Tartar woman in a long, loose, brightcoloured gown, with  trousers and high boots showing from under it.

She had a coat thrown  over her head, on which she carried a large metal jug filled with  water. She was

leading by the hand a small, closelyshaven Tartar boy,  who wore nothing but a shirt; and as she went along

balancing herself,  the muscles of her back quivered. This woman carried the water into the  hut, and, soon


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  10



Top




Page No 13


after, the redbearded Tartar of yesterday came out  dressed in a silk tunic, with a silverhilted dagger

hanging by his  side, shoes on his bare feet, and a tall black sheepskin cap set far  back on his head. He came

out, stretched himself, and stroked his red  beard. He stood awhile, gave an order to his servant, and went

away. 

Then two lads rode past from watering their horses. The horses'  noses were wet. Some other closelyshaven

boys ran out, without any  trousers, and wearing nothing but their shirts. They crowded together,  came to the

barn, picked up a twig, and began pushing it in at the  chink. Zh値in gave a shout, and the boys shrieked and

scampered off,  their little bare knees gleaming as they ran. 

Zh値in was very thirsty: his throat was parched, and he thought:  'If only they would come and so much as

look at me!' 

Then he heard some one unlocking the barn. The redbearded Tartar  entered, and with him was another a

smaller man, dark, with bright  black eyes, red cheeks and a short beard. He had a merry face, and was  always

laughing. This man was even more richly dressed than the other.  He wore a blue silk tunic trimmed with

gold, a large silver dagger in  his belt, red morocco slippers worked with silver, and over these a  pair of thick

shoes, and he had a white sheepskin cap on his head. 

The redbearded Tartar entered, muttered something as if he were  annoyed, and stood leaning against the

doorpost, playing with his  dagger, and glaring askance at Zh値in, like a wolf. The dark one, quick  and lively

and moving as if on springs, came straight up to Zh値in,  squatted down in front of him, slapped him on the

shoulder, and began  to talk very fast in his own language. His teeth showed, and he kept  winking, clicking his

tongue, and repeating, 'Good Russ, good Russ.' 

Zh値in could not understand a word, but said, 'Drink! give me water  to drink!' 

The dark man only laughed. 'Good Russ,' he said, and went on  talking in his own tongue. 

Zh値in made signs with lips and hands that he wanted something to  drink. 

The dark man understood, and laughed. Then he looked out of the  door, and called to some one: 'Dina!' 

A little girl came running in: she was about thirteen, slight,  thin, and like the dark Tartar in face. Evidently

she was his daughter.  She, too, had clear black eyes, and her face was goodlooking. She had  on a long blue

gown with wide sleeves, and no girdle. The hem of her  gown, the front, and the sleeves, were trimmed with

red. She wore  trousers and slippers, and over the slippers stouter shoes with high  heels. Round her neck she

had a necklace made of Russian silver coins.  She was bareheaded, and her black hair was plaited with a

ribbon and  ornamented with gilt braid and silver coins. 

Her father gave an order, and she ran away and returned with a  metal jug. She handed the water to Zh値in and

sat down, crouching so  that her knees were as high as her head, and there she sat with wide  open eyes

watching Zh値in drink, as though he were a wild animal. 

When Zh値in handed the empty jug back to her, she gave such a  sudden jump back, like a wild goat, that it

made her father laugh. He  sent her away for something else. She took the jug, ran out, and  brought back some

unleavened bread on a round board, and once more sat  down, crouching, and looking on with staring eves. 

Then the Tartars went away and again locked the door. 

After a while the Nogay came and said: 'Ayda, the master, Ayda!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  11



Top




Page No 14


He, too, knew no Russian. All Zh値in could make out was that he was  told to go somewhere. 

Zh値in followed the Ngay, but limped, for the shackles dragged his  feet so that he could hardly step at all. On

getting out of the barn he  saw a Tartar village of about ten houses, and a Tartar church with a  small tower.

Three horses stood saddled before one of the houses;  little boys were holding them by the reins. The dark

Tartar came out of  this house, beckoning with his hand for Zh値in to follow him. Then he  laughed, said

something in his own language, and returned into the  house. 

Zh値in entered. The room was a good one: the walls smoothly  plastered with clay. Near the front wall lay a

pile of brightcoloured  feather beds; the side walls were covered with rich carpets used as  hangings, and on

these were fastened guns, pistols and swords, all  inlaid with silver. Close to one of the walls was a small

stove on a  level with the earthen floor. The floor itself was as clean as a  thrashingground. A large space in

one corner was spread over with  felt, on which were rugs, and on these rugs were cushions stuffed with

down. And on these cushions sat five Tartars, the dark one, the  redhaired one, and three guests. They were

wearing their indoor  slippers, and each had a cushion behind his back. Before them were  standing millet

cakes on a round board, melted butter in a bowl and a  jug of buza, or Tartar beer. They ate both cakes and

butter with their  hands. 

The dark man jumped up and ordered Zh値in to be placed on one side,  not on the carpet but on the bare

ground, then he sat down on the  carpet again, and offered millet cakes and buza to his guests. The  servant

made Zh値in sit down, after which he took off his own  overshoes, put them by the door where the other shoes

were standing,  and sat down nearer to his masters on the felt, watching them as they  ate, and licking his lips. 

The Tartars ate as much as they wanted, and a woman dressed in the  same way as the girl  in a long gown

and trousers, with a kerchief on  her head  came and took away what was left, and brought a handsome

basin, and an ewer with a narrow spout. The Tartars washed their hands,  folded them, went down on their

knees, blew to the four quarters, and  said their prayers. After they had talked for a while, one of the  guests

turned to Zh値in and began to speak in Russian. 

'You were captured by KaziMohammed,' he said, and pointed at the  redbearded Tartar. 'And

KaziMohammed has given you to Abdul Murat,'  pointing at the dark one. 'Abdul Murat is now your master.' 

Zh値in was silent. Then Abdul Murat began to talk, laughing,  pointing to Zh値in, and repeating, 'Soldier Russ,

good Russ.' 

The interpreter said, 'He orders you to write home and tell them to  send a ransom, and as soon as the money

comes he will set you free.' 

Zh値in thought for a moment, and said, 'How much ransom does he  want?' 

The Tartars talked awhile, and then the interpreter said, 'Three  thousand roubles.' 

'No,' said Zh値in,' I can't pay so much.' 

Abdul jumped up and, waving his arms, talked to Zh値in' thinking,  as before, that he would understand. The

interpreter translated: 'How  much will you give?' 

Zh値in considered, and said, 'Five hundred roubles.' At this the  Tartars began speaking very quickly, all

together. Abdul began to shout  at the redbearded one, and jabbered so fast that the spittle spurted  out of his

mouth. The redbearded one only screwed up his eyes and  clicked his tongue. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  12



Top




Page No 15


They quietened down after a while, and the interpreter said, 'Five  hundred roubles is not enough for the

master. He paid two hundred for  you himself. KaziMohammed was in debt to him, and he took you in

payment. Three thousand roubles! Less than that won't do. If you refuse  to write, you will be put into a pit

and flogged with a whip!' 

'Eh!' thought Zh値in, 'the more one fears them the worse it will  be.' 

So he sprang to his feet, and said, 'You tell that dog that if he  tries to frighten me I will not write at all, and he

will get nothing.  I never was afraid of you dogs, and never will be!' 

The interpreter translated, and again they all began to talk at  once. 

They jabbered for a long time, and then the dark man jumped up,  came to Zh値in, and said: 'Dzhigit Russ,

dzhigit Russ!' (Dzhigit in  their language means 'brave.') And he laughed, and said something to  the

interpreter, who translated: 'One thousand roubles will satisfy  him.' 

Zh値in stuck to it: 'I will not give more than five hundred. And if  you kill me you'll get nothing at all.' 

The Tartars talked awhile, then sent the servant out to fetch  something, and kept looking, now at Zh値in, now

at the door. The  servant returned, followed by a stout, barefooted, tattered man, who  also had his leg

shackled. 

Zh値in gasped with surprise: it was Kost値in. He, too, had been  taken. They were put side by side, and began

to tell each other what  had occurred. While they talked, the Tartars looked on in silence.  Zh値in related what

had happened to him; and Kost値in told how his  horse had stopped, his gun missed fire, and this same Abdul

had  overtaken and captured him. 

Abdul jumped up, pointed to Kost値in, and said something. The  interpreter translated that they both now

belonged to one master, and  the one who first paid the ransom would be set free first. 

'There now,' he said to Zh値in, 'you get angry, but your comrade  here is gentle; he has written home, and they

will send five thousand  roubles. So he will be well fed and well treated.' 

Zh値in replied: 'My comrade can do as he likes; maybe he is rich, I  am not. It must be as I said. Kill me, if you

like  you will gain  nothing by it; but I will not write for more than five hundred  roubles.' 

They were silent. Suddenly up sprang Abdul, brought a little box,  took out a pen, ink, and a bit of paper, gave

them to Zh値in, slapped  him on the shoulder, and made a sign that he should write. He had  agreed to take five

hundred roubles. 

'Wait a bit!' said Zh値in to the interpreter; 'tell him that he  must feed us properly, give us proper clothes and

boots, and let us be  together. It will be more cheerful for us. And he must have these  shackles taken off our

feet,' and Zh値in looked at his master and  laughed. 

The master also laughed, heard the interpreter, and said: 'I will  give them the best of clothes: a cloak and

boots fit to be married in.  I will feed them like princes; and if they like they can live together  in the barn. But

I can't take off the shackles, or they will run away.  They shall be taken off, however, at night.' And he jumped

up and  slapped Zh値in on the shoulder, exclaiming: 'You good, I good!' 

Zh値in wrote the letter, but addressed it wrongly, so that it  should not reach its destination, thinking to

himself: 'I'll run away!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  13



Top




Page No 16


Zh値in and Kost値in were taken back to the barn and given some  maize straw, a jug of water, some bread, two

old cloaks, and some  wornout military boots  evidently taken from the corpses of Russian  soldiers, At

night their shackles were taken off their feet, and they  were locked up in the barn. 

III 

Zh値in and his friend lived in this way for a whole month. The  master always laughed and said: 'You, Ivan,

good! I, Abdul, good!' But  he fed them badly giving them nothing but unleavened bread of  milletflour

baked into flat cakes, or sometimes only unbaked dough. 

Kost値in wrote home a second time, and did nothing but mope and  wait for the money to arrive. He would sit

for days together in the  barn sleeping, or counting the days till a letter could come. 

Zh値in knew his letter would reach no one, and he did not write  another. He thought: 'Where could my mother

get enough money to ransom  me? As it is she lived chiefly on what I sent her. If she had to raise  five hundred

roubles, she would be quite ruined. With God's help I'll  manage to escape!' 

So he kept on the lookout, planning how to run away. 

He would walk about the Aoul whistling; or would sit working,  modelling dolls of clay, or weaving baskets

out of twigs: for Zh値in  was clever with his hands. 

Once he modelled a doll with a nose and hands and feet and with a  Tartar gown on, and put it up on the roof.

When the Tartar women came  out to fetch water, the master's daughter, Dina, saw the doll and  called the

women, who put down their jugs and stood looking and  laughing. Zh値in took down the doll and held it out to

them. They  laughed, but dared not take it. He put down the doll and went into the  barn, waiting to see what

would happen. 

Dina ran up to the doll, looked round, seized it, and ran away. 

In the morning, at daybreak, he looked out. Dina came out of the  house and sat down on the threshold with

the doll, which she had  dressed up in bits of red stuff, and she rocked it like a baby, singing  a Tartar lullaby.

An old woman came out and scolded her, and snatching  the doll away she broke it to bits, and sent Dina

about her business. 

But Zh値in made another doll, better than the first, and gave it to  Dina. Once Dina brought a little jug, put it

on the ground, sat down  gazing at him, and laughed, pointing to the jug. 

'What pleases her so?' wondered Zh値in. He took the jug thinking it  was water, but it turned out to be milk. He

drank the milk and said:  'That's good!' 

How pleased Dina was! 'Good, Ivan, good!' said she, and she jumped  up and clapped her hands. Then, seizing

the jug, she ran away. After  that, she stealthily brought him some milk every day. 

The Tartars make a kind of cheese out of goat's milk, which they  dry on the roofs of their houses; and

sometimes, on the sly, she  brought him some of this cheese. And once, when Abdul had killed a  sheep she

brought Zh値in a bit of mutton in her sleeve. She would just  throw the things down and run away. 

One day there was a heavy storm, and the rain fell in torrents for  a whole hour. All the streams became

turbid. At the ford, the water  rose till it was seven feet high, and the current was so strong that it  rolled the

stones about. Rivulets flowed everywhere, and the rumbling  in the hills never ceased. When the storm was


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  14



Top




Page No 17


over, the water ran in  streams down the village street. Zh値in got his master to lend him a  knife, and with it he

shaped a small cylinder, and cutting some little  boards, he made a wheel to which he fixed two dolls, one on

each side.  The little girls brought him some bits of stuff, and he dressed the  dolls, one as a peasant, the other

as a peasant woman. Then he fastened  them in their places, and set the wheel so that the stream should work

it. The wheel began to turn and the dolls danced. 

The whole village collected round. Little boys and girls, Tartar  men and women, all came and clicked their

tongues. 

'Ah, Russ! Ah, Ivan!' 

Abdul had a Russian clock, which was broken. He called Zh値in and  showed it to him, clicking his tongue. 

'Give it me, I'll mend it for you,' said Zh値in. 

He took it to pieces with the knife, sorted the pieces, and put  them together again, so that the clock went all

right. 

The master was delighted, and made him a present of one of his old  tunics which was all in holes. Zh値in had

to accept it. He could, at  any rate, use it as a coverlet at night. 

After that Zh値in's fame spread; and Tartars came from distant  villages, bringing him now the lock of a gun or

of a pistol, now a  watch, to mend. His master gave him some tools  pincers, gimlets, and  a file. 

One day a Tartar fell ill, and they came to Zh値in saying, 'Come  and heal him!' Zh値in knew nothing about

doctoring, but he went to  look, and thought to himself, 'Perhaps he will get well anyway.' 

He returned to the barn, mixed some water with sand, and then in  the presence of the Tartars whispered some

words over it and gave it to  the sick man to drink. Luckily for him, the Tartar recovered. 

Zh値in began to pick up their language a little, and some of the  Tartars grew familiar with him. When they

wanted him, they would call:  'Ivan! Ivan!' Others, however, still looked at him askance, as at a  wild beast. 

The redbearded Tartar disliked Zh値in. Whenever he saw him he  frowned and turned away, or swore at him.

There was also an old man  there who did not live in the Aoul, but used to come up from the foot  of the hill.

Zh値in only saw him when he passed on his way to the  Mosque. He was short, and had a white cloth wound

round his hat. His  beard and moustaches were clipped, and white as snow; and his face was  wrinkled and

brickred. His nose was hooked like a hawk's, his grey  eyes looked cruel, and he had no teeth except two

tusks. He would pass,  with his turban on his head, leaning on his staff, and glaring round  him like a wolf. If

he saw Zh値in he would snort with anger and turn  away. 

Once Zh値in descended the hill to see where the old man lived. He  went down along the pathway and came to

a little garden surrounded by a  stone wall; and behind the wall he saw cherry and apricot trees, and a  hut with

a flat roof. He came closer, and saw hives made of plaited  straw, and bees flying about and humming. The

old man was kneeling,  busy doing something with a hive. Zh値in stretched to look, and his  shackles rattled.

The old man turned round, and, giving a yell,  snatched a pistol from his belt and shot at Zh値in, who just

managed to  shelter himself behind the stone wall. 

The old man went to Zh値in's master to complain. The master called  Zh値in, and said with a laugh, 'Why did

you go to the old man's house?' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  15



Top




Page No 18


'I did him no harm,' replied Zh値in. 'I only wanted to see how he  lived.' 

The master repeated what Zh値in said. 

But the old man was in a rage; he hissed and jabbered, showing his  tusks, and shaking his fists at Zh値in. 

Zh値in could not understand all, but he gathered that the old man  was telling Abdul he ought not to keep

Russians in the Aoul, but ought  to kill them. At last the old man went away. 

Zh値in asked the master who the old man was. 

'He is a great man!' said the master. 'He was the bravest of our  fellows; he killed many Russians and was at

one time very rich. He had  three wives and eight sons, and they all lived in one village. Then the  Russians

came and destroyed the village, and killed seven of his sons.  Only one son was left, and he gave himself up to

the Russians. The old  man also went and gave himself up, and lived among the Russians for  three months. At

the end of that time he found his son, killed him with  his own hands, and then escaped. After that he left off

fighting, and  went to Mecca to pray to God; that is why he wears a turban. One who  has been to Mecca is

called "Hadji," and wears a turban. He does not  like you fellows. He tells me to kill you. But I can't kill you. I

have  paid money for you and, besides, I have grown fond of you, Ivan. Far  from killing you, I would not even

let you go if I had not promised.'  And he laughed, saying in Russian, 'You, Ivan, good; I, Abdul, good!' 

IV 

Zh値in lived in this way for a month. During the day he sauntered  about the Aoul or busied himself with some

handicraft, but at night,  when all was silent in the Aoul, he dug at the floor of the barn. It  was no easy task

digging, because of the stones; but he worked away at  them with his file, and at last had made a hole under

the wall large  enough to get through. 

'If only I could get to know the lay of the land,' thought he, 'and  which way to go! But none of the Tartars will

tell me.' 

So he chose a day when the master was away from home, and set off  after dinner to climb the hill beyond the

village, and to look around.  But before leaving home the master always gave orders to his son to  watch

Zh値in, and not to lose sight of him. So the lad ran after  Zh値in, shouting: 'Don't go! Father does not allow it.

I'll call the  neighbours if you won't come back.' 

Zh値in tried to persuade him, and said: 'I'm not going far; I only  want to climb that hill. I want to find a herb

to cure sick people  with. You come with me if you like. How can I run away with these  shackles on?

Tomorrow I'll make a bow and arrows for you.' 

So he persuaded the lad, and they went. To look at the hill, it did  not seem far to the top; but it was hard

walking with shackles on his  leg. Zh値in went on and on, but it was all he could do to reach the  top. There he

sat down and noted how the land lay. To the south, beyond  the barn, was a valley in which a herd of horses

was pasturing and at  the bottom of the valley one could see another Aoul. Beyond that was a  still steeper hill,

and another hill beyond that. Between the hills, in  the blue distance, were forests, and still further off were

mountains,  rising higher and higher. The highest of them were covered with snow,  white as sugar; and one

snowy peak towered above all the rest. To the  east and to the west were other such hills, and here and there

smoke  rose from Aouls in the ravines. 'Ah,' thought he, 'all that is Tartar  country.' And he turned towards the

Russian side. At his feet he saw a  river, and the Aoul he lived in, surrounded by little gardens. He could  see

women, like tiny dolls, sitting by the river rinsing clothes.  Beyond the Aoul was a hill, lower than the one to

the south, and beyond  it two other hills well wooded; and between these, a smooth bluish  plain, and far, far


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  16



Top




Page No 19


across the plain something that looked like a cloud  of smoke. Zh値in tried to remember where the sun used to

rise and set  when he was living in the fort, and he saw that there was no mistake:  the Russian fort must be in

that plain. Between those two hills he  would have to make his way when he escaped. 

The sun was beginning to set. The white, snowy mountains turned  red, and the dark hills turned darker; mists

rose from the ravine, and  the valley, where he supposed the Russian fort to be, seemed on fire  with the sunset

glow. Zh値in looked carefully. Something seemed to be  quivering in the valley like smoke from a chimney,

and he felt sure the  Russian fortress was there. 

It had grown late. The Mullah's cry was heard. The herds were being  driven home, the cows were lowing, and

the lad kept saying, 'Come  home!' But Zh値in did not feel inclined to go away. 

At last, however, they went back. 'Well,' thought Zh値in, 'now that  I know the way, it is time to escape.' He

thought of running away that  night. The nights were dark  the moon had waned. But as illluck  would

have it, the Tartars returned home that evening. They generally  came back driving cattle before them and in

good spirits. But this time  they had no cattle. All they brought home was the dead body of a Tartar   the red

one's brother  who had been killed. They came back looking  sullen, and they all gathered together for the

burial. Zh値in also came  out to see it. 

They wrapped the body in a piece of linen, without any coffin, and  carried it out of the village, and laid it on

the grass under some  planetrees. The Mullah and the old men came. They wound clothes round  their caps,

took off their shoes, and squatted on their heels, side by  side, near the corpse. 

The Mullah was in front: behind him in a row were three old men in  turbans, and behind them again the other

Tartars. All cast down their  eyes and sat in silence. This continued a long time, until the Mullah  raised his

head and said: 'Allah!' (which means God). He said that one  word, and they all cast down their eyes again,

and were again silent  for a long time. They sat quite still, not moving or making any sound. 

Again the Mullah lifted his head and said, 'Allah!' and they all  repeated: 'Allah! Allah!' and were again silent. 

The dead body lay immovable on the grass, and they sat as still as  if they too were dead. Not one of them

moved. There was no sound but  that of the leaves of the planetrees stirring in the breeze. Then the  Mullah

repeated a prayer, and they all rose. They lifted the body and  carried it in their arms to a hole in the ground. It

was not an  ordinary hole, but was hollowed out under the ground like a vault. They  took the body under the

arms and by the legs, bent it, and let it  gently down, pushing it under the earth in a sitting posture, with the

hands folded in front. 

The Nogay brought some green rushes, which they stuffed into the  hole, and, quickly covering it with earth,

they smoothed the ground,  and set an upright stone at the head of the grave. Then they trod the  earth down,

and again sat in a row before the grave, keeping silence  for a long time. 

At last they rose, said 'Allah! Allah! Allah!' and sighed. 

The redbearded Tartar gave money to the old men; then he too rose,  took a whip, struck himself with it three

times on the forehead, and  went home. 

The next morning Zh値in saw the red Tartar, followed by three  others, leading a mare out of the village. When

they were beyond the  village, the redbearded Tartar took off his tunic and turned up his  sleeves, showing his

stout arms. Then he drew a dagger and sharpened it  on a whetstone. The other Tartars raised the mare's head,

and he cut  her throat, threw her down and began skinning her, loosening the hide  with his big hands. Women

and girls came and began to wash the entrails  and the inwards. The mare was cut up, the pieces taken into the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  17



Top




Page No 20


hut,  and the whole village collected at the red Tartar's hut for a funeral  feast. 

For three days they went on eating the flesh of the mare, drinking  buza, and praying for the dead man. All the

Tartars were at home. On  the fourth day at dinnertime Zh値in saw them preparing to go away.  Horses were

brought out, they got ready, and some ten of them (the red  one among them) rode away; but Abdul stayed at

home. It was new moon,  and the nights were still dark. 

'Ah!' thought Zh値in, 'tonight is the time to escape.' And he told  Kost値in; but Kost値in's heart failed him. 

'How can we escape?' he said. 'We don't even know the way.' 

'I know the way,' said Zh値in. 

'Even if you do'' said Kost値in, 'we can't reach the fort in one  night.' 

'If we can't,' said Zh値in, 'we'll sleep in the forest. See here, I  have saved some cheeses. What's the good of

sitting and moping here? If  they send your ransom  well and good; but suppose they don't manage  to

collect it? The Tartars are angry now, because the Russians have  killed one of their men. They are talking of

killing us.' 

Kost値in thought it over. 

'Well, let's go,' said he. 

Zh値in crept into the hole, widened it so that Kost値in might also  get through, and then they both sat waiting

till all should be quiet in  the Aoul. 

As soon as all was quiet, Zh値in crept under the wall, got out, and  whispered to Kost値in, 'Come!' Kost値in

crept out, but in so doing he  caught a stone with his foot and made a noise. The master had a very  vicious

watchdog, a spotted one called Oulyashin. Zh値in had been  careful to feed him for some time before.

Oulyashin heard the noise and  began to bark and jump, and the other dogs did the same. Zh値in gave a  slight

whistle, and threw him a bit of cheese. Oulyashin knew Zh値in,  wagged his tail, and stopped barking. 

But the master had heard the dog, and shouted to him from his hut,  'Hayt, hayt, Oulyashin!' 

Zh値in, however, scratched Oulyashin behind the ears, and the dog  was quiet, and rubbed against his legs,

wagging his tail 

They sat hidden behind a corner for awhile. All became silent  again, only a sheep coughed inside a shed, and

the water rippled over  the stones in the hollow. It was dark, the stars were high overhead,  and the new moon

showed red as it set, horns upward, behind the hill.  In the valleys the fog was white as milk. 

Zh値in rose and said to his companion, 'Well, friend, come along!' 

They started; but they had only gone a few steps when they heard  the Mullah crying from the roof, 'Allah,

Beshmillah! Ilrahman!' That  meant that the people would be going to the Mosque. So they sat down  again,

hiding behind a wall, and waited a long time till the people had  passed. At last all was quiet again. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  18



Top




Page No 21


'Now then! May God be with us!' They crossed themselves, and  started once more. They passed through a

yard and went down the  hillside to the river, crossed the river, and went along the valley. 

The mist was thick, but only near the ground; overhead the stars  shone quite brightly. Zh値in directed their

course by the stars. It was  cool in the mist, and easy walking, only their boots were  uncomfortable, being

worn out and trodden down. Zh値in took his off,  threw them away, and went barefoot, jumping from stone to

stone, and  guiding his course by the stars. Kost値in began to lag behind. 

'Walk slower,' he said, 'these confounded boots have quite  blistered my feet.' 

'Take them off!' said Zh値in. 'It will be easier walking without  them.' 

Kost値in went barefoot, but got on still worse. The stones cut his  feet and he kept lagging behind. Zh値in said:

'If your feet get cut,  they'll heal again; but if the Tartars catch us and kill us, it will be  worse!' 

Kost値in did not reply, but went on, groaning all the time. 

Their way lay through the valley for a long time. Then, to the  right, they heard dogs barking. Zh値in stopped,

looked about, and began  climbing the hill feeling with his hands. 

'Ah!' said he, 'we have gone wrong, and have come too far to the  right. Here is another Aoul, one I saw from

the hill. We must turn back  and go up that hill to the left. There must be a wood there.' 

But Kost値in said: 'Wait a minute! Let me get breath. My feet are  all cut and bleeding.' 

'Never mind, friend! They'll heal again. You should spring more  lightly. Like this!' 

And Zh値in ran back and turned to the left up the hill towards the  wood. 

Kost値in still lagged behind, and groaned. Zh値in only said 'Hush!'  and went on and on. 

They went up the hill and found a wood as Zh値in had said. They  entered the wood and forced their way

through the brambles, which tore  their clothes. At last they came to a path and followed it. 

'Stop!' They heard the tramp of hoofs on the path, and waited,  listening. It sounded like the tramping of a

horse's feet, but then  ceased. They moved on, and again they heard the tramping. When they  paused, it also

stopped. Zh値in crept nearer to it, and saw something  standing on the path where it was not quite so dark. It

looked like a  horse, and yet not quite like one, and on it was something queer, not  like a man. He heard it

snorting. 'What can it be?' Zh値in gave a low  whistle, and off it dashed from the path into the thicket, and the

woods were filled with the noise of crackling, as if a hurricane were  sweeping through, breaking the

branches. 

Kost値in was so frightened that he sank to the ground. But Zh値in  laughed and said: 'It's a stag. Don't you hear

him breaking the  branches with his antlers? We were afraid of him, and he is afraid of  us.' 

They went on. The Great Bear was already setting. It was near  morning, and they did not know whether they

were going the right way or  not. Zh値in thought it was the way he had been brought by the Tartars,  and that

they were still some seven miles from the Russian fort; but he  had nothing certain to go by, and at night one

easily mistakes the way.  After a time they came to a clearing. Kost値in sat down and said: 'Do  as you like, I

can go no farther! My feet won't carry me.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  19



Top




Page No 22


Zh値in tried to persuade him. 

'No I shall never get there, I can't!' 

Zh値in grew angry, and spoke roughly to him. 

'Well, then, I shall go on alone. Goodbye!' 

Kost値in jumped up and followed. They went another three miles. The  mist in the wood had settled down still

more densely; they could not  see a yard before them, and the stars had grown dim. 

Suddenly they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs in front of them.  They heard its shoes strike the stones.

Zh値in lay down flat, and  listened with his ear to the ground. 

'Yes, so it is! A horseman is coming towards us.' 

They ran off the path, crouched among the bushes and waited. Zh値in  crept to the road, looked, and saw a

Tartar on horseback driving a cow  and humming to himself. The Tartar rode past. Zh値in returned to  Kost値in. 

'God has led him past us; get up and let's go on!' 

Kost値in tried to rise, but fell back again. 

'I can't; on my word I can't! I have no strength left.' 

He was heavy and stout, and had been perspiring freely. Chilled by  the mist, and with his feet all bleeding, he

had grown quite limp. 

Zh値in tried to lift him, when suddenly Kost値in screamed out: 'Oh,  how it hurts!' 

Zh値in's heart sank. 

'What are you shouting for? The Tartar is still near; he'll have  heard you!' And he thought to himself, 'He is

really quite done up.  What am I to do with him? It won't do to desert a comrade.' 

'Well, then, get up, and climb up on my back. I'll carry you if you  really can't walk.' 

He helped Kost値in up, and put his arms under his thighs. Then he  went out on to the path, carrying him. 

'Only, for the love of heaven,' said Zh値in, 'don't throttle me  with your hands! Hold on to my shoulders.' 

Zh値in found his load heavy; his feet, too, were bleeding, and he  was tired out. Now and then he stooped to

balance Kost値in better,  jerking him up so that he should sit higher, and then went on again. 

The Tartar must, however, really have heard Kost値in scream. Zh値in  suddenly heard some one galloping

behind and shouting in the Tartar  tongue. He darted in among the bushes. The Tartar seized his gun and  fired,

but did not hit them, shouted in his own language, and galloped  off along the road. 

'Well, now we are lost, friend!' said Zh値in. 'That dog will gather  the Tartars together to hunt us down. Unless

we can get a couple of  miles away from here we are lost!' And he thought to himself, 'Why the  devil did I

saddle myself with this block? I should have got away long  ago had I been alone.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  20



Top




Page No 23


'Go on alone,' said Kost値in. 'Why should you perish because of  me?' 

'No I won't go. It won't do to desert a comrade.' 

Again he took Kost値in on his shoulders and staggered on. They went  on in that way for another halfmile or

more. They were still in the  forest, and could not see the end of it. But the mist was already  dispersing, and

clouds seemed to be gathering, the stars were no longer  to be seen. Zh値in was quite done up. They came to a

spring walled in  with stones by the side of the path. Zh値in stopped and set Kost値in  down. 

'Let me have a rest and a drink,' said he, 'and let us eat some of  the cheese. It can't be much farther now.' 

But hardly had he lain down to get a drink, when he heard the sound  of horses' feet behind him. Again they

darted to the right among the  bushes, and lay down under a steep slope. 

They heard Tartar voices. The Tartars stopped at the very spot  where they had turned off the path. The

Tartars talked a bit, and then  seemed to be setting a dog on the scent. There was a sound of crackling  twigs,

and a strange dog appeared from behind the bushes. It stopped,  and began to bark. 

Then the Tartars, also strangers, came climbing down, seized Zh値in  and Kost値in, bound them, put them on

horses, and rode away with them. 

When they had ridden about two miles, they met Abdul, their owner,  with two other Tartars following him.

After talking with the strangers,  he put Zh値in and Kost値in on two of his own horses and took them back  to

the Aoul. 

Abdul did not laugh now, and did not say a word to them. 

They were back at the Aoul by daybreak, and were set down in the  street. The children came crowding round,

throwing stones, shrieking,  and beating them with whips. 

The Tartars gathered together in a circle, and the old man from the  foot of the hill was also there. They began

discussing, and Zh値in  heard them considering what should be done with him and Kost値in. Some  said they

ought to be sent farther into the mountains; but the old man  said: 'They must be killed!' 

Abdul disputed with him, saying: 'I gave money for them, and I must  get ransom for them.' But the old man

said: 'They will pay you nothing,  but will only bring misfortune. It is a sin to feed Russians. Kill  them, and

have done with it!' 

They dispersed. When they had gone, the master came up to Zh値in  and said: 'If the money for your ransom is

not sent within a fortnight,  I will flog you; and if you try to run away again, I'll kill you like a  dog! Write a

letter, and write properly!' 

Paper was brought to them, and they wrote the letters. Shackles  were put on their feet, and they were taken

behind the Mosque to a deep  pit about twelve feet square, into which they were let down. 

VI 

Life was now very hard for them. Their shackles were never taken  off, and they were not let out into the fresh

air. Unbaked dough was  thrown to them as if they were dogs, and water was let down in a can. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  21



Top




Page No 24


It was wet and close in the pit, and there was a horrible stench.  Kost値in grew quite ill, his body became

swollen and he ached all over,  and moaned or slept all the time. Zh値in, too, grew downcast; he saw it  was a

bad lookout, and could think of no way of escape. 

He tried to make a tunnel, but there was nowhere to put the earth.  His master noticed it, and threatened to kill

him. 

He was sitting on the floor of the pit one day, thinking of freedom  and feeling very downhearted, when

suddenly a cake fell into his lap,  then another, and then a shower of cherries. He looked up, and there  was

Dina. She looked at him, laughed, and ran away. And Zh値in thought:  'Might not Dina help me?' 

He cleared out a little place in the pit, scraped up some clay, and  began modelling toys. He made men, horses,

and dogs, thinking, 'When  Dina comes I'll throw them up to her.' 

But Dina did not come next day. Zh値in heard the tramp of horses;  some men rode past, and the Tartars

gathered in council near the  Mosque. They shouted and argued; the word 'Russians' was repeated  several

times. He could hear the voice of the old man. Though he could  not distinguish what was said, he guessed

that Russian troops were  somewhere near, and that the Tartars, afraid they might come into the  Aoul, did not

know what to do with their prisoners. 

After talking awhile, they went away. Suddenly he heard a rustling  overhead, and saw Dina crouching at the

edge of the pit, her knees  higher than her head, and bending over so that the coins of her plait  dangled above

the pit. Her eyes gleamed like stars. She drew two  cheeses out of her sleeve and threw them to him. Zh値in

took them and  said, 'Why did you not come before? I have made some toys for you.  Here, catch!' And he

began throwing the toys up, one by one. 

But she shook her head and would not look at them. 

'I don't want any,' she said. She sat silent for awhile, and then  went on, 'Ivan, they want to kill you!' And she

pointed to her own  throat. 

'Who wants to kill me?' 

'Father; the old men say he must. But I am sorry for you!' 

Zh値in answered: 'Well, if you are sorry for me, bring me a long  pole.' 

She shook her head, as much as to say, 'I can't!' 

He clasped his hands and prayed her: 'Dina, please do! Dear Dina, I  beg of you!' 

'I can't!' she said, 'they would see me bringing it. They're all at  home.' And she went away. 

So when evening came Zh値in still sat looking up now and then, and  wondering what would happen. The stars

were there, but the moon had not  yet risen. The Mullah's voice was heard; then all was silent. Zh値in  was

beginning to doze, thinking: 'The girl will be afraid to do it!' 

Suddenly he felt clay falling on his head. He looked up, and saw a  long pole poking into the opposite wall of

the pit. It kept poking  about for a time, and then it came down, sliding into the pit. Zh値in  was glad indeed. He

took hold of it and lowered it. It was a strong  pole, one that he had seen before on the roof of his master's hut. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  22



Top




Page No 25


He looked up. The stars were shining high in the sky, and just  above the pit Dina's eyes gleamed in the dark

like a cat's. She stooped  with her face close to the edge of the pit, and whispered, 'Ivan!  Ivan!' waving her

hand in front of her face to show that he should  speak low. 

'What?' said Zh値in. 

'All but two have gone away.' 

Then Zh値in said, 'Well, Kost値in, come; let us have one last try;  I'll help you up.' 

But Kost値in would not hear of it. 

'No,' said he, 'It's clear I can't get away from here. How can I  go, when I have hardly strength to turn round?' 

'Well, goodbye, then! Don't think ill of me!' and they kissed each  other. Zh値in seized the pole, told Dina to

hold on, and began to  climb. He slipped once or twice; the shackles hindered him. Kost値in  helped him, and

he managed to get to the top. Dina with her little  hands, pulled with all her might at his shirt, laughing. 

Zh値in drew out the pole and said, 'Put it back in its place, Dina,  or they'll notice, and you will be beaten.' 

She dragged the pole away, and Zh値in went down the hill. When he  had gone down the steep incline, he took

a sharp stone and tried to  wrench the lock off the shackles. But it was a strong lock and he could  not manage

to break it, and besides, it was difficult to get at. Then  he heard some one running down the hill, springing

lightly. He thought:  'Surely, that's Dina again.' 

Dina came, took a stone and said, 'Let me try.' 

She knelt down and tried to wrench the lock off, but her little  hands were as slender as little twigs, and she

had not the strength.  She threw the stone away and began to cry. Then Zh値in set to work  again at the lock,

and Dina squatted beside him with her hand on his  shoulder. 

Zh値in looked round and saw a red light to the left behind the  hill. The moon was just rising. 'Ah!' he thought,

'before the moon has  risen I must have passed the valley and be in the forest.' So he rose  and threw away the

stone. Shackles or no, he must go on. 

'Goodbye, Dina dear!' he said. 'I shall never forget you!' 

Dina seized hold of him and felt about with her hands for a place  to put some cheeses she had brought. He

took them from her. 

'Thank you, my little one. Who will make dolls for you when I am  gone?' And he stroked her head. 

Dina burst into tears hiding her face in her hands. Then she ran up  the hill like a young goat, the coins in her

plait clinking against her  back. 

Zh値in crossed himself took the lock of his shackles in his hand to  prevent its clattering, and went along the

road, dragging his shackled  leg, and looking towards the place where the moon was about to rise. He  now

knew the way. If he went straight he would have to walk nearly six  miles. If only he could reach the wood

before the moon had quite risen!  He crossed the river; the light behind the hill was growing whiter.  Still

looking at it, he went along the valley. The moon was not yet  visible. The light became brighter, and one side

of the valley was  growing lighter and lighter, and shadows were drawing in towards the  foot of the hill,


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  23



Top




Page No 26


creeping nearer and nearer to him. 

Zh値in went on, keeping in the shade. He was hurrying, but the moon  was moving still faster; the tops of the

hills on the right were  already lit up. As he got near the wood the white moon appeared from  behind the hills,

and it became light as day. One could see all the  leaves on the trees. It was light on the hill, but silent, as if

nothing were alive; no sound could be heard but the gurgling of the  river below. 

Zh値in reached the wood without meeting any one, chose a dark spot,  and sat down to rest. 

He rested and ate one of the cheeses. Then he found a stone and set  to work again to knock off the shackles.

He knocked his hands sore, but  could not break the lock. He rose and went along the road. After  walking the

greater part of a mile he was quite done up, and his feet  were aching. He had to stop every ten steps. 'There is

nothing else for  it,' thought he. 'I must drag on as long as I have any strength left.  If I sit down, I shan't be

able to rise again. I can't reach the  fortress; but when day breaks I'll lie down in the forest, remain there  all

day, and go on again at night.' 

He went on all night. Two Tartars on horseback passed him; but he  heard them a long way off, and hid

behind a tree. 

The moon began to grow paler, the dew to fall. It was getting near  dawn, and Zh値in had not reached the end

of the forest. 'Well,' thought  he, 'I'll walk another thirty steps, and then turn in among the trees  and sit down.' 

He walked another thirty steps, and saw that he was at the end of  the forest. He went to the edge; it was now

quite light, and straight  before him was the plain and the fortress. To the left, quite close at  the foot of the

slope, a fire was dying out, and the smoke from it  spread round. There were men gathered about the fire. 

He looked intently, and saw guns glistening. They were soldiers   Cossacks! 

Zh値in was filled with joy. He collected his remaining strength and  set off down the hill, saying to himself:

'God forbid that any mounted  Tartar should see me now, in the open field! Near as I am, I could not  get there

in time.' 

Hardly had he said this when, a couple of hundred yards off, on a  hillock to the left, he saw three Tartars. 

They saw him also and made a rush. His heart sank. He waved his  hands, and shouted with all his might,

'Brothers, brothers! Help!' 

The Cossacks heard him, and a party of them on horseback darted to  cut across the Tartars' path. The

Cossacks were far and the Tartars  were near; but Zh値in, too, made a last effort. Lifting the shackles  with his

hand, he ran towards the Cossacks, hardly knowing what he was  doing, crossing himself and shouting,

'Brothers! Brothers! Brothers!' 

There were some fifteen Cossacks. The Tartars were frightened, and  stopped before reaching him. Zhilin

staggered up to the Cossacks. 

They surrounded him and began questioning him. 'Who are you? What  are you? Where from? 

But Zh値in was quite beside himself, and could only weep and  repeat, 'Brothers! Brothers!' 

Then the soldiers came running up and crowded round Zh値in  one  giving him bread, another buckwheat, a

third vdka: one wrapping a cloak  round him, another breaking his shackles. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS  24



Top




Page No 27


The officers recognized him, and rode with him to the fortress. The  soldiers were glad to see him back, and

his comrades all gathered round  him. 

Zh値in told them all that had happened to him. 

'That's the way I went home and got married!' said he. 'No. It  seems plain that fate was against it!' 

So he went on serving in the Caucasus. A month passed before  Kost値in was released, after paying five

thousand roubles ransom. He  was almost dead when they brought him back. 

(Written in 1870.) 

3. THE BEARHUNT 

[The adventure here narrated is one that happened to Tolstoy  himself in 1858. More than twenty years later

he gave up hunting, on  humanitarian grounds.] 

WE were out on a bearhunting expedition. My comrade had shot at a  bear, but only gave him a

fleshwound. There were traces of blood on  the snow, but the bear had got away. 

We all collected in a group in the forest, to decide whether we  ought to go after the bear at once, or wait two

or three days till he  should settle down again. We asked the peasant beardrivers whether it  would be

possible to get round the bear that day. 

'No. It's impossible,' said an old beardriver. 'You must let the  bear quiet down. In five days' time it will be

possible to surround  him; but if you followed him now, you would only frighten him away, and  he would not

settle down.' 

But a young beardriver began disputing with the old man, saying  that it was quite possible to get round the

bear now. 

'On such snow as this,' said he, 'he won't go far, for he is a fat  bear. He will settle down before evening; or, if

not, I can overtake  him on snowshoes.' 

The comrade I was with was against following up the bear, and  advised waiting. But I said: 

'We need not argue. You do as you like, but I will follow up the  track with Damian. If we get round the bear,

all right. If not, we lose  nothing. It is still early, and there is nothing else for us to do  today.' 

So it was arranged. 

The others went back to the sledges, and returned to the village.  Damian and I took some bread, and remained

behind in the forest. 

When they had all left us, Damian and I examined our guns, and  after tucking the skirts of our warm coats

into our belts, we started  off, following the bear's tracks. 

The weather was fine, frosty and calm; but it was hard work  snowshoeing. The snow was deep and soft: it

had not caked together at  all in the forest, and fresh snow had fallen the day before, so that  our snowshoes

sank six inches deep in the snow, and sometimes more. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  25



Top




Page No 28


The bear's tracks were visible from a distance, and we could see  how he had been going; sometimes sinking

in up to his belly and  ploughing up the snow as he went. At first, while under large trees, we  kept in sight of

his track; but when it turned into a thicket of small  firs, Damian stopped. 

'We must leave the trail now,' said he. 'He has probably settled  somewhere here. You can see by the snow that

he has been squatting  down. Let us leave the track and go round; but we must go quietly.  Don't shout or

cough, or we shall frighten him away.' 

Leaving the track, therefore, we turned off to the left. But when  we had gone about five hundred yards, there

were the bear's traces  again right before us. We followed them, and they brought us out on to  the road. There

we stopped, examining the road to see which way the  bear had gone. Here and there in the snow were prints

of the bear's  paw, claws and all, and here and there the marks of a peasant's bark  shoes. The bear had

evidently gone towards the village. 

As we followed the road, Damian said: 

'It's no use watching the road now. We shall see where he has  turned off, to right or left, by the marks in the

soft snow at the  side. He must have turned off somewhere; for he won't have gone on to  the village.' 

We went along the road for nearly a mile, and then saw, ahead of  us, the bear's track turning off the road. We

examined it. How strange!  It was a bear's track right enough, only not going from the road into  the forest, but

from the forest on to the road! The toes were pointing  towards the road. 

'This must be another bear,' I said. 

Damian looked at it, and considered a while. 

'No,' said he. 'It's the same one. He's been playing tricks, and  walked backwards when he left the road.' 

We followed the track, and found it really was so! The bear had  gone some ten steps backwards, and then,

behind a fir tree, had turned  round and gone straight ahead. Damian stopped and said: 

'Now, we are sure to get round him. There is a marsh ahead of us,  and he must have settled down there. Let

us go round it.' 

We began to make our way round, through a fir thicket. I was tired  out by this time, and it had become still

more difficult to get along.  Now I glided on to juniper bushes and caught my snowshoes in them, now  a tiny

fir tree appeared between my feet, or, from want of practise, my  snowshoes slipped off; and now I came

upon a stump or a log hidden by  the snow. I was getting very tired, and was drenched with perspiration;  and I

took off my fur cloak. And there was Damian all the time, gliding  along as if in a boat, his snowshoes moving

as if of their own accord,  never catching against anything, nor slipping off. He even took my fur  and slung it

over his shoulder, and still kept urging me on. 

We went on for two more miles, and came out on the other side of  the marsh. I was lagging behind. My

snowshoes kept slipping off, and  my feet stumbled. Suddenly Damian, who was ahead of me, stopped and

waved his arm. When I came up to him, he bent down, pointing with his  hand, and whispered: 

'Do you see the magpie chattering above that undergrowth? It scents  the bear from afar. That is where he

must be.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  26



Top




Page No 29


We turned off and went on for more than another halfmile, and  presently we came on to the old track again.

We had, therefore, been  right round the bear who was now within the track we had left. We  stopped, and I

took off my cap and loosened all my clothes. I was as  hot as in a steam bath, and as wet as a drowned rat.

Damian too was  flushed, and wiped his face with his sleeve. 

'Well, sir,' he said, 'we have done our job, and now we must have a  rest.' 

The evening glow already showed red through the forest. We took off  our snowshoes and sat down on them,

and got some bread and salt out of  our bags. First I ate some snow, and then some bread; and the bread  tasted

so good, that I thought I had never in my life had any like it  before. We sat there resting until it began to grow

dusk, and then I  asked Damian if it was far to the village. 

'Yes,' he said. 'It must be about eight miles. We will go on there  tonight, but now we must rest. Put on your

fur coat, sir, or you'll be  catching cold.' 

Damian flattened down the snow, and breaking off some fir branches  made a bed of them. We lay down side

by side, resting our heads on our  arms. I do not remember how I fell asleep. Two hours later I woke up,

hearing something crack. 

I had slept so soundly that I did not know where I was. I looked  around me. How wonderful! I was in some

sort of a hall, all glittering  and white with gleaming pillars, and when I looked up I saw, through  delicate

white tracery, a vault, raven black and studded with coloured  lights. After a good look, I remembered that we

were in the forest, and  that what I took for a hall and pillars, were trees covered with snow  and hoarfrost,

and the coloured lights were stars twinkling between  the branches. 

Hoarfrost had settled in the night; all the twigs were thick with  it, Damian was covered with it, it was on my

fur coat, and it dropped  down from the trees. I woke Damian, and we put on our snowshoes and  started. It

was very quiet in the forest. No sound was heard but that  of our snowshoes pushing through the soft snow;

except when now and  then a tree, cracked by the frost, made the forest resound. Only once  we heard the

sound of a living creature. Something rustled close to us,  and then rushed away. I felt sure it was the bear, but

when we went to  the spot whence the sound had come, we found the footmarks of hares,  and saw several

young aspen trees with their bark gnawed. We had  startled some hares while they were feeding. 

We came out on the road, and followed it, dragging our snowshoes  behind us. It was easy walking now. Our

snowshoes clattered as they  slid behind us from side to side of the hardtrodden road. The snow  creaked

under our boots, and the cold hoarfrost settled on our faces  like down. Seen through the branches, the stars

seemed to be running to  meet us, now twinkling, now vanishing, as if the whole sky were on the  move. 

I found my comrade sleeping, but woke him up, and related how we  had got round the bear. After telling our

peasant host to collect  beaters for the morning, we had supper and lay down to sleep. 

I was so tired that I could have slept on till midday, if my  comrade had not roused me. I jumped up, and saw

that he was already  dressed, and busy doing something to his gun. 

'Where is Damian?' said I. 

'In the forest, long ago. He has already been over the tracks you  made, and been back here, and now he has

gone to look after the  beaters.' 

I washed and dressed, and loaded my guns; and then we got into a  sledge, and started. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  27



Top




Page No 30


The sharp frost still continued. It was quiet, and the sun could  not be seen. There was a thick mist above us,

and hoarfrost still  covered everything. 

After driving about two miles along the road, as we came near the  forest, we saw a cloud of smoke rising

from a hollow, and presently  reached a group of peasants, both men and women, armed with cudgels. 

We got out and went up to them. The men sat roasting potatoes, and  laughing and talking with the women. 

Damian was there too; and when we arrived the people got up, and  Damian led them away to place them in

the circle we had made the day  before. They went along in single file, men and women, thirty in all.  The

snow was so deep that we could only see them from their waists  upwards. They turned into the forest, and my

friend and I followed in  their track. 

Though they had trodden a path, walking was difficult, but, on the  other hand, it was impossible to fall: it was

like walking between two  walls of snow. 

We went on in this way for nearly half a mile, when all at once we  saw Damian coming from another

direction  running towards us on his  snowshoes, and beckoning us to join him. We went towards him, and

he  showed us where to stand. I took my place, and looked round me. 

To my left were tall fir trees, between the trunks of which I could  see a good way, and, like a black patch just

visible behind the trees,  I could see a beater. In front of me was a thicket of young firs, about  as high as a

man, their branches weighed down and stuck together with  snow. Through this copse ran a path thickly

covered with snow, and  leading straight up to where I stood. The thicket stretched away to the  right of me,

and ended in a small glade, where I could see Damian  placing my comrade. 

I examined both my guns, and considered where I had better stand.  Three steps behind me was a tall fir. 

'That's where I'll stand,' thought I, 'and then I can lean my  second gun against the tree'; and I moved towards

the tree, sinking up  to my knees in the snow at each step. I trod the snow down, and made a  clearance about a

yard square, to stand on. One gun I kept in my hand;  the other, ready cocked, I placed leaning up against the

tree. Then I  unsheathed and replaced my dagger, to make sure that I could draw it  easily in case of need. 

Just as I had finished these preparations, I heard Damian shouting  in the forest: 

'He's up! He's up!' 

And as soon as Damian shouted, the peasants round the circle all  replied in their different voices. 

'Up, up, up! Ou! Ou! Ou!' shouted the men. 

'Ay! Ay! Ay!' screamed the women in high. pitched tones. 

The bear was inside the circle, and as Damian drove him on, the  people all round kept shouting. Only my

friend and I stood silent and  motionless, waiting for the bear to come towards us. As I stood gazing  and

listening, my heart beat violently. I trembled, holding my gun  fast. 

'Now now,' I thought. 'He will come suddenly. I shall aim, fire,  and he will drop  ' 

Suddenly, to my left, but at a distance, I heard something falling  on the snow. I looked between the tall fir

trees, and, some fifty paces  off, behind the trunks, saw something big and black. I took aim and  waited,


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  28



Top




Page No 31


thinking: 

'Won't he come any nearer?' 

As I waited I saw him move his ears, turn, and go back; and then I  caught a glimpse of the whole of him in

profile. He was an immense  brute. In my excitement, I fired, and heard my bullet go 'flop' against  a tree.

Peering through the smoke, I saw my bear scampering back into  the circle, and disappearing among the trees. 

'Well,' thought I. 'My chance is lost. He won't come back to me.  Either my comrade will shoot him, or he will

escape through the line of  beaters. In any case he won't give me another chance.' 

I reloaded my gun, however, and again stood listening. The peasants  were shouting all round, but to the right,

not far from where my  comrade stood, I heard a woman screaming in a frenzied voice: 'Here he  is! Here he

is! Come here, come here! Oh! Oh! Ay! Ay!' 

Evidently she could see the bear. I had given up expecting him, and  was looking to the right at my comrade.

All at once I saw Damian with a  stick in his hand, and without his snowshoes, running along a footpath

towards my friend. He crouched down beside him, pointing his stick as  if aiming at something, and then I

saw my friend raise his gun and aim  in the same direction. Crack! He fired. 

'There,' thought I. 'He has killed him.' 

But I saw that my comrade did not run towards the bear. Evidently  he had missed him, or the shot had not

taken full effect. 

'The bear will get away,' I thought. 'He will go back, but he won't  come a second time towards me.  But

what is that?' 

Something was coming towards me like a whirlwind, snorting as it  came; and I saw the snow flying up quite

near me. I glanced straight  before me, and there was the bear, rushing along the path through the  thicket right

at me, evidently beside himself with fear. He was hardly  half a dozen paces off, and I could see the whole of

him  his black  chest and enormous head with a reddish patch. There he was, blundering  straight at me, and

scattering the snow about as he came. I could see  by his eyes that he did not see me, but, mad with fear, was

rushing  blindly along; and his path led him straight at the tree under which I  was standing. I raised my gun

and fired. He was almost upon me now, and  I saw that I had missed. My bullet had gone past him, and he did

not  even hear me fire, but still came headlong towards me. I lowered my  gun, and fired again, almost

touching his head. Crack! I had hit, but  not killed him! 

He raised his head, and laying his ears back, came at me, showing  his teeth. 

I snatched at my other gun, but almost before I had touched it, he  had down at me and, knocking me over into

the snow, had passed right  over me. 

'Thank goodness, he has left me,' thought I. 

I tried to rise, but something pressed me down, and prevented my  getting up. The bear's rush had carried him

past me, but he had turned  back, and had fallen on me with the whole weight of his body. I felt  something

heavy weighing me down, and something warm above my face, and  I realized that he was drawing my whole

face into his mouth. My nose  was already in it, and I felt the heat of it, and smelt his blood. He  was pressing

my shoulders down with his paws so that I could not move:  all I could do was to draw my head down towards

my chest away from his  mouth, trying to free my nose and eyes, while he tried to get his teeth  into them.


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  29



Top




Page No 32


Then I felt that he had seized my forehead just under the  hair with the teeth of his lower jaw, and the flesh

below my eyes with  his upper jaw, and was closing his teeth. It was as if my face were  being cut with knives.

I struggled to get away, while he made haste to  close his jaws like a dog gnawing. I managed to twist my face

away, but  he began drawing it again into his mouth. 

'Now,' thought I, 'my end has come!' 

Then I felt the weight lifted, and looking up, I saw that he was no  longer there. He had jumped off me and run

away. 

When my comrade and Damian had seen the bear knock me down and  begin worrying me, they rushed to the

rescue. My comrade, in his haste,  blundered, and instead of following the trodden path, ran into the deep

snow and fell down. While he was struggling out of the snow, the bear  was gnawing at me. But Damian just

as he was, without a gun, and with  only a stick in his hand, rushed along the path shouting: 

'He's eating the master! He's eating the master!' 

And as he ran, he called to the bear: 

'Oh you idiot! What are you doing? Leave off! Leave off!' 

The bear obeyed him, and leaving me ran away. When I rose, there  was as much blood on the snow as if a

sheep had been killed, and the  flesh hung in rags above my eyes, though in my excitement I felt no  pain. 

My comrade had come up by this time, and the other people collected  round: they looked at my wound, and

put snow on it. But I, forgetting  about my wounds, only asked: 

'Where's the bear? Which way has he gone?' 

Suddenly I heard: 

'Here he is! Here he is!' 

And we saw the bear again running at us. We seized our guns, but  before any one had time to fire he had run

past. He had grown  ferocious, and wanted to gnaw me again, but seeing so many people he  took fright. We

saw by his track that his head was bleeding and we  wanted to follow him up; but, as my wounds had become

very painful, we  went, instead, to the town to find a doctor. 

The doctor stitched up my wounds with silk, and they soon began to  heal. 

A month later we went to hunt that bear again, but I did not get a  chance of finishing him. He would not come

out of the circle, but went  round and round growling in a terrible voice. 

Damian killed him. The bear's lower jaw had been broken, and one of  his teeth knocked out by my bullet. 

He was a huge creature, and had splendid black fur. 

I had him stuffed, and he now lies in my room. The wounds on my  forehead healed up so that the scars can

scarcely be seen. 

(Written about 1872.) 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

3. THE BEARHUNT  30



Top




Page No 33


PART II. POPULAR STORIES 

4. WHAT MEN LIVE BY 

'We know that we have passed out of death into life, because we  love the brethren. He that loveth not abideth

in death.'  I Epistle  St. John iii. 14. 

'Whoso hath the world's goods, and beholdeth his brother in need,  and shutteth up his compassion from him,

how doth the love of God abide  in him? My little children, let us not love in word, neither with the  tongue;

but in deed and truth.'  iii. 1718. 

'Love is of God; and every one that loveth is begotten of God, and  knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth

not God; for God is love.'   iv. 78. 

'No man hath beheld God at any time; if we love one another, God  abideth in us.'  iv. 12. 

'God is love; and he that abideth in love abideth in God, and God  abideth in him.'  iv. 16. 

'If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar;  for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath

seen, how can he love  God whom he hath not seen?'  iv. 20. 

A SHOEMAKER named Simon, who had neither house nor land of his own,  lived with his wife and children

in a peasant's hut, and earned his  living by his work. Work was cheap but bread was dear, and what he  earned

he spent for food. The man and his wife had but one sheepskin  coat between them for winter wear, and even

that was worn to tatters,  and this was the second year he had been wanting to buy sheepskins for  a new coat.

Before winter Simon saved up a little money: a threerouble  note lay hidden in his wife's box, and five

roubles and twenty  kopeks[6] were owed him by customers in the village. 

So one morning he prepared to go to the village to buy the  sheepskins. He put on over his shirt his wife's

wadded nankeen jacket,  and over that he put his own cloth coat. He took the threerouble note  in his pocket,

cut himself a stick to serve as a staff, and started off  after breakfast. 'I'll collect the five roubles that are due to

me,'  thought he, 'add the three I have got, and that will be enough to buy  sheepskins for the winter coat.' 

He came to the village and called at a peasant's hut, but the man  was not at home. The peasant's wife

promised that the money should be  paid next week, but she would not pay it herself. Then Simon called on

another peasant, but this one swore he had no money, and would only pay  twenty kopeks which he owed for

a pair of boots Simon had mended. Simon  then tried to buy the sheepskins on credit, but the deader would

not  trust him. 

'Bring your money,' said he, 'then you may have your pick of the  skins. We know what debtcollecting is

like.' 

So all the business the shoemaker did was to get the twenty kopeks  for boots he had mended, and to take a

pair of felt boots a peasant  gave him to sole with leather. 

Simon felt downhearted. He spent the twenty kopeks on vdka, and  started homewards without having bought

any skins. In the morning he  had felt the frost; but now, after drinking the vdka, he felt warm even  without a

sheepskin coat. He trudged along, striking his stick on the  frozen earth with one hand, swinging the felt


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  31



Top




Page No 34


boots with the other, and  talking to himself. 

'I'm quite warm,' said he, 'though I have no sheepskin coat. I've  had a drop, and it runs through all my veins. I

need no sheepskins. I  go along and don't worry about anything. That's the sort of man I am!  What do I care? I

can live without sheep skins. I don't need them. My  wife will fret, to be sure. And, true enough, it's a shame;

one works  all day long, and then does not get paid. Stop a bit! If you don't  bring that money along, sure

enough I'll skin you, blessed if I don't.  How's that? He pays twenty kopeks at a time! What can I do with

twenty  kopeks: Drink it  that's all one can do! Hard up, he says he is! So  he may be  but what about me?

You have house, and cattle, and  everything; I've only what I stand up in! You have corn of your own

growing; I have to buy every grain. Do what I will, I must spend three  roubles every week for bread alone. I

come home and find the bread all  used up, and I have to fork out another rouble and a half. So just you  pay

up what you owe, and no nonsense about it!' 

By this time he had nearly reached the shrine at the bend of the  road. Looking up, he saw something whitish

behind the shrine. The  daylight was fading, and the shoemaker peered at the thing without  being able to make

out what it was. 'There was no white stone here  before. Can it be an ox? It's not like an ox. It has a head like a

man,  but it's too white; and what could a man be doing there?' 

He came closer, so that it was clearly visible. To his surprise it  really was a man, alive or dead, sitting naked,

leaning motionless  against the shrine. Terror seized the shoemaker, and he thought, 'Some  one has killed him,

stripped him, and left him here. If I meddle I  shall surely get into trouble.' 

So the shoemaker went on. He passed in front of the shrine so that  he could not see the man. When he had

gone some way, he looked back,  and saw that the man was no longer leaning against the shrine, but was

moving as if looking towards him. The shoemaker felt more frightened  than before, and thought, 'Shall I go

back to him, or shall I go on? If  I go near him something dreadful may happen. Who knows who the fellow

is? He has not come here for any good. If I go near him he may jump up  and throttle me, and there will be no

getting away. Or if not, he'd  still be a burden on one's hands. What could I do with a naked man? I  couldn't

give him my last clothes. Heaven only help me to get away!' 

So the shoemaker hurried on, leaving the shrine behind him  when  suddenly his conscience smote him and

he stopped in the road. 

'What are you doing, Simon?' said he to himself. 'The man may be  dying of want, and you slip past afraid.

Have you grown so rich as to  be afraid of robbers? Ah, Simon, shame on you!' 

So he turned back and went up to the man. 

II 

Simon approached the stranger, looked at him, and saw that he was a  young man, fit, with no bruises on his

body, only evidently freezing  and frightened, and he sat there leaning back without looking up at  Simon, as if

too faint to lift his eyes. Simon went close to him, and  then the man seemed to wake up. Turning his head, he

opened his eyes  and looked into Simon's face. That one look was enough to make Simon  fond of the man. He

threw the felt boots on the ground undid his sash,  laid it on the boots, and took off his cloth coat. 

'It's not a time for talking,' said he. 'Come, put this coat on at  once!' And Simon took the man by the elbows

and helped him to rise. As  he stood there, Simon saw that his body was clean and in good  condition, his

hands and feet shapely, and his face good and kind. He  threw his coat over the man's shoulders but the latter

could not find  the sleeves. Simon guided his arms into them, and drawing the coat well  on trapped it closely

about him, tying the sash round the man's waist. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  32



Top




Page No 35


Simon even took off his torn cap to put it on the man's head, but  then his own head felt cold, and he thought:

'I'm quite bald, while he  has long curly hair.' So he put his cap on his own head again. 'It will  be better to give

him something for his feet,' thought he; and he made  the man sit down, and helped him to put on the felt

boots, saying,  'There, friend, now move about and warm yourself. Other matters can be  settled later on. Can

you walk?' 

The man stood up and looked kindly at Simon, but could not say a  word. 

'Why don't you speak?' said Simon. 'It's too cold to stay here; we  must be getting home. There now, take my

stick, and if you're feeling  weak, lean on that. Now step out!' 

The man started walking, and moved easily, not lagging behind. 

As they went along, Simon asked him, 'And where do you belong to?' 

'I'm not from these parts.' 

'I thought as much. I know the folks hereabouts. But how did you  come to be there by the shrine?' 

'I cannot tell.' 

'Has some one been illtreating you?' 

'No one has illtreated me. God has punished me. 

'Of course God rules all. Still, you'll have to find food and  shelter somewhere. Where do you want to go to?' 

'It is all the same to me.' 

Simon was amazed. The man did not look like a rogue, and he spoke  gently, but yet he gave no account of

himself. Still Simon thought,  'Who knows what may have happened?' And he said to the stranger: 'Well  then,

come home with me, and at least warm yourself awhile.' 

So Simon walked towards his home, and the stranger kept up with  him, walking at his side. The wind had

risen and Simon felt it cold  under his shirt. He was getting over his tipsiness by now, and began to  feel the

frost. He went along sniffling and wrapping his wife's coat  round him, and he thought to himself: 'There now

talk about  sheepskins! I went out for sheepskins and come home without even a coat  to my back and what

is more, I'm bringing a naked man along with me.  Matryna won't be pleased!' And when he thought of his

wife he felt sad;  but when he looked at the stranger and remembered how he had looked up  at him at the

shrine, his heart was glad. 

III 

Simon's wife had everything ready early that day. She had cut wood,  brought water, fed the children eaten her

own meal, and now she sat  thinking. She wondered when she ought to make bread: now or tomorrow?

There was still a large piece left. 

'If Simon has had some dinner in town,' thought she, and does not  eat much for supper, the bread will last out

another day.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  33



Top




Page No 36


She weighed the piece of bread in her hand again and again, and  thought: 'I won't make any more today. We

have only enough flour left  to bake one batch. We can manage to make this last out till Friday.' 

So Matryna put away the bread, and sat down at the table to patch  her husband's shirt. While she worked she

thought how her husband was  buying skins for a winter coat. 

'If only the dealer does not cheat him. My good man is much too  simple; he cheats nobody, but any child can

take him in. Eight roubles  is a lot of money  he should get a good coat at that price. Not  tanned skins, but

still a proper winter coat. How difficult it was last  winter to get on without a warm coat. I could neither get

down to the  river, nor go out anywhere. When he went out he put on all we had, and  there was nothing left

for me. He did not start very early today, but  still it's time he was back. I only hope he has not gone on the

spree!' 

Hardly had Matryna thought this, when steps were heard on the  threshold, and some one entered. Matryna

stuck her needle into her work  and went out into the passage. There she saw two men: Simon, and with  him a

man without a hat, and wearing felt boots. 

Matryna noticed at once that her husband smelt of spirits. 'There  now, he has been drinking,' thought she.

And when she saw that he was  coatless, had only her jacket on, brought no parcel, stood there  silent, and

seemed ashamed, her heart was ready to break with  disappointment. 'He has drunk the money,' thought she,

'and has been on  the spree with some goodfornothing fellow whom he has brought home  with him.' 

Matryna let them pass into the hut, followed them in, and saw that  the stranger was a young, slight man,

wearing her husband's coat. There  was no shirt to be seen under it, and he had no hat. Having entered, he

stood neither moving, nor raising his eyes, and Matryna thought: 'He  must be a bad man  he's afraid.' 

Matryna frowned, and stood beside the oven looking to see what they  would do. 

Simon took off his cap and sat down on the bench as if things were  all right. 

'Come, Matryna; if supper is ready, let us have some.' 

Matryna muttered something to herself and did not move, but stayed  where she was, by the oven. She looked

first at the one and then at the  other of them, and only shook her head. Simon saw that his wife was  annoyed,

but tried to pass it off. Pretending not to notice anything,  he took the stranger by the arm. 

'Sit down, friend,' said he, 'and let us have some supper.' 

The stranger sat down on the bench. 

'Haven't you cooked anything for us?' said Simon. 

Matryna's anger boiled over. 'I've cooked, but not for you. It  seems to me you have drunk your wits away.

You went to buy a sheepskin  coat, but come home without so much as the coat you had on, and bring a

naked vagabond home with you. I have no supper for drunkards like you.' 

'That's enough, Matryna. Don't wag your tongue without reason! You  had better ask what sort of man ' 

'And you tell me what you've done with the money?' 

Simon found the pocket of the jacket, drew out the threerouble  note, and unfolded it. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  34



Top




Page No 37


'Here is the money. Tr断onof did not pay, but promises to pay  soon.' 

Matryna got still more angry; he had bought no sheepskins, but had  put his only coat on some naked fellow

and had even brought him to  their house. 

She snatched up the note from the table, took it to put away in  safety, and said: 'I have no supper for you. We

can't feed all the  naked drunkards in the world.' 

'There now, Matryna, hold your tongue a bit. First hear what a man  has to say!' 

'Much wisdom I shall hear from a drunken fool. I was right in not  wanting to marry you  a drunkard. The

linen my mother gave me you  drank; and now you've been to buy a coat  and have drunk it too!' 

Simon tried to explain to his wife that he had only spent twenty  kopeks; tried to tell how he had found the

man  but Matryna would not  let him get a word in. She talked nineteen to the dozen, and dragged in  things

that had happened ten years before. 

Matryna talked and talked, and at last she flew at Simon and seized  him by the sleeve. 

'Give me my jacket. It is the only one I have and you must needs  take it from me and wear it yourself. Give it

here, you mangy dog, and  may the devil take you.' 

Simon began to pull off the jacket, and turned a sleeve of it  inside out; Matryna seized the jacket and it burst

its seams. She  snatched it up, threw it over her head and went to the door. She meant  to go out, but stopped

undecided  she wanted to work off her anger,  but she also wanted to learn what sort of a man the stranger

was. 

IV 

Matryna stopped and said: 'If he were a good man he would not be  naked. Why, he hasn't even a shirt on him.

If he were all right, you  would say where you came across the fellow.' 

'That's just what I am trying to tell you,' said Simon. 'As I came  to the shrine I saw him sitting all naked and

frozen. It isn't quite  the weather to sit about naked! God sent me to him, or he would have  perished. What was

I to do? How do we know what may have happened to  him? So I took him, clothed him, and brought him

along. Don't be so  angry, Matryna. It is a sin. Remember, we all must die one day.' 

Angry words rose to Matryna's lips, but she looked at the stranger  and was silent. He sat on the edge of the

bench, motionless, his hands  folded on his knees, his head drooping on his breast, his eyes closed,  and his

brows knit as if in pain. Matryna was silent, and Simon said:  'Matryna, have you no love of God?' 

Matryna heard these words, and as she looked at the stranger,  suddenly her heart softened towards him. She

came back from the door,  and going to the oven she got out the supper. Setting a cup on the  table, she poured

out some kvas[7]. Then she brought out the last piece  of bread, and set out a knife and spoons. 

'Eat, if you want to,' said she. 

Simon drew the stranger to the table. 

'Take your place, young man,' said he. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  35



Top




Page No 38


Simon cut the bread, crumbled it into the broth, and they began to  eat. Matryna sat at the corner of the table,

resting her head on her  hand and looking at the stranger. 

And Matryna was touched with pity for the stranger, and began to  feel fond of him. And at once the stranger's

face lit up; his brows  were no longer bent, he raised his eyes and smiled at Matryna. 

When they had finished supper, the woman cleared away the things  and began questioning the stranger.

'Where are you from?' said she. 

'I am not from these parts.' 

'But how did you come to be on the road?' 

'I may not tell.' 

'Did some one rob you?' 

'God punished me.' 

'And you were lying there naked?' 

'Yes, naked and freezing. Simon saw me and had pity on me. He took  off his coat, put it on me and brought

me here. And you have fed me,  given me drink, and shown pity on me. God will reward you!' 

Matryna rose, took from the window Simon's old shirt she had been  patching, and gave it to the stranger. She

also brought out a pair of  trousers for him. 

'There,' said she, 'I see you have no shirt. Put this on, and lie  down where you please, in the loft or on the

oven[8].' 

The stranger took off the coat, put on the shirt, and lay down in  the loft. Matryna put out the candle, took the

coat, and climbed to  where her husband lay. 

Matryna drew the skirts of the coat over her and lay down, but  could not sleep; she could not get the stranger

out of her mind. 

When she remembered that he had eaten their last piece of bread and  that there was none for tomorrow and

thought of the shirt and trousers  she had given away, she felt grieved; but when she remembered how he  had

smiled, her heart was glad. 

Long did Matryna lie awake, and she noticed that Simon also was  awake  he drew the coat towards him. 

'Simon!' 

'Well?' 

'You have had the last of the bread, and I have not put any to  rise. I don't know what we shall do tomorrow.

Perhaps I can borrow some  of neighbour Martha.' 

'If we're alive we shall find something to eat.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  36



Top




Page No 39


The woman lay still awhile, and then said, 'He seems a good man,  but why does he not tell us who he is?' 

'I suppose he has his reasons.' 

'Simon!' 

'Well?' 

'We give; but why does nobody give us anything?' 

Simon did not know what to say; so he only said, 'Let us stop  talking,' and turned over and went to sleep. 

In the morning Simon awoke. The children were still asleep; his  wife had gone to the neighbour's to borrow

some bread. The stranger  alone was sitting on the bench, dressed in the old shirt and trousers,  and looking

upwards. His face was brighter than it had been the day  before. 

Simon said to him, 'Well, friend; the belly wants bread and the  naked body clothes. One has to work for a

living. What work do you  know?' 

'I do not know any.' 

This surprised Simon, but he said, 'Men who want to learn can learn  anything.' 

'Men work, and I will work also.' 

'What is your name?' 

'Michael.' 

'Well Michael, if you don't wish to talk about yourself that is  your own affair; but you'll have to earn a living

for yourself. If you  will work as I tell you, I will give you food and shelter.' 

'May God reward you! I will learn. Show me what to do.' 

Simon took yarn, put it round his thumb and began to twist it. 

'It is easy enough  see!' 

Michael watched him, put some yarn round his own thumb in the same  way, caught the knack, and twisted

the yarn also. 

Then Simon showed him how to wax the thread. This also Michael  mastered. Next Simon showed him how

to twist the bristle in, and how to  sew, and this, too, Michael learned at once. 

Whatever Simon showed him he understood at once, and after three  days he worked as if he had sewn boots

all his life. He worked without  stopping, and ate little. When work was over he sat silently, looking  upwards.

He hardly went into the street, spoke only when necessary, and  neither joked nor laughed. They never saw

him smile, except that first  evening when Matryna gave them supper. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  37



Top




Page No 40


VI 

Day by day and week by week the year went round. Michael lived and  worked with Simon. His fame spread

till people said that no one sewed  boots so neatly and strongly as Simon's workman, Michael; and from all  the

district round people came to Simon for their boots, and he began  to be well off. 

One winter day, as Simon and Michael sat working a carriage on  sledgerunners, with three horses and with

bells, drove up to the hut.  They looked out of the window; the carriage stopped at their door, a  fine servant

jumped down from the box and opened the door. A gentleman  in a fur coat got out and walked up to Simon's

hut. Up jumped Matryna  and opened the door wide. The gentleman stooped to enter the hut, and  when he

drew himself up again his head nearly reached the ceiling, and  he seemed quite to fill his end of the room. 

Simon rose, bowed, and looked at the gentleman with astonishment.  He had never seen any one like him.

Simon himself was lean, Michael was  thin, and Matryna was dry as a bone, but this man was like some one

from another world: redfaced, burly, with a neck like a bull's, and  looking altogether as if he were cast in

iron. 

The gentleman puffed, threw off his fur coat, sat down on the  bench, and said, 'Which of you is the master

bootmaker?' 

'I am, your Excellency,' said Simon, coming forward. 

Then the gentleman shouted to his lad, 'Hey, Fedka, bring the  leather!' 

The servant ran in, bringing a parcel. The gentleman took the  parcel and put it on the table. 

'Untie it' said he. The lad untied it. 

The gentleman pointed to the leather. 

'Look here, shoemaker,' said he, 'do you see this leather?' 

'Yes, your honour.' 

'But do you know what sort of leather it is?' 

Simon felt the leather and said, 'It is good leather.' 

'Good, indeed! Why, you fool, you never saw such leather before in  your life. It's German, and cost twenty

roubles.' 

Simon was frightened, and said, 'Where should I ever see leather  like that?' 

'Just so! Now, can you make it into boots for me?' 

'Yes, your Excellency, I can.' 

Then the gentleman shouted at him: 'You can, can you? Well,  remember whom you are to make them for, and

what the leather is. You  must make me boots that will wear for a year, neither losing shape nor  coming

unsewn. If you can do it, take the leather and cut it up; but if  you can't, say so. I warn you now, if your boots

come unsewn or lose  shape within a year, I will have you put in prison. If they don't burst  or lose shape for a


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  38



Top




Page No 41


year, I will pay you ten roubles for your work.' 

Simon was frightened, and did not know what to say. He glanced at  Michael and nudging him with his elbow,

whispered: 'Shall I take the  work?' 

Michael nodded his head as if to say, 'Yes, take it.' 

Simon did as Michael advised, and undertook to make boots that  would not lose shape or split for a whole

year. 

Calling his servant, the gentleman told him to pull the boot off  his left leg, which he stretched out. 

'Take my measure!' said he. 

Simon stitched a paper measure seventeen inches long, smoothed it  out, knelt down, wiped his hands well on

his apron so as not to soil  the gentleman's sock, and began to measure. He measured the sole, and  round the

instep, and began to measure the calf of the leg, but the  paper was too short. The calf of the leg was as thick

as a beam. 

'Mind you don't make it too tight in the leg.' 

Simon stitched on another strip of paper. The gentleman twitched  his toes about in his sock, looking round at

those in the hut, and as  he did so he noticed Michael. 

'Whom have you there?' asked he 

'That is my workman. He will sew the boots.' 

'Mind,' said the gentleman to Michael, 'remember to make them so  that they will last me a year.' 

Simon also looked at Michael, and saw that Michael was not looking  at the gentleman, but was gazing into

the corner behind the gentleman,  as if he saw some one there. Michael looked and looked, and suddenly he

smiled, and his face became brighter. 

'What are you grinning at, you fool?' thundered the gentleman. 'You  had better look to it that the boots are

ready in time.' 

'They shall be ready in good time,' said Michael. 

'Mind it is so,' said the gentleman, and he put on his boots and  his fur coat, wrapped the latter round him, and

went to the door. But  he forgot to stoop and struck his head against the lintel. 

He swore and rubbed his head. Then he took his seat in the carriage  and drove away. 

When he had gone, Simon said: 'There's a figure of a man for you!  You could not kill him with a mallet. He

almost knocked out the lintel,  but little harm it did him.' 

And Matryna said: 'Living as he does, how should he not grow  strong? Death itself can't touch such a rock as

that.' 

VII 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  39



Top




Page No 42


Then Simon said to Michael: 'Well, we have taken the work, but we  must see we don't get into trouble over it.

The leather is dear, and  the gentleman hottempered. We must make no mistakes. Come, your eye is  truer

and your hands have become nimbler than mine, so you take this  measure and cut out the boots. I will finish

off the sewing of the  vamps.' 

Michael did as he was told. He took the leather spread it out on  the table, folded it in two, took a knife and

began to cut out. 

Matryna came and watched him cutting, and was surprised to see how  he was doing it. Matryna was

accustomed to seeing boots made, and she  looked and saw that Michael was not cutting the leather for boots,

but  was cutting it round. 

She wished to say something, but she thought to herself: 'Perhaps I  do not understand how gentlemen's boots

should be made. I suppose  Michael knows more about it  and I won't interfere.' 

When Michael had cut up the leather, he took a thread and began to  sew not with two ends, as boots are sewn,

but with a single end, as for  soft slippers. 

Again Matryna wondered, but again she did not interfere. Michael  sewed on steadily till noon. Then Simon

rose for dinner, looked around,  and saw that Michael had made slippers out of the gentleman's leather. 

'Ah!' groaned Simon, and he thought, 'How is it that Michael, who  has been with me a whole year and never

made a mistake before, should  do such a dreadful thing? The gentleman ordered high boots, welted,  with

whole fronts, and Michael has made soft slippers with single  soles, and has wasted the leather. What am I to

say to the gentleman? I  can never replace leather such as this.' 

And he said to Michael, 'What are you doing friend? You have ruined  me! You know the gentleman ordered

high booth but see what you have  made!' 

Hardly had he begun to rebuke Michael, when 'rattat , went the  iron ring that hung at the door. Some one

was knocking. They looked out  of the window; a man had come on horseback, and was fastening his  horse.

They opened the door, and the servant who had been with the  gentleman came in. 

'Good day,' said he. 

'Good day,' replied Simon. 'What can we do for you?' 

'My mistress has sent me about the boots.' 

'What about the boots?' 

'Why, my master no longer needs them. He is dead.' 

'Is it possible?' 

'He did not live to get home after leaving you, but died in the  carriage. When we reached home and the

servants came to help him alight  he rolled over like a sack. He was dead already, and so stiff that he  could

hardly be got out of the carriage. My mistress sent me here,  saying: "Tell the bootmaker that the gentleman

who ordered boots of him  and left the leather for them no longer needs the boots, but that he  must quickly

make soft slippers for the corpse. Wait till they are  ready, and bring them back with you." That is why I have

come.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  40



Top




Page No 43


Michael gathered up the remnants of the leather; rolled them up,  took the soft slippers he had made, slapped

them together, wiped them  down with his apron, and handed them and the roll of leather to the  servant, who

took them and said: 'Goodbye, masters and good day to  you!' 

VIII 

Another year passed, and another, and Michael was now living his  sixth year with Simon. He lived as before.

He went nowhere, only spoke  when necessary, and had only smiled twice in all those years  once  when

Matryna gave him food, and a second time when the gentleman was in  their hut. Simon was more than

pleased with his workman. He never now  asked him where he came from, and only feared lest Michael

should go  away. 

They were all at home one day. Matryna was putting iron pots in the  oven, the children were running along

the benches and looking out of  the window; Simon was sewing at one window, and Michael was fastening  on

a heel at the other. 

One of the boys ran along the bench to Michael, leant on his  shoulder, and looked out of the window. 

'Look, Uncle Michael! There is a lady with little girls! She seems  to be coming here. And one of the girls is

lame.' 

When the boy said that, Michael dropped his work, turned to the  window, and looked out into the street. 

Simon was surprised. Michael never used to look out into the  street, but now he pressed against the window,

staring at something.  Simon also looked out, and saw that a welldressed woman was really  coming to his

hut, leading by the hand two little girls in fur coats  and woollen shawls. The girls could hardly be told one

from the other,  except that one of them was crippled in her left leg and walked with a  limp. 

The woman stepped into the porch and entered the passage. Feeling  about for the entrance she found the

latch, which she lifted, and  opened the door. She let the two girls go in first, and followed them  into the hut. 

'Good day, good folk!' 

'Pray come in,' said Simon. 'What can we do for you?' 

The woman sat down by the table. The two little girls pressed close  to her knees, afraid of the people in the

hut. 

'I want leather shoes made for these two little girls, for spring.' 

'We can do that. We never have made such small shoes, but we can  make them; either welted or turnover

shoes, linen lined. My man,  Michael, is a master at the work.' 

Simon glanced at Michael and saw that he had left his work and was  sitting with his eyes fixed on the little

girls. Simon was surprised.  It was true the girls were pretty, with black eyes, plump, and  rosycheeked, and

they wore nice kerchiefs and fur coats, but still  Simon could not understand why Michael should look at them

like that   just as if he had known them before. He was puzzled, but went on  talking with the woman, and

arranging the price. Having fixed it, he  prepared the measure. The woman lifted the lame girl on to her lap

and  said: 'Take two measures from this little girl. Make one shoe for the  lame foot and three for the sound

one. They both have the same sized  feet. They are twins.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  41



Top




Page No 44


Simon took the measure and, speaking of the lame girl, said: 'How  did it happen to her? She is such a pretty

girl. Was she born so?' 

'No, her mother crushed her leg.' 

Then Matryna joined in. She wondered who this woman was, and whose  the children were, so she said: 'Are

not you their mother, then?' 

'No, my good woman, I am neither their mother nor any relation to  them. They were quite strangers to me,

but I adopted them.' 

'They are not your children and yet you are so fond of them?' 

'How can I help being fond of them? I fed them both at my own  breasts. I had a child of my own, but God

took him. I was not so fond  of him as I now am of them.' 

'Then whose children are they?' 

IX 

The woman, having begun talking, told them the whole story. 

'It is about six years since their parents died, both in one week:  their father was buried on the Tuesday, and

their mother died on the  Friday. These orphans were born three days after their father's death,  and their

mother did not live another day. My husband and I were then  living as peasants in the village. We were

neighbours of theirs, our  yard being next to theirs. Their father was a lonely man; a woodcutter  in the forest.

When felling trees one day, they let one fall on him. It  fell across his body and crushed his bowels out. They

hardly got him  home before his soul went to God; and that same week his wife gave  birth to twins  these

little girls. She was poor and alone; she had  no one, young or old, with her. Alone she gave them birth, and

alone  she met her death. 

'The next morning I went to see her, but when I entered the hut,  she, poor thing, was already stark and cold.

In dying she had rolled on  to this child and crushed her leg. The village folk came to the hut  washed the body,

laid her out, made a coffin, and buried her. They were  good folk. The babies were left alone. What was to be

done with them? I  was the only woman there who had a baby at the time. I was nursing my  firstborn 

eight weeks old. So I took them for a time. The peasants  came together, and thought and thought what to do

with them, and at  last they said to me: "For the present, Mary, you had better keep the  girls, and later on we

will arrange what to do for them." So I nursed  the sound one at my breast, but at first I did not feed this

crippled  one. I did not suppose she would live. But then I thought to myself,  why should the poor innocent

suffer? I pitied her, and began to feed  her. And so I fed my own boy and these two  the three of them  at

my own breast. I was young and strong, and had good food, and God gave  me so much milk that at times it

even overflowed. I used sometimes to  feed two at a time, while the third was waiting. When one had had

enough I nursed the third. And God so ordered it that these grew up,  while my own was buried before he was

two years old. And I had no more  children, though we prospered. Now my husband is working for the corn

merchant at the mill. The pay is good and we are well off. But I have  no children of my own, and how lonely

I should be without these little  girls! How can I help loving them! They are the joy of my life!' 

She pressed the lame little girl to her with one hand while with  the other she wiped the tears from her cheeks. 

And Matryna sighed, and said: 'The proverb is true that says, "One  may live without father or mother, but one

cannot live without God."' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  42



Top




Page No 45


So they talked together, when suddenly the whole hut was lighted up  as though by summer lightning from the

corner where Michael sat. They  all looked towards him and saw him sitting, his hands folded on his  knees,

gazing upwards and smiling. 

The woman went away with the girls. Michael rose from the bench,  put down his work, and took off his

apron. Then, bowing low to Simon  and his wife, he said: 'Farewell, masters. God has forgiven me. I ask  your

forgiveness, too, for anything done amiss.' 

And they saw that a light shone from Michael. And Simon rose, bowed  down to Michael, and said: 'I see,

Michael, that you are no common man,  and I can neither keep you nor question you. Only tell me this: how is

it that when I found you and brought you home, you were gloomy, and  when my wife gave you food you

smiled at her and became brighter? Then  when the gentleman came to order the boots, you smiled again and

became  brighter still? And now, when this woman brought the little girls, you  smiled a third time, and have

become as bright as day? Tell me,  Michael, why does your face shine so, and why did you smile those three

times?' 

And Michael answered: 'Light shines from me because I have been  punished, but now God has pardoned me.

And I smiled three times,  because God sent me to learn three truths, and I have learnt them. One  I learnt

when your wife pitied me and that is why I smiled the first  time. The second I learnt when the rich man

ordered the boots and then  I smiled again. And now, when I saw those little girls, I learnt the  third and last

truth, and I smiled the third time.' 

And Simon said, 'Tell me, Michael, what did God punish you for? and  what were the three truths? that I, too,

may know them.' 

And Michael answered: 'God punished me for disobeying Him. I was an  angel in heaven and disobeyed God.

God sent me to fetch a woman's soul.  I flew to earth, and saw a sick woman lying alone, who had just given

birth to twin girls. They moved feebly at their mother's side, but she  could not lift them to her breast. When

she saw me, she understood that  God had sent me for her soul, and she wept and said: "Angel of God! My

husband has just been buried, killed by a falling tree. I have neither  sister, nor aunt, nor mother: no one to

care for my orphans. Do not  take my soul! Let me nurse my babes, feed them, and set them on their  feet

before I die. Children cannot live without father or mother." And  I hearkened to her. I placed one child at her

breast and gave the other  into her arms, and returned to the Lord in heaven. I flew to the Lord,  and said: "I

could not take the soul of the mother. Her husband was  killed by a tree; the woman has twins, and prays that

her soul may not  be taken. She says: 'Let me nurse and feed my children, and set them on  their feet. Children

cannot live without father or mother.' I have not  taken her soul." And God said: "Go  take the mother's

soul, and learn  three truths: Learn What dwells in man, What is not given to man, and  What men live by.

When thou hast learnt these things, thou shalt return  to heaven." So I flew again to earth and took the

mother's soul. The  babes dropped from her breasts. Her body rolled over on the bed and  crushed one babe,

twisting its leg. I rose above the village, wishing  to take her soul to God; but a wind seized me, and my wings

drooped and  dropped off. Her soul rose alone to God, while I fell to earth by the  roadside.' 

XI 

And Simon and Matryna understood who it was that had lived with  them, and whom they had clothed and

fed. And they wept with awe and  with joy. And the angel said: 'I was alone in the field, naked. I had  never

known human needs, cold and hunger, till I became a man. I was  famished, frozen, and did not know what to

do. I saw, near the field I  was in, a shrine built for God, and I went to it hoping to find  shelter. But the shrine

was locked, and I could not enter. So I sat  down behind the shrine to shelter myself at least from the wind.


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  43



Top




Page No 46


Evening drew on. I was hungry, frozen, and in pain. Suddenly I heard a  man coming along the road. He

carried a pair of boots, and was talking  to himself. For the first time since I became a man I saw the mortal

face of a man, and his face seemed terrible to me and I turned from it.  And I heard the man talking to himself

of how to cover his body from  the cold in winter, and how to feed wife and children. And I thought:  "I am

perishing of cold and hunger, and here is a man thinking only of  how to clothe himself and his wife, and how

to get bread for  themselves. He cannot help me. When the man saw me he frowned and  became still more

terrible, and passed me by on the other side. I  despaired, but suddenly I heard him coming back. I looked up,

and did  not recognize the same man: before, I had seen death in his face; but  now he was alive, and I

recognized in him the presence of God. He came  up to me, clothed me, took me with him and brought me to

his home. I  entered the house a woman came to meet us and began to speak. The woman  was still more

terrible than the man had been; the spirit of death came  from her mouth; I could not breathe for the stench of

death that spread  around her. She wished to drive me out into the cold, and I knew that  if she did so she

would die. Suddenly her husband spoke to her of God,  and the woman changed at once. And when she

brought me food and looked  at me, I glanced at her and saw that death no longer dwelt in her; she  had

become alive, and in her too I saw God. 

'Then I remembered the first lesson God had set me: "Learn what  dwells in man." And I understood that in

man dwells Love! I was glad  that God had already begun to show me what He had promised, and I  smiled for

the first time. But I had not yet learnt all. I did not yet  know What is not given to man, and What men live by. 

'I lived with you, and a year passed. A man came to order boots  that should wear for a year without losing

shape or cracking. I looked  at him, and suddenly, behind his shoulder, I saw my comrade  the  angel of

death. None but me saw that angel; but I knew him, and knew  that before the sun set he would take that rich

man's soul. And I  thought to myself, "The man is making preparations for a year, and does  not know that he

will die before evening." And I remembered God's  second saying, "Learn what is not given to man." 

'What dwells in man I already knew. Now I learnt what is not given  him. It is not given to man to know his

own needs. And I smiled for the  second time. I was glad to have seen my comrade angel  glad also that

God had revealed to me the second saying. 

'But I still did not know all. I did not know What men live by. And  I lived on, waiting till God should reveal

to me the last lesson. In  the sixth year came the girltwins with the woman; and I recognized the  girls, and

heard how they had been kept alive. Having heard the story,  I thought, "Their mother besought me for the

children's sake, and I  believed her when she said that children cannot live without father or  mother; but a

stranger has nursed them, and has brought them up." And  when the woman showed her love for the children

that were not her own,  and wept over them, I saw in her the living God, and understood What  men live by.

And I knew that God had revealed to me the last lesson,  and had forgiven my sin. And then I smiled for the

third time.' 

XII 

And the angel's body was bared, and he was clothed in light so that  eye could not look on him; and his voice

grew louder, as though it came  not from him but from heaven above. And the angel said: 

'I have learnt that all men live not by care for themselves, but by  love. 

'It was not given to the mother to know what her children needed  for their life. Nor was it given to the rich

man to know what he  himself needed. Nor is it given to any man to know whether, when  evening comes, he

will need boots for his body or slippers for his  corpse. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART II. POPULAR STORIES  44



Top




Page No 47


'I remained alive when I was a man, not by care of myself, but  because love was present in a passerby, and

because he and his wife  pitied and loved me. The orphans remained alive, not because of their  mother's care,

but because there was love in the heart of a woman a  stranger to them, who pitied and loved them. And all

men live not by  the thought they spend on their own welfare, but because love exists in  man. 

'I knew before that God gave life to men and desires that they  should live; now I understood more than that. 

'I understood that God does not wish men to live apart, and  therefore he does not reveal to them what each

one needs for himself;  but he wishes them to live united, and therefore reveals to each of  them what is

necessary for all. 

'I have now understood that though it seems to men that they live  by care for themselves, in truth it is love

alone by which they live.  He who has love, is in God, and God is in him, for God is love.' 

And the angel sang praise to God, so that the hut trembled at his  voice. The roof opened, and a column of fire

rose from earth to heaven.  Simon and his wife and children fell to the ground. Wings appeared upon  the

angel's shoulders, and he rose into the heavens. 

And when Simon came to himself the hut stood as before, and there  was no one in it but his own family. 

1881. 

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE 

'Then came Peter, and said to him, Lord, how oft shall my brother  sin against me, and I forgive him? until

seven times? Jesus saith unto  him, I say not unto thee, Until seven times; but, Until seventy times  seven.

Therefore is the kingdom of heaven likened unto a certain king,  which would make a reckoning with his

servants. And when he had begun  to reckon, one was brought unto him, which owed him ten thousand

talents. But forasmuch as he had not wherewith to pay, his lord  commanded him to be sold, and his wife, and

children, and all that he  had, and payment to be made. The servant therefore fell down and  worshipped him,

saying, Lord, have patience with me, and I will pay  thee all. And the lord of that servant, being moved with

compassion,  released him, and forgave him the debt. But that servant went out, and  found one of his

fellowservants, which owed him a hundred pence: and  he laid hold on him, and took him by the throat

saying, Pay what thou  owest. So his fellowservant fell down and besought him, saying, Have  patience with

me, and I will pay thee. And he would not: but went and  cast him into prison, till he should pay that which

was due. So when  his fellowservants saw what was done, they were exceeding sorry, and  came and told

unto their lord all that was done. Then his lord called  him unto him, and saith to him, Thou wicked servant, I

forgave thee all  that debt, because thou besoughtest me: shouldest not thou also have  had mercy on thy

fellowservant, even as I had mercy on thee? And his  lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors,

till he should pay  all that was due. So shall also my heavenly Father do unto you, if ye  forgive not every one

his brother from your hearts.'  Matt. xviii.  2135. 

THERE once lived in a village a peasant named Ivan Stcherbakf. He  was comfortably off, in the prime of

life, the best worker in the  village, and had three sons all able to work. The eldest was married,  the second

about to marry, and the third was a big lad who could mind  the horses and was already beginning to plough.

Ivan's wife was an able  and thrifty woman, and they were fortunate in having a quiet,  hardworking

daughterinlaw. There was nothing to prevent Ivan and his  family from living happily. They had only one

idle mouth to feed; that  was Ivan's old father, who suffered from asthma and had been lying ill  on the top of

the brick oven for seven years. Ivan had all he needed:  three horses and a colt, a cow with a calf, and fifteen

sheep. The  women made all the clothing for the family, besides helping in the  fields, and the men tilled the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  45



Top




Page No 48


land. They always had grain enough of  their own to last over beyond the next harvest and sold enough oats to

pay the taxes and meet their other needs. So Ivan and his children  might have lived quite comfortably had it

not been for a feud between  him and his nextdoor neighbour, Limping Gabriel, the son of Gordey  Ivanof. 

As long as old Gordey was alive and Ivan's father was still able to  manage the household, the peasants lived

as neighbours should. If the  women of either house happened to want a sieve or a tub, or the men  required a

sack, or if a cartwheel got broken and could not be mended  at once, they used to send to the other house,

and helped each other in  neighbourly fashion. When a calf strayed into the neighbour's  thrashingground they

would just drive it out, and only say, 'Don't let  it get in again; our grain is lying there.' And such things as

locking  up the barns and outhouses, hiding things from one another, or  backbiting were never thought of in

those days. 

That was in the fathers' time. When the sons came to be at the head  of the families, everything changed. 

It all began about a trifle. 

Ivan's daughterinlaw had a hen that began laying rather early in  the season, and she started collecting its

eggs for Easter. Every day  she went to the cartshed, and found an egg in the cart; but one day  the hen,

probably frightened by the children, flew across the fence  into the neighbour's yard and laid its egg there. The

woman heard the  cackling, but said to herself: 'I have no time now; I must tidy up for  Sunday. I'll fetch the

egg later on.' In the evening she went to the  cart, but found no egg there. She went and asked her

motherinlaw and  brotherinlaw whether they had taken the egg. 'No,' they had not; but  her youngest

brotherinlaw, Taras, said: 'Your Biddy laid its egg in  the neighbour's yard. It was there she was cackling,

and she flew back  across the fence from there.' 

The woman went and looked at the hen. There she was on the perch  with the other birds, her eyes just closing

ready to go to sleep. The  woman wished she could have asked the hen and got an answer from her. 

Then she went to the neighbour's, and Gabriel's mother came out to  meet her. 

'What do you want, young woman?' 

'Why, Granny, you see, my hen flew across this morning. Did she not  lay an egg here?' 

'We never saw anything of it. The Lord be thanked, our own hens  started laying long ago. We collect our own

eggs and have no need of  other people's! And we don't go looking for eggs in other people's  yards, lass!' 

The young woman was offended, and said more than she should have  done. Her neighbour answered back

with interest, and the women began  abusing each other. Ivan's wife, who had been to fetch water, happening

to pass just then, joined in too. Gabriel's wife rushed out, and began  reproaching the young woman with

things that had really happened and  with other things that never had happened at all. Then a general uproar

commenced, all shouting at once, trying to get out two words at a time,  and not choice words either. 

'You're this!' and 'You're that!' 'You're a thief!' and 'You're a  slut!' and 'You're starving your old

fatherinlaw to death!' and  'You're a goodfornothing!' and so on. 

'And you've made a hole in the sieve I lent you, you jade! And it's  our yoke you're carrying your pails on 

you just give back our yoke!' 

Then they caught hold of the yoke, and spilt the water, snatched  off one another's shawls, and began fighting.

Gabriel, returning from  the fields, stopped to take his wife's part. Out rushed Ivan and his  son and joined in


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  46



Top




Page No 49


with the rest. Ivan was a strong fellow, he scattered  the whole lot of them, and pulled a handful of hair out of

Gabriel's  beard. People came to see what was the matter, and the fighters were  separated with difficulty. 

That was how it all began. 

Gabriel wrapped the hair torn from his beard in a paper, and went  to the District Court to have the law of

Ivan. 'I didn't grow my  beard,' said he, 'for pockmarked Ivan to pull it out!' And his wife  went bragging to the

neighbours, saying they'd have Ivan condemned and  sent to Siberia. And so the feud grew. 

The old man, from where he lay on the top of the oven, tried from  the very first to persuade them to make

peace, but they would not  listen. He told them, 'It's a stupid thing you are after, children,  picking quarrels

about such a paltry matter. Just think! The whole  thing began about an egg. The children may have taken it

well, what  matter? What's the value of one egg? God sends enough for all! And  suppose your neighbour

did say an unkind word  put it right; show her  how to say a better one! If there has been a fight  well,

such things  will happen; we're all sinners, but make it up, and let there be an end  of it! If you nurse your

anger it will be worse for you yourselves.' 

But the younger folk would not listen to the old man. They thought  his words were mere senseless dotage.

Ivan would not humble himself  before his neighbour. 

'I never pulled his beard,' he said, 'he pulled the hair out  himself. But his son has burst all the fastenings on

my shirt, and torn  it. . . . Look at it!' 

And Ivan also went to law. They were tried by the Justice of the  Peace and by the District Court. While all

this was going on, the  couplingpin of Gabriel's cart disappeared. Gabriel's womenfolk accused  Ivan's son of

having taken it. They said: 'We saw him in the night go  past our window, towards the cart; and a neighbour

says he saw him at  the pub, offering the pin to the landlord.' 

So they went to law about that. And at home not a day passed  without a quarrel or even a fight. The children,

too, abused one  another, having learnt to do so from their elders; and when the women  happened to meet by

the riverside, where they went to rinse the  clothes, their arms did not do as much wringing as their tongues

did  nagging, and every word was a bad one. 

At first the peasants only slandered one another; but afterwards  they began in real earnest to snatch anything

that lay handy, and the  children followed their example. Life became harder and harder for  them. Ivan

Stcherbakf and Limping Gabriel kept suing one another at the  Village Assembly, and at the District Court,

and before the Justice of  the Peace until all the judges were tired of them. Now Gabriel got Ivan  fined or

imprisoned; then Ivan did as much to Gabriel; and the more  they spited each other the angrier they grew 

like dogs that attack  one another and get more and more furious the longer they fight. You  strike one dog

from behind, and it thinks it's the other dog biting  him, and gets still fiercer. So these peasants: they went to

law, and  one or other of them was fined or locked up, but that only made them  more and more angry with

each other. 'Wait a bit,' they said, 'and I'll  make you pay for it.' And so it went on for six years. Only the old

man  lying on the top of the oven kept telling them again and again:  'Children, what are you doing? Stop all

this paying back; keep to your  work, and don't bear malice  it will be better for you. The more you  bear

malice, the worse it will be.' 

But they would not listen to him. 

In the seventh year, at a wedding, Ivan's daughterinlaw held  Gabriel up to shame, accusing him of having

been caught horsestealing.  Gabriel was tipsy, and unable to contain his anger, gave the woman such  a blow

that she was laid up for a week; and she was pregnant at the  time. Ivan was delighted. He went to the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  47



Top




Page No 50


magistrate to lodge a  complaint. 'Now I'll get rid of my neighbour! He won't escape  imprisonment, or exile to

Siberia.' But Ivan's wish was not fulfilled.  The magistrate dismissed the case. The woman was examined, but

she was  up and about and showed no sign of any injury. Then Ivan went to the  Justice of the Peace, but he

referred the business to the District  Court. Ivan bestirred himself: treated the clerk and the Elder of the

District Court to a gallon of liquor and got Gabriel condemned to be  flogged. The sentence was read out to

Gabriel by the clerk: 'The Court  decrees that the peasant Gabriel Gordeyef shall receive twenty lashes  with a

birch rod at the District Court.' 

Ivan too heard the sentence read, and looked at Gabriel to see how  he would take it. Gabriel grew as pale as a

sheet, and turned round and  went out into the passage. Ivan followed him, meaning to see to the  horse, and he

overheard Gabriel say, 'Very well! He will have my back  flogged: that will make it burn; but something of his

may burn worse  than that!' 

Hearing these words, Ivan at once went back into the Court, and  said: 'Upright judges! He threatens to set my

house on fire! Listen: he  said it in the presence of witnesses!' 

Gabriel was recalled. 'Is it true that you said this?' 

'I haven't said anything. Flog me, since you have the power. It  seems that I alone am to suffer, and all for

being in the right, while  he is allowed to do as he likes.' 

Gabriel wished to say something more, but his lips and his cheeks  quivered, and he turned towards the wall.

Even the officials were  frightened by his looks. 'He may do some mischief to himself or to his  neighbour,'

thought they. 

Then the old Judge said: 'Look here, my men; you'd better be  reasonable and make it up. Was it right of you,

friend Gabriel, to  strike a pregnant woman? It was lucky it passed off so well, but think  what might have

happened! Was it right? You had better confess and beg  his pardon, and he will forgive you, and we will alter

the sentence.' 

The clerk heard these words, and remarked: 'That's impossible under  Statute 117. An agreement between the

parties not having been arrived  at, a decision of the Court has been pronounced and must be executed.' 

But the Judge would not listen to the clerk. 

'Keep your tongue still, my friend,' said he. 'The first of all  laws is to obey God, Who loves peace.' And the

Judge began again to  persuade the peasants, but could not succeed. Gabriel would not listen  to him. 

'I shall be fifty next year,' said he, 'and have a married son, and  have never been flogged in my life, and now

that pockmarked Ivan has  had me condemned to be flogged, and am I to go and ask his forgiveness?  No; I've

borne enough. . . . Ivan shall have cause to remember me!' 

Again Gabriel's voice quivered, and he could say no more, but  turned round and went out. 

It was seven miles from the Court to the village, and it was  getting late when Ivan reached home. He

unharnessed his horse, put it  up for the night, and entered the cottage. No one was there. The women  had

already gone to drive the cattle in, and the young fellows were not  yet back from the fields. Ivan went in, and

sat down, thinking. He  remembered how Gabriel had listened to the sentence, and how pale he  had become,

and how he had turned to the wall; and Ivan's heart grew  heavy. He thought how he himself would feel if he

were sentenced, and  he pitied Gabriel. Then he heard his old father up on the oven cough,  and saw him sit up,

lower his legs, and scramble down. The old man  dragged himself slowly to a seat, and sat down. He was


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  48



Top




Page No 51


quite tired out  with the exertion, and coughed a long time till he had cleared his  throat. Then, leaning against

the table, he said: 'Well, has he been  condemned?' 

'Yes, to twenty strokes with the rods,' answered Ivan. 

The old man shook his head. 

'A bad business,' said he. 'You are doing wrong, Ivan! Ah! it's  very bad  not for him so much as for

yourself! . . . Well, they'll  flog him: but will that do you any good?' 

'He'll not do it again,' said Ivan. 

'What is it he'll not do again? What has he done worse than you?' 

'Why, think of the harm he has done me!' said Ivan. 'He nearly  killed my wife, and now he's threatening to

burn us up. Am I to thank  him for it?' 

The old man sighed, and said: 'You go about the wide world, Ivan,  while I am lying on the oven all these

years, so you think you see  everything, and that I see nothing. . . . Ah, lad! It's you that don't  see; malice

blinds you. Others' sins are before your eyes, but your own  are behind your back. "He's acted badly!" What a

thing to say! If he  were the only one to act badly, how could strife exist? Is strife among  men ever bred by

one alone? Strife is always between two. His badness  you see, but your own you don't. If he were bad, but

you were good,  there would be no strife. Who pulled the hair out of his beard? Who  spoilt his haystack? Who

dragged him to the law court? Yet you put it  all on him! You live a bad life yourself, that's what is wrong! It's

not the way I used to live, lad, and it's not the way I taught you. Is  that the way his old father and I used to

live? How did we live? Why,  as neighbours should! If he happened to run out of flour, one of the  women

would come across: "Uncle Trol, we want some flour." "Go to the  barn, dear," I'd say: "take what you need."

If he'd no one to take his  horses to pasture, "Go, Ivan," I'd say, "and look after his horses."  And if I was short

of anything, I'd go to him. "Uncle Gordey," I'd say,  "I want soandso!" "Take it Uncle Trol!" That's how it

was between us,  and we had an easy time of it. But now? . . . That soldier the other  day was telling us about

the fight at Plevna[9]. Why, there's war  between you worse than at Plevna! Is that living? . . . What a sin it  is!

You are a man and master of the house; it's you who will have to  answer. What are you teaching the women

and the children? To snarl and  snap? Why, the other day your Taraska  that greenhorn  was swearing  at

neighbour Irena, calling her names; and his mother listened and  laughed. Is that right? It is you will have to

answer. Think of your  soul. Is this all as it should be? You throw a word at me, and I give  you two in return;

you give me a blow, and I give you two. No, lad!  Christ, when He walked on earth, taught us fools something

very  different. . . . If you get a hard word from any one, keep silent, and  his own conscience will accuse him.

That is what our Lord taught. If  you get a slap, turn the other cheek. "Here, beat me, if that's what I  deserve!"

And his own conscience will rebuke him. He will soften, and  will listen to you. That's the way He taught us,

not to be proud! . . .  Why don't you speak? Isn't it as I say?' 

Ivan sat silent and listened. 

The old man coughed, and having with difficulty cleared his throat,  began again: 'You think Christ taught us

wrong? Why, it's all for our  own good. Just think of your earthly life; are you better off, or  worse, since this

Plevna began among you? Just reckon up what you've  spent on all this law business  what the driving

backwards and  forwards and your food on the way have cost you! What fine fellows your  sons have grown;

you might live and get on well; but now your means are  lessening. And why? All because of this folly;

because of your pride.  You ought to be ploughing with your lads, and do the sowing yourself;  but the fiend

carries you off to the judge, or to some pettifogger or  other. The ploughing is not done in time, nor the

sowing, and mother  earth can't bear properly. Why did the oats fail this year? When did  you sow them? When


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  49



Top




Page No 52


you came back from town! And what did you gain? A  burden for your own shoulders. . . . Eh, lad, think of

your own  business! Work with your boys in the field and at home, and if some one  offends you, forgive him,

as God wished you to. Then life will be easy,  and your heart will always be light.' 

Ivan remained silent. 

'Ivan, my boy, hear your old father! Go and harness the roan, and  go at once to the Government office; put an

end to all this affair  there; and in the morning go and make it up with Gabriel in God's name,  and invite him

to your house for tomorrow's holiday' (it was the eve  of the Virgin's Nativity). 'Have tea ready, and get a

bottle of vdka  and put an end to this wicked business, so that there should not be any  more of it in future, and

tell the women and children to do the same.' 

Ivan sighed, and thought, 'What he says is true,' and his heart  grew lighter. Only he did not know how, now,

to begin to put matters  right. 

But again the old man began, as if he had guessed what was in  Ivan's mind. 

'Go, Ivan, don't put it off! Put out the fire before it spreads, or  it will be too late.' 

The old man was going to say more, but before he could do so the  women came in, chattering like magpies.

The news that Gabriel was  sentenced to be flogged, and of his threat to set fire to the house,  had already

reached them. They had heard all about it and added to it  something of their own, and had again had a row, in

the pasture, with  the women of Gabriel's household. They began telling how Gabriel's  daughterinlaw

threatened a fresh action: Gabriel had got the right  side of the examining magistrate, who would now turn the

whole affair  upside down; and the schoolmaster was writing out another petition, to  the Tsar himself this

time, about Ivan; and everything was in the  petition  all about the couplingpin and the kitchengarden 

so  that half of Ivan's homestead would be theirs soon. Ivan heard what  they were saying, and his heart grew

cold again, and he gave up the  thought of making peace with Gabriel. 

In a farmstead there is always plenty for the master to do. Ivan  did not stop to talk to the women, but went out

to the threshingfloor  and to the barn. By the time he had tidied up there, the sun had set  and the young

fellows had returned from the field. They had been  ploughing the field for the winter crops with two horses.

Ivan met  them, questioned them about their work, helped to put everything in its  place, set a torn horsecollar

aside to be mended, and was going to put  away some stakes under the barn, but it had grown quite dusk, so he

decided to leave them where they were till next day. Then he gave the  cattle their food, opened the gate, let

out the horses. Taras was to  take to pasture for the night, and again closed the gate and barred it.  'Now,'

thought he, 'I'll have my supper, and then to bed.' He took the  horsecollar and entered the hut. By this time

he had forgotten about  Gabriel and about what his old father had been saying to him. But, just  as he took hold

of the doorhandle to enter the passage, he heard his  neighbour on the other side of the fence cursing

somebody in a hoarse  voice: 'What the devil is he good for?' Gabriel was saying. 'He's only  fit to be killed!'

At these words all Ivan's former bitterness towards  his neighbour reawoke. He stood listening while Gabriel

scolded, and,  when he stopped, Ivan went into the hut. 

There was a light inside; his daughterinlaw sat spinning, his  wife was getting supper ready, his eldest son

was making straps for  bark shoes, his second sat near the table with a book, and Taras was  getting ready to go

out to pasture the horses for the night. Everything  in the hut would have been pleasant and bright, but for that

plague   a bad neighbour! 

Ivan entered, sullen and cross; threw the cat down from the bench,  and scolded the women for putting the

sloppail in the wrong place. He  felt despondent, and sat down, frowning, to mend the horsecollar.  Gabriel's

words kept ringing in his ears: his threat at the law court,  and what he had just been shouting in a hoarse


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  50



Top




Page No 53


voice about some one who  was 'only fit to be killed.' 

His wife gave Taras his supper, and, having eaten it, Taras put on  an old sheepskin and another coat, tied a

sash round his waist, took  some bread with him, and went out to the horses. His eldest brother was  going to

see him off, but Ivan himself rose instead, and went out into  the porch. It had grown quite dark outside,

clouds had gathered, and  the wind had risen. Ivan went down the steps, helped his boy to mount,  started the

foal after him, and stood listening while Taras rode down  the village and was there joined by other lads with

their horses. Ivan  waited until they were all out of hearing. As he stood there by the  gate he could not get

Gabriel's words out of his head: 'Mind that  something of yours does not burn worse!' 

'He is desperate,' thought Ivan. 'Everything is dry, and it's windy  weather besides. He'll come up at the back

somewhere, set fire to  something, and be off. He'll burn the place and escape scot free, the  villain! . . . There

now, if one could but catch him in the act, he'd  not get off then!' And the thought fixed itself so firmly in his

mind  that he did not go up the steps but went out into the street and round  the corner. I'll just walk round the

buildings; who can tell what he's  after?' And Ivan, stepping softly, passed out of the gate. As soon as  he

reached the corner, he looked round along the fence, and seemed to  see something suddenly move at the

opposite corner, as if some one had  come out and disappeared again. Ivan stopped, and stood quietly,

listening and looking. Everything was still; only the leaves of the  willows fluttered in the wind, and the

straws of the thatch rustled. At  first it seemed pitch dark, but, when his eyes had grown used to the  darkness,

he could see the far corner, and a plough that lay there, and  the eaves. He looked a while, but saw no one. 

'I suppose it was a mistake,' thought Ivan; 'but still I will go  round,' and Ivan went stealthily along by the

shed. Ivan stepped so  softly in his bark shoes that he did not hear his own footsteps. As he  reached the far

corner, something seemed to flare up for a moment near  the plough and to vanish again. Ivan felt as if struck

to the heart;  and he stopped. Hardly had he stopped, when something flared up more  brightly in the same

place, and he clearly saw a man with a cap on his  head, crouching down, with his back towards him, lighting

a bunch of  straw he held in his hand. Ivan's heart fluttered within him like a  bird. Straining every nerve, he

approached with great strides, hardly  feeling his legs under him. 'Ah,' thought Ivan, 'now he won't escape!  I'll

catch him in the act!' 

Ivan was still some distance off, when suddenly he saw a bright  light, but not in the same place as before, and

not a small flame. The  thatch had flared up at the eaves, the flames were reaching up to the  roof, and,

standing beneath it, Gabriel's whole figure was clearly  visible. 

Like a hawk swooping down on a lark, Ivan rushed at Limping  Gabriel. 'Now I'll have him; he shan't escape

me!' thought Ivan. But  Gabriel must have heard his steps, and (however he managed it) glancing  round, he

scuttled away past the barn like a hare. 

'You shan't escape!' shouted Ivan, darting after him. 

Just as he was going to seize Gabriel, the latter dodged him; but  Ivan managed to catch the skirt of Gabriel's

coat. It tore right off,  and Ivan fell down. He recovered his feet, and shouting, 'Help! Seize  him! Thieves!

Murder!' ran on again. But meanwhile Gabriel had reached  his own gate. There Ivan overtook him and was

about to seize him, when  something struck Ivan a stunning blow, as though a stone had hit his  temple, quite

deafening him. It was Gabriel who, seizing an oak wedge  that lay near the gate, had struck out with all his

might. 

Ivan was stunned; sparks flew before his eyes, then all grew dark  and he staggered. When he came to his

senses Gabriel was no longer  there: it was as light as day, and from the side where his homestead  was

something roared and crackled like an engine at work. Ivan turned  round and saw that his back shed was all

ablaze, and the side shed had  also caught fire, and flames and smoke and bits of burning straw mixed  with the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  51



Top




Page No 54


smoke, were being driven towards his hut. 

'What is this, friends? . . .' cried Ivan, lifting his arms and  striking his thighs.' Why, all I had to do was just to

snatch it out  from under the eaves and trample on it! What is this, friends? . . .'  he kept repeating. He wished

to shout, but his breath failed him; his  voice was gone. He wanted to run, but his legs would not obey him,

and  got in each other's way. He moved slowly, but again staggered and again  his breath failed. He stood still

till he had regained breath, and then  went on. Before he had got round the back shed to reach the fire, the  side

shed was also all ablaze; and the corner of the hut and the  covered gateway had caught fire as well. The

flames were leaping out of  the hut, and it was impossible to get into the yard. A large crowd had  collected,

but nothing could be done. The neighbours were carrying  their belongings out of their own houses, and

driving the cattle out of  their own sheds. After Ivan's house, Gabriel's also caught fire, then,  the wind rising,

the flames spread to the other side of the street and  half the village was burnt down. 

At Ivan's house they barely managed to save his old father; and the  family escaped in what they had on;

everything else, except the horses  that had been driven out to pasture for the night, was lost; all the  cattle, the

fowls on their perches, the carts, ploughs, and harrows,  the women's trunks with their clothes, and the grain in

the granaries   all were burnt up! 

At Gabriel's, the cattle were driven out, and a few things saved  from his house. 

The fire lasted all night. Ivan stood in front of his homestead and  kept repeating, 'What is this? . . . Friends! . .

. One need only have  pulled it out and trampled on it!' But when the roof fell in, Ivan  rushed into the burning

place, and seizing a charred beam, tried to  drag it out. The women saw him, and called him back; but he

pulled out  the beam, and was going in again for another when he lost his footing  and fell among the flames.

Then his son made his way in after him and  dragged him out. Ivan had singed his hair and beard and burnt his

clothes and scorched his hands, but he felt nothing. 'His grief has  stupefied him,' said the people. The fire was

burning itself out, but  Ivan still stood repeating: 'Friends! . . . What is this? . . . One  need only have pulled it

out!' 

In the morning the village Elder's son came to fetch Ivan. 

'Daddy Ivan, your father is dying! He has sent for you to say  goodbye.' 

Ivan had forgotten about his father, and did not understand what  was being said to him. 

'What father?' he said. 'Whom has he sent for?' 

'He sent for you, to say goodbye; he is dying in our cottage! Come  along, daddy Ivan,' said the Elder's son,

pulling him by the arm; and  Ivan followed the lad. 

When he was being carried out of the hut, some burning straw had  fallen on to the old man and burnt him,

and he had been taken to the  village Elder's in the farther part of the village, which the fire did  not reach. 

When Ivan came to his father, there was only the Elder's wife in  the hut, besides some little children on the

top of the oven. All the  rest were still at the fire. The old man, who was lying on a bench  holding a wax

candle[10] in his hand, kept turning his eyes towards the  door. When his son entered, he moved a little. The

old woman went up to  him and told him that his son had come. He asked to have him brought  nearer. Ivan

came closer. 

'What did I tell you, Ivan?' began the old man 'Who has burnt down  the village?' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  52



Top




Page No 55


'It was he, father!' Ivan answered. 'I caught him in the act. I saw  him shove the firebrand into the thatch. I

might have pulled away the  burning straw and stamped it out, and then nothing would have  happened.' 

'Ivan,' said the old man, 'I am dying, and you in your turn will  have to face death. Whose is the sin?' 

Ivan gazed at his father in silence, unable to utter a word. 

'Now, before God, say whose is the sin? What did I tell you?' 

Only then Ivan came to his senses and understood it all. He sniffed  and said, 'Mine, father!' And he fell on his

knees before his father,  saying, 'Forgive me, father; I am guilty before you and before God.' 

The old man moved his hands, changed the candle from his right hand  to his left, and tried to lift his right

hand to his forehead to cross  himself, but could not do it, and stopped. 

'Praise the Lord! Praise the Lord!' said he, and again he turned  his eyes towards his son. 

'Ivan! I say, Ivan!' 

'What, father?' 

'What must you do now?' 

Ivan was weeping. 

'I don't know how we are to live now, father!' he said. 

The old man closed his eyes, moved his lips as if to gather  strength, and opening his eyes again, said: 'You'll

manage. If you obey  God's will, you'll manage!' He paused, then smiled, and said: 'Mind,  Ivan! Don't tell who

started the fire! Hide another man's sin, and God  will forgive two of yours!' And the old man took the candle

in both  hands and, folding them on his breast, sighed, stretched out, and died. 

Ivan did not say anything against Gabriel, and no one knew what had  caused the fire. 

And Ivan's anger against Gabriel passed away, and Gabriel wondered  that Ivan did not tell anybody. At first

Gabriel felt afraid, but after  awhile he got used to it. The men left off quarrelling, and then their  families left

off also. While rebuilding their huts, both families  lived in one house; and when the village was rebuilt and

they might  have moved farther apart, Ivan and Gabriel built next to each other,  and remained neighbours as

before. 

They lived as good neighbours should. Ivan Stcherbakf remembered  his old father's command to obey God's

law, and quench a fire at the  first spark; and if any one does him an injury he now tries not to  revenge

himself, but rather to set matters right again; and if any one  gives him a bad word, instead of giving a worse

in return, he tries to  teach the other not to use evil words; and so he teaches his womenfolk  and children. And

Ivan Stcherbakf has got on his feet again, and now  lives better even than he did before. 

1885. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE  53



Top




Page No 56


6. TWO OLD MEN 

'The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet.  Our fathers worshipped in this mountain;

and ye say, that in Jerusalem  is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman,  believe

me, the hour cometh when neither in this mountain, nor in  Jerusalem, shall ye worship the Father. . . . But the

hour cometh, and  now is, when the true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit  and truth: for such doth

the Father seek to be his worshippers.'   John iv. 1921, 23. 

THERE were once two old men who decided to go on a pilgrimage to  worship God at Jerusalem. One of

them was a welltodo peasant named  Ef知 Tarasitch Shevelef. The other, Elisha Bdrof, was not so well off. 

Ef知 was a staid man, serious and firm. He neither drank nor smoked  nor took snuff, and had never used bad

language in his life. He had  twice served as village Elder, and when he left office his accounts  were in good

order. He had a large family: two sons and a married  grandson, all living with him. He was hale,

longbearded and erect, and  it was only when he was past sixty that a little grey began to show  itself in his

beard. 

Elisha was neither rich nor poor. He had formerly gone out  carpentering, but now that he was growing old he

stayed at home and  kept bees. One of his sons had gone away to find work, the other was  living at home.

Elisha was a kindly and cheerful old man. It is true he  drank sometimes, and he took snuff, and was fond of

singing, but he was  a peaceable man, and lived on good terms with his family and with his  neighbours. He

was short and dark, with a curly beard, and, like his  patron saint Elisha, he was quite baldheaded. 

The two old men had taken a vow long since and had arranged to go  on a pilgrimage to Jerusalem together:

but Ef知 could never spare the  time; he always had so much business on hand; as soon as one thing was

finished he started another. First he had to arrange his grandson's  marriage; then to wait for his youngest son's

return from the army, and  after that he began building a new hut. 

One holiday the two old men met outside the hut and, sitting down  on some timber, began to talk. 

'Well,' asked Elisha, 'when are we to fulfil our vow?' 

Ef知 made a wry face. 

'We must wait,' he said. 'This year has turned out a hard one for  me. I started building this hut thinking it

would cost me something  over a hundred roubles, but now it's getting on for three hundred and  it's still not

finished. We shall have to wait tin the summer. In  summer, God willing, we will go without fail.' 

'It seems to me we ought not to put it off, but should go at once,'  said Elisha. 'Spring is the best time.' 

'The time's right enough, but what about my building? How can I  leave that?' 

'As if you had no one to leave in charge! Your son can look after  it.' 

'But how? My eldest son is not trustworthy  he sometimes takes a  glass too much.' 

'Ah, neighbour, when we die they'll get on without us. Let your son  begin now to get some experience.' 

'That's true enough, but somehow when one begins a thing one likes  to see it done.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  54



Top




Page No 57


'Eh, friend, we can never get through all we have to do. The other  day the womenfolk at home were washing

and house cleaning for Easter.  Here something needed doing, there something else, and they could not  get

everything done. So my eldest daughterinlaw, who's a sensible  woman, says: 'We may be thankful the

holiday comes without waiting for  us, or however hard we worked we should never be ready for it.' 

Ef知 became thoughtful. 

'I've spent a lot of money on this building,' he said 'and one  can't start on the journey with empty pockets. We

shall want a hundred  roubles apiece  and it's no small sum.' 

Elisha laughed. 

'Now, come, come, old friend!' he said, 'you have ten times as much  as I, and yet you talk about money. Only

say when we are to start, and  though I have nothing now I shall have enough by then.' 

Ef知 also smiled. 

'Dear me, I did not know you were so rich!' said he. 'Why, where  will you get it from?' 

'I can scrape some together at home, and if that's not enough, I'll  sell half a score of hives to my neighbour.

He's long been wanting to  buy them.' 

'If they swarm well this year, you'll regret it.' 

'Regret it! Not I, neighbour! I never regretted anything in my  life, except my sins. There's nothing more

precious than the soul.' 

'That's so; still it's not right to neglect things at home.' 

'But what if our souls are neglected? That's worse. We took the  vow, so let us go! Now, seriously, let us go!' 

II 

Elisha succeeded in persuading his comrade. In the morning, after  thinking it well over, Ef知 came to Elisha. 

'You are right,' said he, 'let us go. Life and death are in God's  hands. We must go now, while we are still alive

and have the strength.' 

A week later the old men were ready to start. Ef知 had money enough  at hand. He took a hundred roubles

himself, and left two hundred with  his wife. 

Elisha, too, got ready. He sold ten hives to his neighbour, with  any new swarms that might come from them

before the summer. He took  seventy roubles for the lot. The rest of the hundred roubles he scraped  together

from the other members of his household, fairly clearing them  all out. His wife gave him all she had been

saving up for her funeral;  and his daughterinlaw also gave him what she had. 

Ef知 gave his eldest son definite orders about every thing: when  and how much grass to mow, where to cart

the manure, and how to finish  off and roof the cottage. He thought out everything, and gave his  orders

accordingly. Elisha, on the other hand, only explained to his  wife that she was to keep separate the swarms

from the hives he had  sold, and to be sure to let the neighbour have them all, without any  tricks. As to

household affairs, he did not even mention them. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  55



Top




Page No 58


'You will see what to do and how to do it, as the needs arise,' he  said. 'You are the masters, and will know

how to do what's best for  yourselves.' 

So the old men got ready. Their people baked them cakes, and made  bags for them, and cut them linen for

legbands[11]. They put on new  leather shoes, and took with them spare shoes of platted bark. Their  families

went with them to the end of the village and there took leave  of them, and the old men started on their

pilgrimage. 

Elisha left home in a cheerful mood, and as soon as he was out of  the village forgot all his home affairs. His

only care was how to  please his comrade, how to avoid saying a rude word to any one, how to  get to his

destination and home again in peace and love. Walking along  the road, Elisha would either whisper some

prayer to himself or go over  in his mind such of the lives of the saints as he was able to remember.  When he

came across any one on the road, or turned in anywhere for the  night, he tried to behave as gently as possible

and to say a godly  word. So he journeyed on, rejoicing. One thing only he could not do, he  could not give up

taking snuff. Though he had left his snuffbox  behind, he hankered after it. Then a man he met on the road

gave him  some snuff; and every now and then he would lag behind (not to lead his  comrade into temptation)

and would take a pinch of snuff. 

Ef知 too walked well and firmly; doing no wrong and speaking no  vain words, but his heart was not so light.

Household cares weighed on  his mind. He kept worrying about what was going on at home. Had he not

forgotten to give his son this or that order? Would his son do things  properly? If he happened to see potatoes

being planted or manure  carted, as he went along, he wondered if his son was doing as he had  been told. And

he almost wanted to turn back and show him how to do  things, or even do them himself. 

III 

The old men had been walking for five weeks, they had worn out  their homemade bark shoes, and had to

begin buying new ones when they  reached Little Russia[12]. From the time they left home they had had to

pay for their food and for their night's lodging, but when they reached  Little Russia the people vied with one

another in asking them into  their huts. They took them in and fed them, and would accept no  payment; and

more than that, they put bread or even cakes into their  bags for them to eat on the road. 

The old men travelled some five hundred miles in this manner free  of expense, but after they had crossed the

next province, they came to  a district where the harvest had failed. The peasants still gave them  free lodging

at night, but no longer fed them for nothing. Sometimes,  even, they could get no bread: they offered to pay

for it, but there  was none to be had. The people said the harvest had completely failed  the year before. Those

who had been rich were ruined and had had to  sell all they possessed; those of moderate means were left

destitute,  and those of the poor who had not left those parts, wandered about  begging, or starved at home in

utter want. In the winter they had had  to eat husks and goosefoot. 

One night the old men stopped in a small village; they bought  fifteen pounds of bread, slept there, and started

before sunrise, to  get well on their way before the heat of the day. When they had gone  some eight miles, on

coming to a stream they sat down, and, filling a  bowl with water, they steeped some bread in it, and ate it.

Then they  changed their legbands, and rested for a while. Elisha took out his  snuffbox. Ef知 shook his

head at him. 

'How is it you don't give up that nasty habit?' said he. 

Elisha waved his hand. 'The evil habit is stronger than I,' he  said. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  56



Top




Page No 59


Presently they got up and went on. After walking for nearly another  eight miles, they came to a large village

and passed right through it.  It had now grown hot. Elisha was tired out and wanted to rest and have  a drink,

but Ef知 did not stop. Ef知 was the better walker of the two,  and Elisha found it hard to keep up with him. 

'If I could only have a drink,' said he. 

'Well, have a drink,' said Ef知. 'I don't want any.' 

Elisha stopped. 

'You go on,' he said, 'but I'll just run in to the little hut  there. I will catch you up in a moment.' 

'All right,' said Ef知, and he went on along the high road alone,  while Elisha turned back to the hut. 

It was a small hut plastered with clay, the bottom a dark colour,  the top whitewashed; but the clay had

crumbled away. Evidently it was  long since it had been replastered, and the thatch was off the roof on  one

side. The entrance to the hut was through the yard. Elisha entered  the yard, and saw, lying close to a bank of

earth that ran round the  hut, a gaunt, beardless man with his shirt tucked into his trousers, as  is the custom in

Little Russia[13]. The man must have lain down in the  shade, but the sun had come round and now shone full

on him. Though not  asleep, he still lay there. Elisha called to him, and asked for a  drink, but the man gave no

answer. 

'He is either ill or unfriendly,' thought Elisha; and going to the  door he heard a child crying in the hut. He

took hold of the ring that  served as a doorhandle, and knocked with it. 

'Hey, masters!' he called. No answer. He knocked again with his  staff. 

'Hey, Christians!' Nothing stirred. 

'Hey, servants of God!' Still no reply. 

Elisha was about to turn away, when he thought ho heard a groan the  other side of the door. 

'Dear me, some misfortune must have happened to the people? I had  better have a look.' 

And Elisha entered the hut. 

IV 

Elisha turned the ring; the door was not fastened. He opened it and  went along up the narrow passage. The

door into the dwellingroom was  open. To the left was a brick oven; in front against the wall was an

iconstand[14] and a table before it, by the table was a bench on which  sat an old woman, bareheaded and

wearing only a single garment. There  she sat with her head resting on the table, and near her was a thin,

waxcoloured boy, with a protruding stomach. He was asking for  something, pulling at her sleeve, and crying

bitterly. Elisha entered.  The air in the hut was very foul. He looked round, and saw a woman  lying on the

floor behind the oven: she lay flat on the ground with her  eyes closed and her throat rattling, now stretching

out a leg, now  dragging it in, tossing from side to side; and the foul smell came from  her. Evidently she could

do nothing for herself and no one had been  attending to her needs. The old woman lifted her head, and saw

the  stranger. 

'What do you want?' said she.' What do you want man? We have  nothing.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  57



Top




Page No 60


Elisha understood her, though she spoke in the LittleRussian  dialect. 

'I came in for a drink of water, servant of God,' he said. 

'There's no one  no one  we have nothing to fetch it in. Go  your way.' 

Then Elisha asked: 

'Is there no one among you, then, well enough to attend to that  woman?' 

'No, we have no one. My son is dying outside, and we are dying in  here.' 

The little boy had ceased crying when he saw the stranger, but when  the old woman began to speak, he began

again, and clutching hold of her  sleeve cried: 

'Bread, Granny, bread.' 

Elisha was about to question the old woman, when the man staggered  into the hut. He came along the

passage, clinging to the wall, but as  he was entering the dwellingroom he fell in the corner near the

threshold, and without trying to get up again to reach the bench, he  began to speak in broken words. He

brought out a word at a time,  stopping to draw breath, and gasping. 

'Illness has seized us . . . ,' said he, 'and famine. He is dying .  . . of hunger.' 

And he motioned towards the boy, and began to sob. 

Elisha jerked up the sack behind his shoulder and pulling the  straps off his arms, put it on the floor. Then he

lifted it on to the  bench, and untied the strings. Having opened the sack, he took out a  loaf of bread, and,

cutting off a piece with his knife, handed it to  the man. The man would not take it, but pointed to the little

boy and  to a little girl crouching behind the oven, as if to say: 

'Give it to them.' 

Elisha held it out to the boy. When the boy smelt bread, he  stretched out his arms, and seizing the slice with

both his little  hands, bit into it so that his nose disappeared in the chunk. The  little girl came out from behind

the oven and fixed her eyes on the  bread. Elisha gave her also a slice. Then he cut off another piece and  gave

it to the old woman, and she too began munching it. 

'If only some water could be brought,' she said, 'their mouths are  parched. I tried to fetch some water

yesterday  or was it today  I  can't remember, but I fell down and could go no further, and the pail  has

remained there, unless some one has taken it.' 

Elisha asked where the well was. The old woman told him. Elisha  went out, found the pail, brought some

water, and gave the people a  drink. The children and the old woman ate some more bread with the  water, but

the man would not eat. 

'I cannot eat,' he said. 

All this time the younger woman did not show any consciousness, but  continued to toss from side to side.

Presently Elisha went to the  village shop and bought some millet, salt, flour, and oil. He found an  axe,

chopped some wood, and made a fire. The little girl came and  helped him. Then he boiled some soup, and


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  58



Top




Page No 61


gave the starving people a  meal. 

The man ate a little, the old woman had some too, and the little  girl and boy licked the bowl clean, and then

curled up and fell fast  asleep in one another's arms. 

The man and the old woman then began telling Elisha how they had  sunk to their present state. 

'We were poor enough before?' said they, 'but when the crops  failed, what we gathered hardly lasted us

through the autumn. We had  nothing left by the time winter came, and had to beg from the  neighbours and

from any one we could. At first they gave, then they  began to refuse. Some would have been glad enough to

help us, but had  nothing to give. And we were ashamed of asking: we were in debt all  round, and owed

money, and flour, and bread.' 

'I went to look for work,' the man said, 'but could find none.  Everywhere people were offering to work merely

for their own keep. One  day you'd get a short job, and then you might spend two days looking  for work. Then

the old woman and the girl went begging, further away.  But they got very little; bread was so scarce. Still we

scraped food  together somehow, and hoped to struggle through till next harvest, but  towards spring people

ceased to give anything. And then this illness  seized us. Things became worse and worse. One day we might

have  something to eat, and then nothing for two days. We began eating grass.  Whether it was the grass, or

what, made my wife ill, I don't know. She  could not keep on her legs, and I had no strength left, and there

was  nothing to help us to recovery.' 

'I struggled on alone for a while,' said the old woman, 'but at  last I broke down too for want of food, and grew

quite weak. The girl  also grew weak and timid. I told her to go to the neighbours  she  would not leave the

hut, but crept into a corner and sat there. The day  before yesterday a neighbour looked in, but seeing that we

were ill and  hungry she turned away and left us. Her husband has had to go away, and  she has nothing for her

own little ones to eat. And so we lay, waiting  for death.' 

Having heard their story, Elisha gave up the thought of overtaking  his comrade that day, and remained with

them all night. In the morning  he got up and began doing the housework, just as if it were his own  home. He

kneaded the bread with the old woman's help, and lit the fire.  Then he went with the little girl to the

neighbours to get the most  necessary things, for there was nothing in the hut: everything had been  sold for

bread  cooking utensils, clothing, and all. So Elisha began  replacing what was necessary, making some

things himself, and buying  some. He remained there one day, then another, and then a third. The  little boy

picked up strength and, whenever Elisha sat down, crept  along the bench and nestled up to him. The little girl

brightened up  and helped in all the work, running after Elisha and calling, 

'Daddy, daddy.' 

The old woman grew stronger, and managed to go out to see a  neighbour. The man too improved, and was

able to get about, holding on  to the wall. Only the wife could not get up, but even she regained  consciousness

on the third day, and asked for food. 

'Well,' thought Elisha, 'I never expected to waste so much time on  the way. Now I must be getting on.' 

VI 

The fourth day was the feast day after the summer fast, and Elisha  thought: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  59



Top




Page No 62


'I will stay and break the fast with these people. I'll go and buy  them something, and keep the feast with them,

and tomorrow evening I  will start.' 

So Elisha went into the village, bought milk, wheatflour and  dripping, and helped the old woman to boil and

bake for the morrow. On  the feast day Elisha went to church, and then broke the fast with his  friends at the

hut. That day the wife got up, and managed to move about  a bit. The husband had shaved and put on a clean

shirt, which the old  woman had washed for him; and he went to beg for mercy of a rich  peasant in the village

to whom his ploughland and meadow were  mortgaged. He went to beg the rich peasant to grant him the use

of the  meadow and field till after the harvest; but in the evening he came  back very sad, and began to weep.

The rich peasant had shown no mercy,  but had said: 'Bring me the money.' 

Elisha again grew thoughtful. 'How are they to live now?' thought  he to himself. 'Other people will go

haymaking, but there will be  nothing for these to mow, their grass land is mortgaged. The rye will  ripen.

Others will reap (and what a fine crop motherearth is giving  this year), but they have nothing to look

forward to. Their three acres  are pledged to the rich peasant. When I am gone, they'll drift back  into the state I

found them in.' 

Elisha was in two minds, but finally decided not to leave that  evening, but to wait until the morrow. He went

out into the yard to  sleep. He said his prayers, and lay down; but he could not sleep. On  the one hand he felt

he ought to be going, for he had spent too much  time and money as it was; on the other hand he felt sorry for

the  people. 

'There seems to be no end to it, he said. 'First I only meant to  bring them a little water and give them each a

slice of bread: and just  see where it has landed me. It's a case of redeeming the meadow and the  cornfield.

And when I have done that, I shall have to buy a cow for  them, and a horse for the man to cart his sheaves. A

nice coil you've  got yourself into, brother Elisha! You've slipped your cables and lost  your reckoning!' 

Elisha got up, lifted his coat which he had been using for a  pillow, unfolded it, got out his snuffbox and took

a pinch, thinking  that it might perhaps clear his thoughts. 

But no! He thought and thought, and came to no conclusion. He ought  to be going; and yet pity held him

back. He did not know what to do. He  refolded his coat and put it under his head again. He lay thus for a  long

time, till the cocks had already crowed once: then he was quite  drowsy. And suddenly it seemed as if some

one had roused him. He saw  that he was dressed for the journey, with the sack on his back and the  staff in his

hand, and the gate stood ajar so that he could just  squeeze through. He was about to pass out, when his sack

caught against  the fence on one side: he tried to free it, but then his legband  caught on the other side and

came undone. He pulled at the sack, and  saw that it had not caught on the fence, but that the little girl was

holding it and crying, 

'Bread, daddy, bread!' 

He looked at his foot, and there was the tiny boy holding him by  the legband, while the master of the hut

and the old woman were  looking at him through the window. 

Elisha awoke, and said to himself in an audible voice: 

'Tomorrow I will redeem their cornfield, and will buy them a  horse, and flour to last till the harvest, and a

cow for the little  ones; or else while I go to seek the Lord beyond the sea, I may lose  Him in myself.' 

Then Elisha fell asleep, and slept till morning. He awoke early,  and going to the rich peasant, redeemed both

the cornfield and the  meadow land. He bought a scythe (for that also had been sold) and  brought it back with


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  60



Top




Page No 63


him. Then he sent the man to mow, and himself went  into the village. He heard that there was a horse and cart

for sale at  the publichouse, and he struck a bargain with the owner, and bought  them. Then he bought a sack

of flour, put it in the cart, and went to  see about a cow. As he was going along he overtook two women

talking as  they went. Though they spake the LittleRussian dialect, he understood  what they were saying. 

'At first, it seems, they did not know him; they thought he was  just an ordinary man. He came in to ask for a

drink of water, and then  he remained. Just think of the things he has bought for them! Why they  say he

bought a horse and cart for them at the publican's, only this  morning! There are not many such men in the

world. It's worth while  going to have a look at him.' 

Elisha heard and understood that he was being praised, and he did  not go to buy the cow, but returned to the

inn, paid for the horse,  harnessed it, drove up to the hut, and got out. The people in the hut  were astonished

when they saw the horse. They thought it might be for  them, but dared not ask. The man came out to open the

gate. 

'Where did you get a horse from, grandfather,' he asked. 

'Why, I bought it,' said Elisha. 'It was going cheap. Go and cut  some grass and put it in the manger for it to

eat during the night. And  take in the sack.' 

The man unharnessed the horse, and carried the sack into the barn.  Then he mowed some grass and put it in

the manger. Everybody lay down  to sleep. Elisha went outside and lay by the roadside. That evening he  took

his bag out with him. When every one was asleep, he got up, packed  and fastened his bag, wrapped the linen

bands round his legs, put on  his shoes and coat, and set off to follow Ef知. 

VII 

When Elisha had walked rather more than three miles it began to  grow light. He sat down under a tree,

opened his bag, counted his  money, and found he had only seventeen roubles and twenty kopeks left. 

'Well,' thought he, 'it is no use trying to cross the sea with  this. If I beg my way it may be worse than not

going at all. Friend  Ef知 will get to Jerusalem without me, and will place a candle at the  shrines in my name.

As for me, I'm afraid I shall never fulfil my vow  in this life. I must be thankful it was made to a merciful

Master, and  to one who pardons sinners.' 

Elisha rose, jerked his bag well up on his shoulders, and turned  back. Not wishing to be recognized by any

one, he made a circuit to  avoid the village, and walked briskly homeward. Coming from home the  way had

seemed difficult to him, and he had found it hard to keep up  with Ef知, but now on his return journey, God

helped him to get over  the ground so that he hardly felt fatigue. Walking seemed like child's  play. He went

along swinging his staff, and did his forty to fifty  miles a day. 

When Elisha reached home the harvest was over. His family were  delighted to see him again, and all wanted

to know what had happened:  Why and how he had been left behind? And why he had returned without

reaching Jerusalem? But Elisha did not tell them. 

'It was not God's will that I should get there,' said he. 'I lost  my money on the way, and lagged behind my

companion. Forgive me, for  the Lord's sake!' 

Elisha gave his old wife what money he had left. Then he questioned  them about home affairs. Everything

was going on well; all the work had  been done, nothing neglected, and all were living in peace and concord. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  61



Top




Page No 64


Ef知's family heard of his return the same day, and came for news  of their old man; and to them Elisha gave

the same answers. 

'Ef知 is a fast walker. We parted three days before St. Peter's  day, and I meant to catch him up again, but all

sorts of things  happened. I lost my money, and had no means to get any further, so I  turned back.' 

The folks were astonished that so sensible a man should have acted  so foolishly: should have started and not

got to his destination, and  should have squandered all his money. They wondered at it for a while,  and then

forgot all about it, and Elisha forgot it too. He set to work  again on his homestead. With his son's help he cut

wood for fuel for  the winter. He and the women threshed the corn. Then he mended the  thatch on the

outhouses, put the bees under cover, and handed over to  his neighbour the ten hives he had sold him in

spring, and all the  swarms that had come from them. His wife tried not to tell how many  swarms there had

been from these hives, but Elisha knew well enough  from which there had been swarms and from which not.

And instead of  ten, he handed over seventeen swarms to his neighbour. Having got  everything ready for the

winter, Elisha sent his son away to find work,  while he himself took to platting shoes of bark, and hollowing

out logs  for hives. 

VIII 

All that day while Elisha stopped behind in the hut with the sick  people, Ef知 waited for him. He only went

on a little way before he sat  down. He waited and waited, had a nap, woke up again, and again sat  waiting;

but his comrade did not come. He gazed till his eyes ached.  The sun was already sinking behind a tree, and

still no Elisha was to  be seen. 

'Perhaps he has passed me,' thought Ef知, 'or perhaps some one gave  him a lift and he drove by while I slept,

and did not see me. But how  could he help seeing me? One can see so far here in the steppe. Shall I  go back?

Suppose he is on in front, we shall then miss each other  completely and it will be still worse. I had better go

on, and we shall  be sure to meet where we put up for the night.' 

He came to a village, and told the watchman, if an old man of a  certain description came along, to bring him

to the hut where Ef知  stopped. But Elisha did not turn up that night. Ef知 went on, asking  all he met whether

they had not seen a little, baldheaded, old man? No  one had seen such a traveller. Ef知 wondered, but went

on alone,  saying: 

'We shall be sure to meet in Odessa, or on board the ship,' and he  did not trouble more about it. 

On the way, he came across a pilgrim wearing a priest's coat, with  long hair and a skullcap such as priests

wear. This pilgrim had been  to Mount Athos, and was now going to Jerusalem for the second time.  They both

stopped at the same place one night, and, having met, they  travelled on together. 

They got safely to Odessa, and there had to wait three days for a  ship. Many pilgrims from many different

parts were in the same case.  Again Ef知 asked about Elisha, but no one had seen him. 

Ef知 got himself a foreign passport, which cost him five roubles.  He paid forty roubles for a return ticket to

Jerusalem, and bought a  supply of bread and herrings for the voyage. 

The pilgrim began explaining to Ef知 how he might get on to the  ship without paying his fare; but Ef知

would not listen. 'No, I came  prepared to pay, and I shall pay,' said he. 

The ship was freighted, and the pilgrims went on board, Ef知 and  his new comrade among them. The anchors

were weighed, and the ship put  out to sea. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  62



Top




Page No 65


All day they sailed smoothly, but towards night a wind arose, rain  came on, and the vessel tossed about and

shipped water. The people were  frightened: the women wailed and screamed, and some of the weaker men

ran about the ship looking for shelter. Ef知 too was frightened, but he  would not show it, and remained at the

place on deck where he had  settled down when first he came on board, beside some old men from  Tambf.

There they sat silent, all night and all next day, holding on to  their sacks. On the third day it grew calm, and

on the fifth day they  anchored at Constantinople. Some of the pilgrims went on shore to visit  the Church of

St. Sophia, now held by the Turks. Ef知 remained on the  ship, and only bought some white bread. They lay

there for twentyfour  hours, and then put to sea again. At Smyrna they stopped again; and at  Alexandria; but

at last they arrived safely at Jaffa, where all the  pilgrims had to disembark. From there still it was more than

forty  miles by road to Jerusalem. When disembarking the people were again  much frightened. The ship was

high, and the people were dropped into  boats, which rocked so much that it was easy to miss them and fall

into  the water. A couple of men did get a wetting, but at last all were  safely landed. 

They went on on foot, and at noon on the third day reached  Jerusalem. They stopped outside the town, at the

Russian inn, where  their passports were indorsed. Then, after dinner, Ef知 visited the  Holy Places with his

companion, the pilgrim. It was not the time when  they could be admitted to the Holy Sepulchre, but they

went to the  Patriarchate. All the pilgrims assembled there. The women were  separated from the men, who

were all told to sit in a circle, barefoot.  Then a monk came in with a towel to wash their feet. He washed,

wiped,  and then kissed their feet, and did this to every one in the circle.  Ef知's feet were washed and kissed,

with the rest. He stood through  vespers and matins, prayed, placed candles at the shrines, handed in  booklets

inscribed with his parents, names, that they might be  mentioned in the church prayers. Here at the

Patriarchate food and wine  were given them. Next morning they went to the cell of Mary of Egypt,  where she

had lived doing penance. Here too they placed candles and had  prayers read. From there they went to

Abraham's Monastery, and saw the  place where Abraham intended to slay his son as an offering to God.  Then

they visited the spot where Christ appeared to Mary Magdalene, and  the Church of James, the Lord's brother.

The pilgrim showed Ef知 all  these places, and told him how much money to give at each place. At  midday

they returned to the inn and had dinner. As they were preparing  to lie down and rest, the pilgrim cried out,

and began to search his  clothes, feeling them all over. 

'My purse has been stolen, there were twentythree roubles in it,'  said he, 'two tenrouble notes and the rest

in change.' 

He sighed and lamented a great deal, but as there was no help for  it, they lay down to sleep. 

IX 

As Ef知 lay there, he was assailed by temptation. 

'No one has stolen any money from this pilgrim,' thought he, 'I do  not believe he had any. He gave none away

anywhere, though he made me  give, and even borrowed a rouble of me.' 

This thought had no sooner crossed his mind, than Ef知 rebuked  himself, saying: 'What right have I to judge

a man? It is a sin. I will  think no more about it.' But as soon as his thoughts began to wander,  they turned

again to the pilgrim: how interested he seemed to be in  money, and how unlikely it sounded when he declared

that his purse had  been stolen. 

'He never had any money,' thought Ef知. 'It's all an invention.' 

Towards evening they got up, and went to midnight Mass at the great  Church of the Resurrection, where the

Lord's Sepulchre is. The pilgrim  kept close to Ef知 and went with him everywhere. They came to the

Church; a great many pilgrims were there; some Russians and some of  other nationalities: Greeks,


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  63



Top




Page No 66


Armenians, Turks, and Syrians. Ef知  entered the Holy Gates with the crowd. A monk led them past the

Turkish  sentinels, to the place where the Saviour was taken down from the cross  and anointed, and where

candles were burning in nine great  candlesticks. The monk showed and explained everything. Ef知 offered a

candle there. Then the monk led Ef知 to the right, up the steps to  Golgotha, to the place where the cross had

stood. Ef知 prayed there.  Then they showed him the cleft where the ground had been rent asunder  to its

nethermost depths; then the place where Christ's hands and feet  were nailed to the cross; then Adam's tomb,

where the blood of Christ  had dripped on to Adam's bones. Then they showed him the stone on which  Christ

sat when the crown of thorns was placed on His head; then the  post to which Christ was bound when He was

scourged. Then Ef知 saw the  stone with two holes for Christ's feet. They were going to show him  something

else, but there was a stir in the crowd, and the people all  hurried to the church of the Lord's Sepulchre itself.

The Latin Mass  had just finished there, and the Russian Mass was beginning. And Ef知  went with the crowd

to the tomb cut in the rock. 

He tried to get rid of the pilgrim, against whom he was still  sinning in his mind, but the pilgrim would not

leave him, but went with  him to the Mass at the Holy Sepulchre. They tried to get to the front,  but were too

late. There was such a crowd that it was impossible to  move either backwards or forwards. Ef知 stood

looking in front of him,  praying, and every now and then feeling for his purse. He was in two  minds:

sometimes he thought that the pilgrim was deceiving him, and  then again he thought that if the pilgrim spoke

the truth and his purse  had really been stolen, the same thing might happen to himself. 

Ef知 stood there gazing into the little chapel in which was the  Holy Sepulchre itself with thirtysix lamps

burning above it. As he  stood looking over the people's heads, he saw something that surprised  him. Just

beneath the lamps in which the sacred fire burns and in front  of every one, Ef知 saw an old man in a grey

coat, whose bald, shining  head was just like Elisha Bdrof. 

'It is like him,' thought Ef知, 'but it cannot be Elisha. He could  not have got ahead of me. The ship before

ours started a week sooner.  He could not have caught that; and he was not on ours, for I saw every  pilgrim on

board.' 

Hardly had Ef知 thought this, when the little old man began to  pray, and bowed three times: once forwards to

God, then once on each  side  to the brethren. And as he turned his head to the right, Ef知  recognized him.

It was Elisha Bdrof himself with his dark, curly beard  turning grey at the cheeks, with his brows, his eyes and

nose, and his  expression of face. Yes, it was he! 

Ef知 was very pleased to have found his comrade again, and wondered  how Elisha had got ahead of him. 

'Well done, Elisha!' thought he. 'See how he has pushed ahead. He  must have come across some one who

showed him the way. When we get out,  I will find him, get rid of this fellow in the skullcap, and keep to

Elisha. Perhaps he will show me how to get to the front also.' 

Ef知 kept looking out, so as not to lose sight of Elisha. But when  the Mass was over, the crowd began to

sway, pushing forward to kiss the  tomb, and pushed Ef知 aside. He was again seized with fear lest his  purse

should be stolen. Pressing it with his hand, he began elbowing  through the crowd, anxious only to get out.

When he reached the open,  he went about for a long time searching for Elisha both outside and in  the Church

itself. In the cells of the Church he saw many people of all  kinds, eating, and drinking wine, and reading and

sleeping there. But  Elisha was nowhere to be seen. So Ef知 returned to the inn without  having found his

comrade. That evening the pilgrim in the skullcap did  not turn up. He had gone off without repaying the

rouble, and Ef知 was  left alone. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  64



Top




Page No 67


The next day Ef知 went to the Holy Sepulchre again, with an old man  from Tambf, whom he had met on the

ship. He tried to get to the front,  but was again pressed back; so he stood by a pillar and prayed. He  looked

before him, and there in the foremost place under the lamps,  close to the very Sepulchre of the Lord, stood

Elisha, with his arms  spread out like a priest at the altar, and with his bald head all  shining. 

'Well, now,' thought Ef知, 'I won't lose him!' 

He pushed forward to the front, but when he got there, there was no  Elisha: he had evidently gone away. 

Again on the third day Ef知 looked, and saw at the Sepulchre, in  the holiest place, Elisha standing in the

sight of all men, his arms  outspread, and his eyes gazing upwards as if he saw something above.  And his bald

head was all shining. 

'Well, this time,' thought Ef知, 'he shall not escape me! I will go  and stand at the door, then we can't miss one

another!' 

Ef知 went out and stood by the door till past noon. Every one had  passed out, but still Elisha did not appear. 

Ef知 remained six weeks in Jerusalem, and went everywhere: to  Bethlehem, and to Bethany, and to the

Jordan. He had a new shirt sealed  at the Holy Sepulchre for his burial, and he took a bottle of water  from the

Jordan, and some holy earth, and bought candles that had been  lit at the sacred flame. In eight places he

inscribed names to be  prayed for, and he spent all his money, except just enough to get home  with. Then he

started homeward. He walked to Jaffa, sailed thence to  Odessa, and walked home from there on foot. 

XI 

Ef知 travelled the same road he had come by; and as he drew nearer  home his former anxiety returned as to

how affairs were getting on in  his absence. 'Much water flows away in a year,' the proverb says. It  takes a

lifetime to build up a homestead, but not long to ruin it,  thought he. And he wondered how his son had

managed without him, what  sort of spring they were having, how the cattle had wintered, and  whether the

cottage was well finished. When Ef知 came to the district  where he had parted from Elisha the summer

before, he could hardly  believe that the people living there were the same. The year before  they had been

starving, but now they were living in comfort. The  harvest had been good, and the people had recovered and

had forgotten  their former misery. 

One evening Ef知 reached the very place where Elisha had remained  behind; and as he entered the village, a

little girl in a white smock  ran out of a hut. 

Daddy, daddy, come to our house!' 

Ef知 meant to pass on, but the little girl would not let him. She  took hold of his coat, laughing, and pulled

him towards the hut, where  a woman with a small boy came out into the porch and beckoned to him. 

'Come in, grandfather,' she said. 'Have supper and spend the night  with us.' 

So Ef知 went in. 

'I may as well ask about Elisha,' he thought. 'I fancy this is the  very hut he went to for a drink of water.' 

The woman helped him off with the bag he carried, and gave him  water to wash his face. Then she made him

sit down to table, and set  milk, curdcakes and porridge before him. Ef知 thanked her, and praised  her for


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  65



Top




Page No 68


her kindness to a pilgrim. The woman shook her head. 

'We have good reason to welcome pilgrims,' she said. 'It was a  pilgrim who showed us what life is. We were

living forgetful of God,  and God punished us almost to death. We reached such a pass last  summer, that we

all lay ill and helpless with nothing to eat. And we  should have died, but that God sent an old man to help us

just such  a one as you. He came in one day to ask for a drink of water, saw the  state we were in, took pity

on us, and remained with us. He gave us  food and drink, and set us on our feet again; and he redeemed our

land,  and bought a cart and horse and gave them to us.' 

Here the old woman entering the hut, interrupted the younger one  and said: 

'We don't know whether it was a man, or an angel from God. He loved  us all, pitied us all, and went away

without telling us his name, so  that we don't even know whom to pray for. I can see it all before me  now!

There I lay waiting for death, when in comes a baldheaded old  man. He was not anything much to look at,

and he asked for a drink of  water. I, sinner that I am, thought to myself: "What does he come  prowling about

here for?" And just think what he did! As soon as he saw  us, he let down his bag, on this very spot, and

untied it.' 

Here the little girl joined in. 

'No, Granny,' said she, 'first he put it down here in the middle of  the hut, and then he lifted it on to the bench.' 

And they began discussing and recalling all he had said and done,  where he sat and slept, and what he had

said to each of them. 

At night the peasant himself came home on his horse, and he too  began to tell about Elisha and how he had

lived with them. 

'Had he not come we should all have died in our sins. We were dying  in despair, murmuring against God and

man. But he set us on our feet  again; and through him we learned to know God, and to believe that  there is

good in man. May the Lord bless him! We used to live like  animals; he made human beings of us. 

After giving Ef知 food and drink, they showed him where he was to  sleep; and lay down to sleep themselves. 

But though Ef知 lay down, he could not sleep. He could not get  Elisha out of his mind, but remembered how

he had seen him three times  at Jerusalem, standing in the foremost place. 

'So that is how he got ahead of me,' thought Ef知. 'God may or may  not have accepted my pilgrimage but He

has certainly accepted his!' 

Next morning Ef知 bade farewell to the people, who put some patties  in his sack before they went to their

work, and he continued his  journey. 

XII 

Ef知 had been away just a year, and it was spring again when he  reached home one evening. His son was not

at home, but had gone to the  publichouse and when he came back, he had had a drop too much. Ef知  began

questioning him. Everything showed that the young fellow had been  unsteady during his father's absence.

The money had all been wrongly  spent, and the work had been neglected. The father began to upbraid the

son; and the son answered rudely. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  66



Top




Page No 69


'Why didn't you stay and look after it yourself?' he said. 'You go  off, taking the money with you and now you

demand it of me!' 

The old man grew angry, and struck his son. 

In the morning Ef知 went to the village Elder to complain of his  son's conduct. As he was passing Elisha's

house, his friend's wife  greeted him from the porch. 

'How do you do, neighbour,' she said. 'How do you do, dear friend?  Did you get to Jerusalem safely?' 

Ef知 stopped. 

'Yes, thank God,' he said. 'I have been there. I lost sight of your  old man, but I hear he got home safely.' 

The old woman was fond of talking: 

'Yes, neighbour, he has come back,' said she. 'He's been back a  long time. Soon after Assumption, I think it

was, he returned. And we  were glad the Lord had sent him back to us! We were dull without him.  We can't

expect much work from him any more, his years for work are  past; but still he is the head of the household

and it's more cheerful  when he's at home. And how glad our lad was! He said, "It's like being  without

sunlight, when father's away!" It was dull without him, dear  friend. We're fond of him, and take good care of

him.' 

'Is he at home now?' 

'He is, dear friend. He is with his bees. He is hiving the swarms.  He says they are swarming well this year.

The Lord has given such  strength to the bees that my husband doesn't remember the like. "The  Lord is not

rewarding us according to our sins," he says. Come in, dear  neighbour, he will be so glad to see you again.' 

Ef知 passed through the passage into the yard and to the apiary, to  see Elisha. There was Elisha in his grey

coat, without any facenet or  gloves, standing, under the birch trees, looking upwards, his arms  stretched out

and his bald head shining, as Ef知 had seen him at the  Holy Sepulchre in Jerusalem: and above him the

sunlight shone through  the birches as the flames of fire had done in the holy place, and the  golden bees flew

round his head like a halo, and did not sting him. 

Ef知 stopped. The old woman called to her husband. 

'Here's your friend come,' she cried. 

Elisha looked round with a pleased face, and came towards Ef知,  gently picking bees out of his own beard. 

'Good day, neighbour, goodday, dear friend. Did you get there  safely?' 

'My feet walked there, and I have brought you some water from the  river Jordan. You must come to my house

for it. But whether the Lord  accepted my efforts. . . .' 

'Well the Lord be thanked! May Christ bless you!' said Elisha. 

Ef知 was silent for a while, and then added: 

'My feet have been there, but whether my soul, or another's, has  been there more truly . . .' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

6. TWO OLD MEN  67



Top




Page No 70


'That's God's business, neighbour, God's business,' interrupted  Elisha. 

'On my return journey I stopped at the hut where you remained  behind. . . .' 

Elisha was alarmed, and said hurriedly: 

'God's business, neighbour, God's business! Come into the cottage,  I'll give you some of our honey.' And

Elisha changed the conversation,  and talked of home affairs. 

Ef知 sighed, and did not speak to Elisha of the people in the hut,  nor of how he had seen him in Jerusalem.

But he now understood that the  best way to keep one's vows to God and to do His will, is for each man  while

he lives to show love and do good to others. 

1885. 

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS 

IN a certain town there lived a cobbler, Martin Avdeiteh by name.  He had a tiny room in a basement, the one

window of which looked out on  to the street. Through it one could only see the feet of those who  passed by,

but Martin recognized the people by their boots. He had  lived long in the place and had many acquaintances.

There was hardly a  pair of boots in the neighbourhood that had not been once or twice  through his hands, so

he often saw his own handiwork through the  window. Some he had resoled, some patched, some stitched

up, and to  some he had even put fresh uppers. He had plenty to do, for he worked  well, used good material,

did not charge too much, and could be relied  on. If he could do a job by the day required, he undertook it; if

not,  he told the truth and gave no false promises; so he was well known and  never short of work. 

Martin had always been a good man; but in his old age he began to  think more about his soul and to draw

nearer to God. While he still  worked for a master, before he set up on his own account, his wife had  died,

leaving him with a threeyear old son. None of his elder children  had lived, they had all died in infancy. At

first Martin thought of  sending his little son to his sister's in the country, but then he felt  sorry to part with the

boy, thinking: 'It would be hard for my little  Kapitn to have to grow up in a strange family; I will keep him

with  me.' 

Martin left his master and went into lodgings with his little son.  But he had no luck with his children. No

sooner had the boy reached an  age when he could help his father and be a support as well as a joy to  him,

than he fell ill and, after being laid up for a week with a  burning fever, died. Martin buried his son, and gave

way to despair so  great and overwhelming that he murmured against God. In his sorrow he  prayed again and

again that he too might die, reproaching God for  having taken the son he loved, his only son while he, old as

he was,  remained alive. After that Martin left off going to church. 

One day an old man from Martin's native village who had been a  pilgrim for the last eight years, called in on

his way from Tritsa  Monastery. Martin opened his heart to him, and told him of his sorrow. 

'I no longer even wish to live, holy man,' he said. 'All I ask of  God is that I soon may die. I am now quite

without hope in the world.' 

The old man replied: 'You have no right to say such things, Martin.  We cannot judge God's ways. Not our

reasoning, but God's will, decides.  If God willed that your son should die and you should live, it must be  best

so. As to your despair  that comes because you wish to live for  your own happiness.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  68



Top




Page No 71


'What else should one live for?' asked Martin. 

'For God, Martin,' said the old man. 'He gives you life, and you  must live for Him. When you have learnt to

live for Him, you will  grieve no more, and all will seem easy to you.' 

Martin was silent awhile, and then asked: 'But how is one to live  for God?' 

The old man answered: 'How one may live for God has been shown us  by Christ. Can you read? Then buy the

Gospels, and read them: there you  will see how God would have you live. You have it all there.' 

These words sank deep into Martin's heart, and that same day he  went and bought himself a Testament in

large print, and began to read. 

At first he meant only to read on holidays, but having once begun  he found it made his heart so light that he

read every day. Sometimes  he was so absorbed in his reading that the oil in his lamp burnt out  before he

could tear himself away from the book. He continued to read  every night, and the more he read the more

clearly he understood what  God required of him, and how he might live for God. And his heart grew  lighter

and lighter. Before, when he went to bed he used to lie with a  heavy heart, moaning as he thought of his little

Kapitn; but now he  only repeated again and again: 'Glory to Thee, glory to Thee, O Lord!  Thy will be done!' 

From that time Martin's whole life changed. Formerly, on holidays  he used to go and have tea at the public

house, and did not even refuse  a glass or two of vdka. Sometimes, after having had a drop with a  friend, he

left the public house not drunk, but rather merry, and would  say foolish things: shout at a man, or abuse him.

Now, all that sort of  thing passed away from him. His life became peaceful and joyful. He sat  down to his

work in the morning, and when he had finished his day's  work he took the lamp down from the wall, stood it

on the table,  fetched his book from the shelf, opened it, and sat down to read. The  more he read the better he

understood, and the clearer and happier he  felt in his mind. 

It happened once that Martin sat up late, absorbed in his book. He  was reading Luke's Gospel; and in the sixth

chapter he came upon the  verses: 

'To him that smiteth thee on the one cheek offer also the other;  and from him that taketh away thy cloke

withhold not thy coat also.  Give to every man that asketh thee; and of him that taketh away thy  goods ask

them not again. And as ye would that men should do to you, do  ye also to them likewise.' 

He also read the verses where our Lord says: 

'And why call ye me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say?  Whosoever cometh to me, and heareth

my sayings, and doeth them, I will  shew you to whom he is like: He is like a man which built an house, and

digged deep, and laid the foundation on a rock: and when the flood  arose, the stream beat vehemently upon

that house, and could not shake  it: for it was founded upon a rock. But he that heareth and doeth not,  is like a

man that without a foundation built an house upon the earth,  against which the stream did beat vehemently,

and immediately it fell;  and the ruin of that house was great.' 

When Martin read these words his soul was glad within him. He took  off his spectacles and laid them on the

book, and leaning his elbows on  the table pondered over what he had read. He tried his own life by the

standard of those words, asking himself: 

'Is my house built on the rock, or on sand? If it stands on the  rock, it is well. It seems easy enough while one

sits here alone, and  one thinks one has done all that God commands; but as soon as I cease  to be on my guard,

I sin again. Still I will persevere. It brings such  joy. Help me, O Lord!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  69



Top




Page No 72


He thought all this, and was about to go to bed, but was loth to  leave his book. So he went on reading the

seventh chapter  about the  centurion, the widow's son, and the answer to John's disciples  and  he came

to the part where a rich Pharisee invited the Lord to his  house; and he read how the woman who was a sinner,

anointed his feet  and washed them with her tears, and how he justified her. Coming to the  fortyfourth verse,

he read: 

'And turning to the woman, he said unto Simon, Seest thou this  woman? I entered into thine house thou

gavest me no water for my feet:  but she hath wetted my feet with her tears, and wiped them with her  hair.

Thou gavest me no kiss; but she, since the time I came in, hath  not ceased to kiss my feet. My head with oil

thou didst not anoint: but  she hath anointed my feet with ointment.' 

He read these verses and thought: 'He gave no water for his feet,  gave no kiss, his head with oil he did not

anoint. . . .' And Martin  took off his spectacles once more, laid them on his book, and pondered. 

'He must have been like me, that Pharisee. He too thought only of  himself  how to get a cup of tea, how to

keep warm and comfortable;  never a thought of his guest. He took care of himself, but for his  guest he cared

nothing at all. Yet who was the guest? The Lord himself!  If he came to me, should I behave like that?' 

Then Martin laid his head upon both his arms and, before he was  aware of it, he fell asleep. 

'Martin!' he suddenly heard a voice, as if some one had breathed  the word above his ear. 

He started from his sleep. 'Who's there?' he asked. 

He turned round and looked at the door; no one was there. He called  again. Then he heard quite distinctly:

'Martin, Martin! Look out into  the street tomorrow, for I shall come.' 

Martin roused himself, rose from his chair and rubbed his eyes, but  did not know whether he had heard these

words in a dream or awake. He  put out the lamp and lay down to sleep. 

Next morning he rose before daylight, and after saying his prayers  he lit the fire and prepared his cabbage

soup and buckwheat porridge.  Then he lit the samovar, put on his apron, and sat down by the window  to his

work. As he sat working Martin thought over what had happened  the night before. At times it seemed to him

like a dream, and at times  he thought that he had really heard the voice. 'Such things have  happened before

now,' thought he. 

So he sat by the window, looking out into the street more than he  worked, and whenever any one passed in

unfamiliar boots he would stoop  and look up, so as to see not the feet only but the face of the  passerby as

well. A houseporter passed in new felt boots; then a  watercarrier. Presently an old soldier of Nicholas'

reign came near  the window spade in hand. Martin knew him by his boots, which were  shabby old felt ones,

goloshed with leather. The old man was called  Stepaniteh: a neighbouring tradesman kept him in his house

for charity,  and his duty was to help the houseporter. He began to clear away the  snow before Martin's

window. Martin glanced at him and then went on  with his work. 

'I must be growing crazy with age,' said Martin, laughing at his  fancy. 'Stepanitch comes to clear away the

snow, and I must needs  imagine it's Christ coming to visit me. Old dotard that I am!' 

Yet after he had made a dozen stitches he felt drawn to look out of  the window again. He saw that Stepanitch

had leaned his spade against  the wall, and was either resting himself or trying to get warm. The man  was old

and broken down, and had evidently not enough strength even to  clear away the snow. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  70



Top




Page No 73


'What if I called him in and gave him some tea?' thought Martin.  'The samovar is just on the boil.' 

He stuck his awl in its place, and rose; and putting the samovar on  the table, made tea. Then he tapped the

window with his fingers.  Stepanitch turned and came to the window. Martin beckoned to him to  come in, and

went himself to open the door. 

'Come in,' he said, 'and warm yourself a bit. I'm sure you must be  cold.' 

'May God bless you!' Stepanitch answered. 'My bones do ache to be  sure.' He came in, first shaking off the

snow, and lest he should leave  marks on the floor he began wiping his feet; but as he did so he  tottered and

nearly fell. 

'Don't trouble to wipe your feet,' said Martin 'I'll wipe up the  floor  it's all in the day's work. Come, friend,

sit down and have  some tea.' 

Filling two tumblers, he passed one to his visitor, and pouring his  own out into the saucer, began to blow on

it. 

Stepaniteh emptied his glass, and, turning it upside down, put the  remains of his piece of sugar on the top. He

began to express his  thanks, but it was plain that he would be glad of some more. 

'Have another glass,' said Martin, refilling the visitor's tumbler  and his own. But while he drank his tea Martin

kept looking out into  the street. 

'Are you expecting any one?' asked the visitor. 

'Am I expecting any one? Well, now, I'm ashamed to tell you. It  isn't that I really expect any one; but I heard

something last night  which I can't get out of my mind Whether it was a vision, or only a  fancy, I can't tell.

You see, friend, last night I was reading the  Gospel, about Christ the Lord, how he suffered, and how he

walked on  earth. You have heard tell of it, I dare say.' 

'I have heard tell of it,' answered Stepanitch; 'but I'm an  ignorant man and not able to read.' 

'Well, you see, I was reading of how he walked on earth. I came to  that part, you know, where he went to a

Pharisee who did not receive  him well. Well, friend, as I read about it, I thought now that man did  not receive

Christ the Lord with proper honour. Suppose such a thing  could happen to such a man as myself, I thought,

what would I not do to  receive him! But that man gave him no reception at all. Well, friend,  as I was thinking

of this, I began to doze, and as I dozed I heard some  one call me by name. I got up, and thought I heard some

one whispering,  "Expect me; I will come tomorrow." This happened twice over. And to  tell you the truth, it

sank so into my mind that, though I am ashamed  of it myself, I keep on expecting him, the dear Lord!' 

Stepanitch shook his head in silence, finished his tumbler and laid  it on its side; but Martin stood it up again

and refilled it for him. 

'Here drink another glass, bless you! And I was thinking too, how  he walked on earth and despised no one,

but went mostly among common  folk. He went with plain people, and chose his disciples from among the

likes of us, from workmen like us, sinners that we are. "He who raises  himself," he said, "shall be humbled

and he who humbles himself shall  be raised." "You call me Lord," he said, "and I will wash your feet."  "He

who would be first," he said, "let him be the servant of all;  because," he said, "blessed are the poor, the

humble, the meek, and the  merciful."' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  71



Top




Page No 74


Stepanitch forgot his tea. He was an old man easily moved to tears,  and as he sat and listened the tears ran

down his cheeks. 

'Come, drink some more,' said Martin. But Stepanitch crossed  himself, thanked him, moved away his

tumbler, and rose. 

'Thank you, Martin Avdeitch,' he said, 'you have given me food and  comfort both for soul and body.' 

'You're very welcome. Come again another time. I am glad to have a  guest,' said Martin. 

Stepanitch went away; and Martin poured out the last of the tea and  drank it up. Then he put away the tea

things and sat down to his work,  stitching the back seam of a boot. And as he stitched he kept looking  out of

the window, waiting for Christ, and thinking about him and his  doings. And his head was full of Christ's

sayings. 

Two soldiers went by: one in Government boots the other in boots of  his own; then the master of a

neighbouring house, in shining goloshes;  then a baker carrying a basket. All these passed on. Then a woman

came  up in worsted stockings and peasantmade shoes. She passed the window,  but stopped by the wall.

Martin glanced up at her through the window,  and saw that she was a stranger, poorly dressed, and with a

baby in her  arms. She stopped by the wall with her back to the wind, trying to wrap  the baby up though she

had hardly anything to wrap it in. The woman had  only summer clothes on, and even they were shabby and

worn. Through the  window Martin heard the baby crying, and the woman trying to soothe it,  but unable to do

so. Martin rose and going out of the door and up the  steps he called to her. 

'My dear, I say, my dear!' 

The woman heard, and turned round. 

'Why do you stand out there with the baby in the cold? Come inside.  You can wrap him up better in a warm

place. Come this way!' 

The woman was surprised to see an old man in an apron, with  spectacles on his nose, calling to her, but she

followed him in. 

They went down the steps, entered the little room, and the old man  led her to the bed. 

'There, sit down, my dear, near the stove. Warm yourself, and feed  the baby.' 

'Haven't any milk. I have eaten nothing myself since early  morning,' said the woman, but still she took the

baby to her breast. 

Martin shook his head. He brought out a basin and some bread. Then  he opened the oven door and poured

some cabbage soup into the basin. He  took out the porridge pot also but the porridge was not yet ready, so  he

spread a cloth on the table and served only the soup and bread. 

'Sit down and eat, my dear, and I'll mind the baby. Why, bless me,  I've had children of my own; I know how

to manage them.' 

The woman crossed herself, and sitting down at the table began to  eat, while Martin put the baby on the bed

and sat down by it. He  chucked and chucked, but having no teeth he could not do it well and  the baby

continued to cry. Then Martin tried poking at him with his  finger; he drove his finger straight at the baby's


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  72



Top




Page No 75


mouth and then  quickly drew it back, and did this again and again. He did not let the  baby take his finger in

its mouth, because it was all black with  cobbler's wax. But the baby first grew quiet watching the finger, and

then began to laugh. And Martin felt quite pleased. 

The woman sat eating and talking, and told him who she was, and  where she had been. 

'I'm a soldier's wife,' said she. 'They sent my husband somewhere,  far away, eight months ago, and I have

heard nothing of him since. I  had a place as cook till my baby was born, but then they would not keep  me

with a child. For three months now I have been struggling, unable to  find a place, and I've had to sell all I had

for food. I tried to go as  a wetnurse, but no one would have me; they said I was too  starvedlooking and

thin. Now I have just been to see a tradesman's  wife (a woman from our village is in service with her) and she

has  promised to take me. I thought it was all settled at last, but she  tells me not to come till next week. It is far

to her place, and I am  fagged out, and baby is quite starved, poor mite. Fortunately our  landlady has pity on

us, and lets us lodge free, else I don't know what  we should do.' 

Martin sighed. 'Haven't you any warmer clothing?' he asked. 

'How could I get warm clothing?' said she. 'Why I pawned my last  shawl for sixpence yesterday.' 

Then the woman came and took the child, and Martin got up. He went  and looked among some things that

were hanging on the wall, and brought  back an old cloak. 

'Here,' he said, 'though it's a wornout old thing, it will do to  wrap him up in.' 

The woman looked at the cloak, then at the old man, and taking it,  burst into tears. Martin turned away, and

groping under the bed brought  out a small trunk. He fumbled about in it, and again sat down opposite  the

woman. And the woman said: 

'The Lord bless you, friend. Surely Christ must have sent me to  your window, else the child would have

frozen. It was mild when I  started, but now see how cold it has turned. Surely it must have been  Christ who

made you look out of your window and take pity on me, poor  wretch!' 

Martin smiled and said; 'It is quite true; it was he made me do it.  It was no mere chance made me look out.' 

And he told the woman his dream, and how he had heard the Lord's  voice promising to visit him that day. 

'Who knows? All things are possible,' said the woman. And she got  up and threw the cloak over her

shoulders, wrapping it round herself  and round the baby. Then she bowed, and thanked Martin once more. 

'Take this for Christ's sake,' said Martin, and gave her sixpence  to get her shawl out of pawn. The woman

crossed herself, and Martin did  the same, and then he saw her out. 

After the woman had gone, Martin ate some cabbage soup, cleared the  things away, and sat down to work

again. He sat and worked, but did not  forget the window, and every time a shadow fell on it he looked up at

once to see who was passing. People he knew and strangers passed by,  but no one remarkable. 

After a while Martin saw an applewoman stop just in front of his  window. She had a large basket, but there

did not seem to be many  apples left in it; she had evidently sold most of her stock. On her  back she had a sack

full of chips, which she was taking home. No doubt  she had gathered them at some place where building was

going on. The  sack evidently hurt her, and she wanted to shift it from one shoulder  to the other, so she put it

down on the footpath and, placing her  basket on a post, began to shake down the chips in the sack. While she


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  73



Top




Page No 76


was doing this a boy in a tattered cap ran up, snatched an apple out of  the basket, and tried to slip away; but

the old woman noticed it, and  turning, caught the boy by his sleeve. He began to struggle, trying to  free

himself, but the old woman held on with both hands, knocked his  cap off his head, and seized hold of his

hair. The boy screamed and the  old woman scolded. Martin dropped his awl, not waiting to stick it in  its

place, and rushed out of the door. Stumbling up the steps, and  dropping his spectacles in his hurry, he ran out

into the street. The  old woman was pulling the boy's hair and scolding him, and threatening  to take him to the

police. The lad was struggling and protesting,  saying, 'I did not take it. What are you beating me for? Let me

go!' 

Martin separated them. He took the boy by the hand and said, 'Let  him go, Granny. Forgive him for Christ's

sake.' 

'I'll pay him out, so that he won't forget it for a year! I'll take  the rascal to the police!' 

Martin began entreating the old woman. 

'Let him go, Granny. He won't do it again. Let him go for Christ's  sake!' 

The old woman let go, and the boy wished to run away, but Martin  stopped him 

'Ask the Granny's forgiveness!' said he. 'And don't do it another  time. I saw you take the apple.' 

The boy began to cry and to beg pardon. 

'That's right. And now here's an apple for you, and Martin took an  apple from the basket and gave it to the

boy, saying, 'I will pay you,  Granny.' 

'You will spoil them that way, the young rascals,' said the old  woman. 'He ought to be whipped so that he

should remember it for a  week.' 

'Oh, Granny, Granny,' said Martin, 'that's our way  but it's not  God's way. If he should be whipped for

stealing an apple, what should  be done to us for our sins?' 

The old woman was silent. 

And Martin told her the parable of the lord who forgave his servant  a large debt, and how the servant went

out and seized his debtor by the  throat. The old woman listened to it all, and the boy, too, stood by  and

listened. 

'God bids us forgive,' said Martin, 'or else we shall not be  forgiven. Forgive every one; and a thoughtless

youngster most of all.' 

The old woman wagged her head and sighed. 

'It's true enough,' said she, 'but they are getting terribly  spoilt.' 

'Then we old ones must show them better ways,' Martin replied. 

'That's just what I say,' said the old woman. 'I have had seven of  them myself, and only one daughter is left.'

And the old woman began to  tell how and where she was living with her daughter, and how many

grandchildren she had. 'There now,' she said, 'I have but little  strength left, yet I work hard for the sake of my


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  74



Top




Page No 77


grandchildren; and  nice children they are, too. No one comes out to meet me but the  children. Little Annie,

now, won't leave me for any one. "It's  grandmother, dear grandmother, darling grandmother."' And the old

woman  completely softened at the thought. 

'Of course, it was only his childishness, God help him,' said she,  referring to the boy. 

As the old woman was about to hoist her sack on her back, the lad  sprang forward to her, saying, 'Let me

carry it for you, Granny. I'm  going that way.' 

The old woman nodded her head, and put the sack on the boy's back,  and they went down the street together,

the old woman quite forgetting  to ask Martin to pay for the apple. Martin stood and watched them as  they

went along talking to each other. 

When they were out of sight Martin went back to the house. Having  found his spectacles unbroken on the

steps, he picked up his awl and  sat down again to work. He worked a little, but could soon not see to  pass the

bristle through the holes in the leather; and presently he  noticed the lamplighter passing on his way to light

the street lamps. 

'Seems it's time to light up,' thought he. So he trimmed his lamp,  hung it up, and sat down again to work. He

finished off one boot and,  turning it about, examined it. It was all right. Then he gathered his  tools together,

swept up the cuttings, put away the bristles and the  thread and the awls, and, taking down the lamp, placed it

on the table.  Then he took the Gospels from the shelf. He meant to open them at the  place he had marked the

day before with a bit of morocco, but the book  opened at another place. As Martin opened it, his yesterday's

dream  came back to his mind, and no sooner had he thought of it than he  seemed to hear footsteps, as though

some one were moving behind him.  Martin turned round, and it seemed to him as if people were standing in

the dark corner, but he could not make out who they were. And a voice  whispered in his ear: 'Martin, Martin,

don't you know me?' 

'Who is it?' muttered Martin. 

'It is I,' said the voice. And out of the dark corner stepped  Stepanitch, who smiled and vanishing like a cloud

was seen no more. 

'It is I,' said the voice again. And out of the darkness stepped  the woman with the baby in her arms and the

woman smiled and the baby  laughed, and they too vanished. 

'It is I,' said the voice once more. And the old woman and the boy  with the apple stepped out and both smiled,

and then they too vanished. 

And Martin's soul grew glad. He crossed himself put on his  spectacles, and began reading the Gospel just

where it had opened; and  at the top of the page he read 

'I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave  me drink: I was a stranger, and ye took

me in.' 

And at the bottom of the page he read 

'Inasmuch as ye did it unto one of these my brethren even these  least, ye did it unto me' (Matt. xxv). 

And Martin understood that his dream had come true; and that the  Saviour had really come to him that day,

and he had welcomed him. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS  75



Top




Page No 78


1885. 

PART III. A FAIRY TALE 

8. THE STORY OF IVAN THE FOOL

AND OF HIS TWO BROTHERS, SIMON THE SOLDIER AND TARAS THE STOUT; AND  OF HIS

DUMB SISTER MARTHA, AND OF THE OLD DEVIL AND THE THREE LITTLE  IMPS. 

ONCE upon a time, in a certain province of a certain country, there  lived a rich peasant, who had three sons:

Simon the Soldier, Taras the  Stout, and Ivan the Fool, besides an unmarried daughter, Martha, who  was deaf

and dumb. Simon the Soldier went to the wars to serve the  king; Taras the Stout went to a merchant's in town

to trade, and Ivan  the Fool stayed at home with the lass, to till the ground till his back  bent. 

Simon the Soldier obtained high rank and an estate, and married a  nobleman's daughter. His pay was large

and his estate was large, but  yet he could not make ends meet. What the husband earned his lady wife

squandered, and they never had money enough. 

So Simon the Soldier went to his estate to collect the income, but  his steward said, 'where is any income to

come from? We have neither  cattle, nor tools, nor horse, nor plough, nor harrow. We must first get  all these,

and then the money will come.' 

Then Simon the Soldier went to his father and said: 'You, father,  are rich, but have given me nothing. Divide

what you have, and give me  a third part, that I may improve my estate.' 

But the old man said: 'You brought nothing into my house; why  should I give you a third part? It would be

unfair to Ivan and to the  girl.' 

But Simon answered, 'He is a fool; and she is an old maid, and deaf  and dumb besides; what's the good of

property to them?' 

The old man said, 'We will see what Ivan says about it.' 

And Ivan said, 'Let him take what he wants.' 

So Simon the Soldier took his share of his father's goods and  removed them to his estate, and went off again

to serve the king. 

Taras the Stout also gathered much money, and married into a  merchant's family, but still he wanted more. So

he, also, came to his  father and said, 'Give me my portion.' 

But the old man did not wish to give Taras a share either, and  said, 'You brought nothing here. Ivan has

earned all we have in the  house, and why should we wrong him and the girl?' 

But Taras said, 'What does he need? He is a fool! He cannot marry,  no one would have him; and the dumb

lass does not need anything either.  Look here, Ivan!' said he, 'give me half the corn; I don't want the  tools, and

of the live stock I will take only the grey stallion, which  is of no use to you for the plough.' 

Ivan laughed and said, 'Take what you want. I will work to earn  some more.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  76



Top




Page No 79


So they gave a share to Taras also, and he carted the corn away to  town, and took the grey stallion. And Ivan

was left with one old mare,  to lead his peasant life as before, and to support his father and  mother. 

II 

Now the old Devil was vexed that the brothers had not quarrelled  over the division, but had parted peacefully;

and he summoned three  imps. 

'Look here,' said he, 'there are three brothers Simon the Soldier,  Taras the Stout, and Ivan the Fool. They

should have quarrelled, but  are living peaceably and meet on friendly terms. The fool Ivan has  spoilt the

whole business for me. Now you three go and tackle those  three brothers, and worry them till they scratch

each other's eyes out!  Do you think you can do it?' 

'Yes, we'll do it,' said they. 

'How will you set about it?' 

'Why,' said they, 'first we'll ruin them. And when they haven't a  crust to eat we'll tie them up together, and

then they'll fight each  other, sure enough!' 

'That's capital; I see you understand your business. Go, and don't  come back till you've set them by the ears,

or I'll skin you alive!' 

The imps went off into a swamp, and began to consider how they  should set to work. They disputed and

disputed, each wanting the  lightest job; but at last they decided to cast lots which of the  brothers each imp

should tackle. If one imp finished his task before  the others, he was to come and help them. So the imps cast

lots, and  appointed a time to meet again in the swamp to learn who had succeeded  and who needed help. 

The appointed time came round, and the imps met again in the swamp  as agreed. And each began to tell how

matters stood. The first, who had  undertaken Simon the Soldier, began: 'My business is going on well.

Tomorrow Simon will return to his father's house.' 

His comrades asked, 'How did you manage it?' 

'First,' says he, 'I made Simon so bold that he offered to conquer  the whole world for his king; and the king

made him his general and  sent him to fight the King of India. They met for battle, but the night  before, I

damped all the powder in Simon's camp, and made more straw  soldiers for the Indian King than you could

count. And when Simon's  soldiers saw the straw soldiers surrounding them, they grew frightened.  Simon

ordered them to fire; but their cannons and guns would not go  off. Then Simon's soldiers were quite

frightened, and ran like sheep,  and the Indian King slaughtered them. Simon was disgraced. He has been

deprived of his estate, and tomorrow they intend to execute him. There  is only one day's work left for me to

do; I have just to let him out of  prison that he may escape home. Tomorrow I shall be ready to help

whichever of you needs me. 

Then the second imp, who had Taras in hand, began to tell how he  had fared. 'I don't want any help,' said he,

'my job is going all  right. Taras can't hold out for more than a week. First I caused him to  grow greedy and

fat. His covetousness became so great that whatever he  saw he wanted to buy. He has spent all his money in

buying immense lots  of goods, and still continues to buy. Already he has begun to use  borrowed money. His

debts hang like a weight round his neck, and he is  so involved that he can never get clear. In a week his bills

come due,  and before then I will spoil all his stock. He will be unable to pay  and will have to go home to his

father.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  77



Top




Page No 80


Then they asked the third imp (Ivan's), 'And how are you getting  on?' 

'Well,' said he, 'my affair goes badly. First I spat into his drink  to make his stomach ache, and then I went into

his field and hammered  the ground hard as a stone that he should not be able to till it. I  thought he wouldn't

plough it, but like the fool that he is, he came  with his plough and began to make a furrow. He groaned with

the pain in  his stomach, but went on ploughing. I broke his plough for him, but he  went home, got out

another, and again started ploughing. I crept under  the earth and caught hold of the ploughshares, but there

was no holding  them; he leant heavily upon the plough, and the ploughshare was sharp  and cut my hands. He

has all but finished ploughing the field, only one  little strip is left. Come brothers, and help me; for if we don't

get  the better of him, all our labour is lost. If the fool holds out and  keeps on working the land, his brothers

will never know want, for he  will feed them both.' 

Simon the Soldier's imp promised to come next day to help, and so  they parted. 

III 

Ivan had ploughed up the whole fallow, all but one little strip. He  came to finish it. Though his stomach

ached, the ploughing must be  done. He freed the harness ropes, turned the plough, and began to work.  He

drove one furrow, but coming back the plough began to drag as if it  had caught in a root. It was the imp, who

had twisted his legs round  the ploughshare and was holding it back. 

'What a strange thing!' thought Ivan. 'There were no roots here at  all, and yet here's a root.' 

Ivan pushed his hand deep into the furrow, groped about, and,  feeling something soft, seized hold of it and

pulled it out. It was  black like a root, but it wriggled. Why, it was a live imp! 

'What a nasty thing!' said Ivan, and he lifted his hand to dash it  against the plough, but the imp squealed out: 

'Don't hurt me, and I'll do anything you tell me to.' 

'What can you do?' 

'Anything you tell me to.' 

Ivan scratched his head. 

'My stomach aches,' said he; 'can you cure that?' 

'Certainly I can.' 

'Well then, do so.' 

The imp went down into the furrow, searched about scratched with  his claws, and pulled out a bunch of three

little roots, which he  handed to Ivan. 

'Here,' says he, 'whoever swallows one of these will be cured of  any illness.' 

Ivan took the roots, separated them, and swallowed one. The pain in  his stomach was cured at once. The imp

again begged to be let off; 'I  will jump right into the earth, and never come back,' said he. 

'All right,' said Ivan; 'begone, and God be with you!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  78



Top




Page No 81


And as soon as Ivan mentioned God, the imp plunged into the earth  like a stone thrown into the water. Only a

hole was left. 

Ivan put the other two pieces of root into his cap and went on with  his ploughing. He ploughed the strip to the

end, turned his plough  over, and went home. He unharnessed the horse, entered the hut, and  there he saw his

elder brother, Simon the Soldier and his wife, sitting  at supper. Simon's estate had been confiscated, he

himself had barely  managed to escape from prison, and he had come back to live in his  father's house. 

Simon saw Ivan, and said: 'I have come to live with you. Feed me  and my wife till I get another appointment.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, 'you can stay with us.' 

But when Ivan was about to sit down on the bench the lady disliked  the smell, and said to her husband. 'I

cannot sup with a dirty  peasant.' 

So Simon the Soldier said, 'My lady says you don't smell nice.  You'd better go and eat outside.' 

'All right,' said Ivan; 'any way I must spend the night outside,  for I have to pasture the mare.' 

So he took some bread, and his coat, and went with the mare into  the fields. 

IV 

Having finished his work that night, Simon's imp came, as agreed,  to find Ivan's imp and help him to subdue

the fool. He came to the  field and searched and searched; but instead of his comrade he found  only a hole. 

'Clearly,' thought he, 'some evil has befallen my comrade. I must  take his place. The field is ploughed up, so

the fool must be tackled  in the meadow.' 

So the imp went to the meadows and flooded Ivan's hayfield with  water, which left the grass all covered with

mud. 

Ivan returned from the pasture at dawn, sharpened his scythe, and  went to mow the hayfield. He began to

mow but had only swung the scythe  once or twice when the edge turned so that it would not cut at all, but

needed resharpening. Ivan struggled on for awhile, and then said: 'It's  no good. I must go home and bring a

tool to straighten the scythe, and  I'll get a chunk of bread at the same time. If I have to spend a week  here, I

won't leave till the mowing's done.' 

The imp heard this and thought to himself, 'This fool is a tough  'un; I can't get round him this way. I must try

some other dodge.' 

Ivan returned, sharpened his scythe, and began to mow. The imp  crept into the grass and began to catch the

scythe by the heel, sending  the point into the earth. Ivan found the work very hard, but he mowed  the whole

meadow, except one little bit which was in the swamp. The imp  crept into the swamp and, thought he to

himself, 'Though I cut my paws  I will not let him mow.' 

Ivan reached the swamp. The grass didn't seem thick, but yet it  resisted the scythe. Ivan grew angry and

began to swing the scythe with  all his might. The imp had to give in; he could not keep up with the  scythe,

and, seeing it was a bad business, he scrambled into a bush.  Ivan swung the scythe, caught the bush, and cut

off half the imp's  tail. Then he finished mowing the grass, told his sister to rake it up,  and went himself to

mow the rye. He went with the scythe, but the  docktailed imp was there first, and entangled the rye so that


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  79



Top




Page No 82


the  scythe was of no use. But Ivan went home and got his sickle, and began  to reap with that and he reaped

the whole of the rye. 

'Now it's time,' said he, 'to start on the oats.' 

The docktailed imp heard this, and thought, 'I couldn't get the  better of him on the rye, but I shall on the

oats. Only wait till the  morning.' 

In the morning the imp hurried to the oat field, but the oats were  already mowed down! Ivan had mowed

them by night, in order that less  grain should shake out. The imp grew angry. 

'He has cut me all over and tired me out  the fool. It is worse  than war. The accursed fool never sleeps; one

can't keep up with him. I  will get into his stacks now and rot them.' 

So the imp entered the rye, and crept among the sheaves, and they  began to rot. He heated them, grew warm

himself, and fell asleep. 

Ivan harnessed the mare, and went with the lass to cart the rye. He  came to the heaps, and began to pitch the

rye into the cart. He tossed  two sheaves and again thrust his fork  right into the imp's back. He  lifts the fork

and sees on the prongs a live imp; docktailed,  struggling, wriggling, and trying to jump. 

'What, you nasty thing, are you here again?' 

'I'm another,' said the imp. 'The first was my brother. I've been  with your brother Simon.' 

'Well,' said Ivan, whoever you are, you've met the same fate!' 

He was about to dash him against the cart, but the imp cried out:  'Let me off, and I will not only let you alone,

but I'll do anything  you tell me to do.' 

'What can you do?' 

'I can make soldiers out of anything you like.' 

'But what use are they?' 

'You can turn them to any use; they can do anything you please.' 

'Can they sing?' 

'Yes, if you want them to.' 

'All right; you may make me some.' 

And the imp said, 'Here, take a sheaf of rye, then bump it upright  on the ground, and simply say: 

'O sheaf! my slave  This order gave:  Where a straw has been  Let a  soldier be seen!' 

Ivan took the sheaf, struck it on the ground, and said what the imp  had told him to. The sheaf fell asunder,

and all the straws changed  into soldiers, with a trumpeter and a drummer playing in front, so that  there was a

whole regiment. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  80



Top




Page No 83


Ivan laughed. 

'How clever!' said he. 'This is fine! How pleased the girls will  be!' 

'Now let me go,' said the imp. 

'No,' said Ivan, 'I must make my soldiers of thrashed straw,  otherwise good grain will be wasted. Teach me

how to change them back  again into the sheaf. I want to thrash it.' 

And the imp said, 'Repeat: 

'Let each be a straw  Who was soldier before,  For my true slave  This order gave!"' 

Ivan said this, and the sheaf reappeared. 

Again the imp began to beg, 'Now let me go! 

'All right.' And Ivan pressed him against the side of the cart,  held him down with his hand, and pulled him off

the fork. 

'God be with you,' said he. 

And as soon as he mentioned God, the imp plunged into the earth  like a stone into water. Only a hole was

left. 

Ivan returned home, and there was his other brother, Taras with his  wife, sitting at supper. 

Taras the Stout had failed to pay his debts, had run away from his  creditors, and had come home to his

father's house. When he saw Ivan,  'Look here', said he, 'till I can start in business again, I want you  to keep

me and my wife.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, 'you can live here, if you like.' 

Ivan took off his coat and sat down to table, but the merchant's  wife said: 'I cannot sit at table with this clown,

he smells of  perspiration.' 

Then Taras the Stout said, 'Ivan, you smell too strong. Go and eat  outside.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, taking some bread and going into the yard.  'It is time, anyhow, for me to go and pasture

the mare.' 

Taras's imp, being also free that night, came, as agreed, to help  his comrades subdue Ivan the Fool. He came

to the cornfield, looked and  looked for his comrades  no one was there. He only found a hole. He  went to

the meadow, and there he found an imp's tail in the swamp, and  another hole in the rye stubble. 

'Evidently, some illluck has befallen my comrades,' thought he. 'I  must take their place and tackle the fool.' 

So the imp went to look for Ivan, who had already stacked the corn  and was cutting trees in the wood. The

two brothers had begun to feel  crowded, living together, and had told Ivan to cut down trees to build  new


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  81



Top




Page No 84


houses for them. 

The imp ran to the wood, climbed among the branches, and began to  hinder Ivan from felling the trees. Ivan

undercut one tree so that it  should fall clear, but in falling it turned askew and caught among some  branches.

Ivan cut a pole with which to lever it aside, and with  difficulty contrived to bring it to the ground. He set to

work to fell  another tree  again the same thing occurred; and with all his efforts  he could hardly get the tree

clear. He began on a third tree, and again  the same thing happened. 

Ivan had hoped to cut down half a hundred small trees, but had not  felled even half a score, and now the night

was come and he was tired  out. The steam from him spread like a mist through the wood, but still  he stuck to

his work. He undercut another tree, but his back began to  ache so that he could not stand. He drove his axe

into the tree and sat  down to rest. 

The imp, noticing that Ivan had stopped work, grew cheerful. 

'At last,' thought he, 'he is tired out! He will give it up. Now I  can take a rest myself.' 

He seated himself astride a branch and chuckled. But soon Ivan got  up, pulled the axe out, swung it and

smote the tree from the opposite  side with such force that the tree gave way at once and came crashing  down.

The imp had not expected this, and had no time to get his feet  clear, and the tree in breaking, gripped his paw.

Ivan began to lop off  the branches, when he noticed a live imp hanging in the tree! Ivan was  surprised. 

'What, you nasty thing,' says he, 'so you are here again!' 

'I am another one,' says the imp. 'I have been with your brother  Taras.' 

'Whoever you are you have met your fate,' said Ivan, and swinging  his axe he was about to strike him with

the haft, but the imp begged  for mercy: 'Don't strike me,' said he, 'and I will do anything you tell  me to.' 

'What can you do?' 

'I can make money for you, as much as you want.' 

'All right, make some.' So the imp showed him how to do it. 

'Take,' said he, 'some leaves from this oak and rub them in your  hands, and gold will fall out on the ground.' 

Ivan took some leaves and rubbed them, and gold ran down from his  hands. 

'This stuff will do fine,' said he, 'for the fellows to play with  on their holidays.' 

'Now let me go.' said the imp. 

'All right,' said Ivan, and taking a lever he set the imp free.  'Now begone! And God be with you,' says he. 

And as soon as he mentioned God, the imp plunged into the earth,  like a stone into water. Only a hole was

left. 

VI 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  82



Top




Page No 85


So the brothers built houses, and began to live apart; and Ivan  finished the harvest work, brewed beer, and

invited his brothers to  spend the next holiday with him. His brothers would not come. 

'We don't care about peasant feasts,' said they. 

So Ivan entertained the peasants and their wives, and drank until  he was rather tipsy. Then he went into the

street to a ring of dancers;  and going up to them he told the women to sing a song in his honour;  'for,' said he,

'I will give you something you never saw in your lives  before!' 

The women laughed and sang his praises, and when they had finished  they said, 'Now let us have your gift.' 

'I will bring it directly,' said he. 

He took a seedbasket and ran into the woods. The women laughed.  'He is a fool!' said they, and they began

to talk of something else. 

But soon Ivan came running back, carrying the basket full of  something heavy. 

'Shall I give it you?' 

'Yes! give it to us.' 

Ivan took a handful of gold and threw it to the women. You should  have seen them throw themselves upon it

to pick it up! And the men  around scrambled for it, and snatched it from one another. One old  woman was

nearly crushed to death. Ivan laughed. 

'Oh, you fools!' says he. 'Why did you crush the old grandmother?  Be quiet, and I will give you some more,'

and he threw them some more.  The people all crowded round, and Ivan threw them all the gold he had.  They

asked for more, but Ivan said, 'I have no more just now. Another  time I'll give you some more. Now let us

dance, and you can sing me  your songs.' 

The women began to sing. 

'Your songs are no good,' says he. 

'Where will you find better ones?' say they. 

'I'll soon show you,' says he. 

He went to the barn, took a sheaf, thrashed it, stood it up, and  bumped it on the ground. 

'Now,' said he: 

'O sheaf! my slave  This order gave:  Where a straw has been  Let a  soldier be seen!' 

And the sheaf fell asunder and became so many soldiers. The drums  and trumpets began to play. Ivan ordered

the soldiers to play and sing.  He led them out into the street, and the people were amazed, The  soldiers played

and sang, and then Ivan (forbidding any one to follow  him) led them back to the thrashing ground, changed

them into a sheaf  again, and threw it in its place. 

He then went home and lay down in the stables to sleep. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  83



Top




Page No 86


VII 

Simon the Soldier heard of all these things next morning, and went  to his brother. 

'Tell me,' says he, 'where you got those soldiers from, and where  you have taken them to?' 

'What does it matter to you?' said Ivan. 

'What does it matter? Why, with soldiers one can do anything. One  can win a kingdom.' 

Ivan wondered. 

'Really!' said he; 'Why didn't you say so before? I'll make you as  many as you like. It's well the lass and I

have thrashed so much  straw.' 

Ivan took his brother to the barn and said: 

'Look here; if I make you some soldiers, you must take them away at  once, for if we have to feed them, they

will eat up the whole village  in a day.' 

Simon the Soldier promised to lead the soldiers away; and Ivan  began to make them. He bumped a sheaf on

the thrashing floor  a  company appeared. He bumped another sheaf, and there was a second  company. He

made so many that they covered the field. 

'Will that do?' he asked. 

Simon was overjoyed, and said: 'That will do! Thank you, Ivan!' 

'All right' said Ivan. 'If you want more, come back, and I'll make  them. There is plenty of straw this season.' 

Simon the Soldier at once took command of his army, collected and  organized it, and went off to make war. 

Hardly had Simon the Soldier gone, when Taras the Stout came along.  He, too, had heard of yesterday's

affair, and he said to his brother: 

'Show me where you get gold money! If I only had some to start  with, I could make it bring me in money

from all over the world.' 

Ivan was astonished. 

'Really!' said he. 'You should have told me sooner. I will make you  as much as you like.' 

His brother was delighted. 

'Give me three basketsfull to begin with.' 

'All right,' said Ivan. 'Come into the forest; or better still, let  us harness the mare, for you won't be able to

carry it all.' 

They drove to the forest, and Ivan began to rub the oak leaves. He  made a great heap of gold. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  84



Top




Page No 87


'Will that do?' 

Taras was overjoyed. 

'It will do for the present,' said he. 'Thank you, Ivan!' 

'All right,' says Ivan, 'if you want more, come back for it. There  are plenty of leaves left.' 

Taras the Stout gathered up a whole cartload of money, and went off  to trade. 

So the two brothers went away: Simon to fight and Taras to buy and  sell. And Simon the Soldier conquered a

kingdom for himself; and Taras  the Stout made much money in trade. 

When the two brothers met, each told the other: Simon how he got  the soldiers, and Taras how he got the

money. And Simon the Soldier  said to his brother, I have conquered a kingdom and live in grand style  but I

have not money enough to keep my soldiers.' 

And Taras the Stout said, 'And I have made much money, but the  trouble is, I have no one to guard it.' 

Then said Simon the Soldier, 'Let us go to our brother. I will tell  him to make more soldiers, and will give

them to you to guard your  money, and you can tell him to make money for me to feed my men. 

And they drove away to Ivan; and Simon said, 'Dear brother, I have  not enough soldiers; make me another

couple of ricks or so.' 

Ivan shook his head. 

'No!' says he' 'I will not make any more soldiers.' 

'But you promised you would.' 

'I know I promised, but I won't make any more.' 

'But why not, fool?' 

'Because your soldiers killed a man. I was ploughing the other day  near the road, and I saw a woman taking a

coffin along in a cart, and  crying. I asked her who was dead. She said, "Simon's soldiers have  killed my

husband in the war." I thought the soldiers would only play  tunes, but they have killed a man. I won't give

you any more.' 

And he stuck to it, and would not make any more soldiers. 

Taras the Stout, too, began to beg Ivan to make him more gold  money. But Ivan shook his head. 

'No, I won't make any more,' said he. 

'Didn't you promise?' 

'I did, but I'll make no more,' said he. 

'Why not, fool?' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  85



Top




Page No 88


'Because your gold coins took away the cow from Michael's  daughter.' 

'How?' 

'Simply took it away! Michael's daughter had a cow. Her children  used to drink the milk. But the other day

her children came to me to  ask for milk. I said, "Where's your cow?" They answered, "The steward  of Taras

the Stout came and gave mother three bits of gold, and she  gave him the cow, so we have nothing to drink." I

thought you were only  going to play with the gold pieces, but you have taken the children's  cow away. I will

not give you any more.' 

And Ivan stuck to it and would not give him any more. So the  brothers went away. And as they went they

discussed how they could meet  their difficulties. And Simon said: 

'Look here, I tell you what to do. You give me money to feed my  soldiers, and I will give you half my

kingdom with soldiers enough to  guard your money.' Taras agreed. So the brothers divided what they

possessed, and both became kings, and both were rich. 

VIII 

Ivan lived at home, supporting his father and mother and working in  the fields with his dumb sister. Now it

happened that Ivan's yarddog  fell sick, grew mangy, and was near dying. Ivan, pitying it, got some  bread

from his sister, put it in his cap, carried it out, and threw it  to the dog. But the cap was torn, and together with

the bread one of  the little roots fell to the ground. The old dog ate it up with the  bread, and as soon as she had

swallowed it she jumped up and began to  play, bark, and wag her tail  in short became quite well again. 

The father and mother saw it and were amazed. 

'How did you cure the dog?' asked they. 

Ivan answered: 'I had two little roots to cure any pain, and she  swallowed one.' 

Now about that time it happened that the King's daughter fell ill,  and the King proclaimed in every town and

village, that he would reward  any one who could heal her, and if any unmarried man could heal the  King's

daughter he should have her for his wife. This was proclaimed in  Ivan's village as well as everywhere else. 

His father and mother called Ivan, and said to him: 'Have you heard  what the King has proclaimed? You said

you had a root that would cure  any sickness. Go and heal the King's daughter, and you will be made  happy

for life.' 

'All right,' said he. 

And Ivan prepared to go, and they dressed him in his best. But as  he went out of the door he met a beggar

woman with a crippled hand. 

'I have heard,' said she, 'that you can heal people. I pray you  cure my arm, for I cannot even put on my boots

myself.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, and giving the little root to the beggar  woman he told her to swallow it. She swallowed

it, and was cured. She  was at once able to move her arm freely. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  86



Top




Page No 89


His father and mother came out to accompany Ivan to the King, but  when they heard that he had given away

the root, and that he had  nothing left to cure the King's daughter with, they began to scold him. 

'You pity a beggar woman, but are not sorry for the King's  daughter!' said they. But Ivan felt sorry for the

King's daughter also.  So he harnessed the horse, put straw in the cart to sit on, and sat  down to drive away. 

'Where are you going, fool?' 

'To cure the King's daughter.' 

'But you've nothing left to cure her with?' 

'Never mind,' said he, and drove off. 

He drove to the King's palace, and as soon as he stepped on the  threshold the King's daughter got well. 

The King was delighted, and had Ivan brought to him, and had him  dressed in fine robes. 

'Be my soninlaw,' said he. 

'All right,' said Ivan. 

And Ivan married the Princess. Her father died soon after, and Ivan  became King. So all three brothers were

now kings. 

IX 

The three brothers lived and reigned. The eldest brother, Simon the  Soldier, prospered. With his straw

soldiers he levied real soldiers. He  ordered throughout his whole kingdom a levy of one soldier from every

ten houses, and each soldier had to be tall, and clean in body and in  face. He gathered many such soldiers and

trained them; and when any one  opposed him, he sent these soldiers at once, and got his own way, so  that

every one began to fear him, and his life was a comfortable one.  Whatever he cast his eyes on and wished for,

was his. He sent soldiers,  and they brought him all he desired. 

Taras the Stout also lived comfortably. He did not waste the money  he got from Ivan, but increased it largely.

He introduced law and order  into his kingdom. He kept his money in coffers, and taxed the people.  He

instituted a polltax, tolls for walking and driving, and a tax on  shoes and stockings and dress trimmings.

And whatever he wished for he  got. For the sake of money, people brought him everything, and they  offered

to work for him  for every one wanted money. 

Ivan the Fool, also, did not live badly. As soon as he had buried  his fatherinlaw, he took off all his royal

robes and gave them to his  wife to put away in a chest; and he again donned his hempen shirt, his  breeches

and peasant shoes, and started again to work. 

'It's dull for me,' said he. 'I'm getting fat and have lost my  appetite and my sleep.' So he brought his father and

mother and his  dumb sister to live with him, and worked as before. 

People said, 'But you are a king!' 

'Yes,' said he, 'but even a king must eat.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  87



Top




Page No 90


One of his ministers came to him and said, 'We have no money to pay  salaries.' 

'All right,' says he, 'then don't pay them.' 

'Then no one will serve.' 

'All right; let them not serve. They will have more time to work;  let them cart manure. There is plenty of

scavenging to be done.' 

And people came to Ivan to be tried. One said. 'He stole my money.'  And Ivan said, 'All right, that shows that

he wanted it.' 

And they all got to know that Ivan was a fool. And his wife said to  him, 'People say that you are a fool.' 

'All right,' said Ivan. 

His wife thought and thought about it, but she also was a fool. 

'Shall I go against my husband? Where the needle goes the thread  follows,' said she. 

So she took off her royal dress, put it away in a chest, and went  to the dumb girl to learn to work. And she

learned to work and began to  help her husband. 

And all the wise men left Ivan's kingdom; only the fools remained. 

Nobody had money. They lived and worked. They fed themselves; and  they fed others. 

The old Devil waited and waited for news from the imps of their  having ruined the three brothers. But no

news came. So he went himself  to inquire about it. He searched and searched, but instead of finding  the three

imps he found only the three holes. 

'Evidently they have failed,' thought he. 'I shall have to tackle  it myself.' 

So he went to look for the brothers, but they were no longer in  their old places. He found them in three

different kingdoms. All three  were living and reigning. This annoyed the old Devil very much. 

'Well,' said he, 'I must try my own hand at the job.' 

First he went to King Simon. He did not go to him in his own shape,  but disguised himself as a general, and

drove to Simon's palace. 

'I hear, King Simon,' said he, 'that you are a great warrior, and  as I know that business well, I desire to serve

you.' 

King Simon questioned him, and seeing that he was a wise man, took  him into his service. 

The new commander began to teach King Simon how to form a strong  army. 

'First,' said he, 'we must levy more soldiers, for there are in  your kingdom many people unemployed. We

must recruit all the young men  without exception. Then you will have five times as many soldiers as

formerly. Secondly, we must get new rifles and cannons. I will  introduce rifles that will fire a hundred balls at


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  88



Top




Page No 91


once; they will fly  out like peas. And I will get cannons that will consume with fire  either man, or horse, or

wall. They will burn up everything!' 

Simon the King listened to the new commander, ordered all young men  without exception to be enrolled as

soldiers, and had new factories  built in which he manufactured large quantities of improved rifles and

cannons. Then he made haste to declare war against a neighbouring king.  As soon as he met the other army,

King Simon ordered his soldiers to  rain balls against it and shoot fire from the cannons, and at one blow  he

burned and crippled half the enemy's army. The neighbouring king was  so thoroughly frightened that he gave

way and surrendered his kingdom.  King Simon was delighted. 

'Now,' said he, 'I will conquer the King of India.' 

But the Indian King had heard about King Simon and had adopted all  his inventions, and added more of his

own. The Indian King enlisted not  only all the young men, but all the single women also, and got together  a

greater army even than King Simon's. And he copied all King Simon's  rifles and cannons, and invented a way

of flying through the air to  throw explosive bombs from above. 

King Simon set out to fight the Indian King, expecting to beat him  as he had beaten the other king; but the

scythe that had cut so well  had lost its edge. The King of India did not let Simon's army come  within gunshot,

but sent his women through the air to hurl down  explosive bombs on to Simon's army. The women began to

rain down bombs  on to the army like borax upon cockroaches. The army ran away, and  Simon the King was

left alone. So the Indian King took Simon's kingdom,  and Simon the Soldier fled as best he might. 

Having finished with this brother, the old Devil went to King  Taras. Changing himself into a merchant, he

settled in Taras's kingdom,  started a house of business, and began spending money. He paid high  prices for

everything, and everybody hurried to the new merchant's to  get money. And so much money spread among

the people that they began to  pay all their taxes promptly, and paid up all their arrears, and King  Taras

rejoiced. 

'Thanks to the new merchant,' thought he, 'I shall have more money  than ever; and my life will be yet more

comfortable.' 

And Taras the King began to form fresh plans, and began to build a  new palace. He gave notice that people

should bring him wood and stone,  and come to work, and he fixed high prices for everything. King Taras

thought people would come in crowds to work as before, but to his  surprise all the wood and stone was taken

to the merchant's, and all  the workmen went there too. King Taras increased his price, but the  merchant bid

yet more. King Taras had much money, but the merchant had  still more, and outbid the King at every point. 

The King's palace was at a standstill; the building did not get on. 

King Taras planned a garden, and when autumn came he called for the  people to come and plant the garden,

but nobody came. All the people  were engaged digging a pond for the merchant. Winter came, and King

Taras wanted to buy sable furs for a new overcoat. He sent to buy them,  but the messengers returned and said,

'There are no sables left. The  merchant has all the furs. He gave the best price, and made carpets of  the skins.' 

King Taras wanted to buy some stallions. He sent to buy them, but  the messengers returned saying, 'The

merchant has all the good  stallions; they are carrying water to fill his pond. 

All the King's affairs came to a standstill. Nobody would work for  him, for every one was busy working for

the merchant; and they only  brought King Taras the merchant's money to pay their taxes. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  89



Top




Page No 92


And the King collected so much money that he had nowhere to store  it, and his life became wretched. He

ceased to form plans, and would  have been glad enough simply to live, but he was hardly able even to do

that. He ran short of everything. One after another his cooks,  coachmen, and servants left him to go to the

merchant. Soon he lacked  even food. When he sent to the market to buy anything, there was  nothing to be got

the merchant had bought up everything, and people  only brought the King money to pay their taxes. 

Taras the King got angry and banished the merchant from the  country. But the merchant settled just across

the frontier, and went on  as before. For the sake of the merchant's money, people took everything  to him

instead of to the King. 

Things went badly with King Taras. For days together he had nothing  to eat, and a rumour even got about

that the merchant was boasting that  he would buy up the King himself! King Taras got frightened, and did  not

know what to do. 

At this time Simon the Soldier came to him, saying, 'Help me, for  the King of India has conquered me.' 

But King Taras himself was over head and ears in difficulties. 'I  myself,' said he, 'have had nothing to eat for

two days.' 

XI 

Having done with the two brothers, the old Devil went to Ivan. He  changed himself into a General, and

coming to Ivan began to persuade  him that he ought to have an army. 

'It does not become a king,' said he, 'to be without an army. Only  give me the order, and I will collect soldiers

from among your people,  and form one.' 

Ivan listened to him. 'All right,' said Ivan, 'form an army, and  teach them to sing songs well. I like to hear

them do that.' 

So the old Devil went through Ivan's kingdom to enlist men. He told  them to go and be entered as soldiers,

and each should have a quart of  spirits and a fine red cap. 

The people laughed. 

'We have plenty of spirits,' said they. 'We make it ourselves; and  as for caps, the women make all kinds of

them, even striped ones with  tassels.' 

So nobody would enlist. 

The old Devil came to Ivan and said: 'Your fools won't enlist of  their own free will. We shall have to make

them.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, 'you can try.' 

So the old Devil gave notice that all the people were to enlist,  and that Ivan would put to death any one who

refused. 

The people came to the General and said, 'You say that if we do not  go as soldiers the King will put us to

death, but you don't say what  will happen if we do enlist. We have heard say that soldiers get  killed!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  90



Top




Page No 93


'Yes, that happens sometimes.' 

When the people heard this they became obstinate. 

'We won't go,' said they. 'Better meet death at home. Either way we  must die.' 

'Fools! You are fools!' said the old Devil. 'A soldier may be  killed or he may not, but if you don't go, King

Ivan will have you  killed for certain.' 

The people were puzzled, and went to Ivan the Fool to consult him. 

'A General has come,' said they, 'who says we must all become  soldiers. "If you go as soldiers," says he "you

may be killed or you  may not, but if you don't go, King Ivan will certainly kill you." Is  this true?' 

Ivan laughed and said, 'How can I, alone, put all you to death? If  I were not a fool I would explain it to you

but as it is, I don't  understand it myself.' 

'Then' said they, 'we will not serve.' 

'All right,' says he, 'don't.' 

So the people went to the General and refused to enlist. And the  old Devil saw that this game was up, and he

went off and ingratiated  himself with the King of Tarakan. 

'Let us make war,' says he, 'and conquer King Ivan's country. It is  true there is no money, but there is plenty

of corn and cattle and  everything else.' 

So the King of Tarakan prepared to make war. He mustered a great  army, provided rifles and cannons,

marched to the frontier, and entered  Ivan's kingdom. 

And people came to Ivan and said, 'The King of Tarakan is coming to  make war on us.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, 'let him come.' 

Having crossed the frontier, the King of Tarakan sent scouts to  look for Ivan's army. They looked and looked,

but there was no army!  They waited and waited for one to appear somewhere, but there were no  signs of an

army, and nobody to fight with. The King of Tarakan then  sent to seize the villages. The soldiers came to a

village, and the  people, both men and women, rushed out in astonishment to stare at the  soldiers. The soldiers

began to take their corn and cattle; the people  let them have it, and did not resist. The soldiers went on to

another  village; the same thing happened again. The soldiers went on for one  day, and for two days, and

everywhere the same thing happened. The  people let them have everything, and no one resisted, but only

invited  the soldiers to live with them. 

'Poor fellows,' said they, 'if you have a hard life in your own  land, why don't you come and stay with us

altogether?' 

The soldiers marched and marched: still no army, only people living  and feeding themselves and others, and

not resisting, but inviting the  soldiers to stay and live with them. The soldiers found it dull work,  and they

came to the King of Tarakan and said, 'We cannot fight here,  lead us elsewhere. War is all right, but what is

this? It is like  cutting peasoup! We will not make war here any more.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  91



Top




Page No 94


The King of Tarakan grew angry, and ordered his soldiers to  overrun the whole kingdom, to destroy the

villages, to burn the grain  and the houses, and to slaughter the cattle. 'And if you do not obey my  orders,' said

he, 'I will execute you all.' 

The soldiers were frightened, and began to act according to the  King's orders. They began to burn houses and

corn, and to kill cattle.  But the fools still offered no resistance, and only wept. The old men  wept, and the old

women wept, and the young people wept. 

'Why do you harm us?' they said. 'Why do you waste good things? If  you need them, why do you not take

them for yourselves?' 

At last the soldiers could stand it no longer. They refused to go  any further, and the army disbanded and fled. 

XII 

The old Devil had to give it up. He could not get the better of  Ivan with soldiers. So he changed himself into

a fine gentleman, and  settled down in Ivan's kingdom. He meant to overcome him by means of  money, as he

had overcome Taras the Stout. 

'I wish,' says he, 'to do you a good turn, to teach you sense and  reason. I will build a house among you and

organize a trade.' 

'All right,' said Ivan, 'come and live among us if you like.' 

Next morning the fine gentleman went out into the public square  with a big sack of gold and a sheet of paper,

and said, 'You all live  like swine. I wish to teach you how to live properly. Build me a house  according to this

plan. You shall work, I will tell you how, and I will  pay you with gold coins.' And he showed them the gold. 

The fools were astonished; there was no money in use among them;  they bartered their goods, and paid one

another with labour. They  looked at the gold coins with surprise. 

'What nice little things they are!' said they. 

And they began to exchange their goods and labour for the  gentleman's gold pieces. And the old Devil began,

as in Taras's  kingdom, to be free with his gold, and the people began to exchange  everything for gold and to

do all sorts of work for it. 

The old Devil was delighted, and thought he to himself, 'Things are  going right this time. Now I shall ruin the

Fool as I did Taras, and I  shall buy him up body and soul.' 

But as soon as the fools had provided themselves with gold pieces  they gave them to the women for

necklaces. The lasses plaited them into  their tresses, and at last the children in the street began to play  with

the little pieces. Everybody had plenty of them, and they stopped  taking them. But the fine gentleman's

mansion was not yet halfbuilt,  and the grain and cattle for the year were not yet provided. So he gave  notice

that he wished people to come and work for him, and that he  wanted cattle and grain; for each thing, and for

each service, he was  ready to give many more pieces of gold. 

But nobody came to work and nothing was brought. Only sometimes a  boy or a little girl would run up to

exchange an egg for a gold coin,  but nobody else came, and he had nothing to eat. And being hungry, the  fine

gentleman went through the village to try and buy something for  dinner. He tried at one house, and offered a

gold piece for a fowl, but  the housewife wouldn't take it. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  92



Top




Page No 95


'I have a lot already,' said she. 

He tried at a widow's house to buy a herring, and offered a gold  piece. 

'I don't want it, my good sir,' said she. 'I have no children to  play with it, and I myself already have three

coins as curiosities.' 

He tried at a peasant's house to get bread, but neither would the  peasant take money. 

'I don't need it,' said he, 'but if you are begging "for Christ's  sake[15]," wait a bit and I'll tell the housewife to

cut you a piece of  bread.' 

At that the Devil spat, and ran away. To hear Christ's name  mentioned, let alone receiving anything for

Christ's sake, hurt him  more than sticking a knife into him. 

And so he got no bread. Every one had gold, and no matter where the  old Devil went, nobody would give

anything for money, but every one  said, 'Either bring something else, or come and work, or receive what  you

want in charity for Christ's sake.' 

But the old Devil had nothing but money; for work he had no liking,  and as for taking anything 'for Christ's

sake' he could not do that.  The old Devil grew very angry. 

'What more do you want, when I give you money?' said he. 'You can  buy everything with gold, and hire any

kind of labourer.' But the fools  did not heed him. 

'No, we do not want money,' said they. 'We have no payments to  make, and no taxes, so what should we do

with it?' 

The old Devil lay down to sleep  supperless. 

The affair was told to Ivan the Fool. People came and asked him,  'What are we to do? A fine gentleman has

turned up, who likes to eat  and drink and dress well, but he does not like to work, does not beg in  "Christ's

name," but only offers gold pieces to every one. At first  people gave him all he wanted until they had plenty

of gold pieces, but  now no one gives him anything. What's to be done with him? He will die  of hunger before

long.' 

Ivan listened. 

'All right,' says he, 'we must feed him. Let him live by turn at  each house as a shepherd[16] does.' 

There was no help for it. The old Devil had to begin making the  round. 

In due course the turn came for him to go to Ivan's house. The old  Devil came in to dinner, and the dumb girl

was getting it ready. 

She had often been deceived by lazy folk who came early to dinner   without having done their share of

work  and ate up all the  porridge, so it had occurred to her to find out the sluggards by their  hands. Those

who had horny hands, she put at the table, but the others  got only the scraps that were left over. 

The old Devil sat down at the table, but the dumb girl seized him  by the hands and looked at them  there

were no hard places there: the  hands were clean and smooth, with long nails. The dumb girl gave a  grunt and


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  93



Top




Page No 96


pulled the Devil away from the table. And Ivan's wife said to  him, 'Don't be offended, fine gentleman. My

sisterinlaw does not  allow any one to come to table who hasn't horny hands. But wait awhile,  after the folk

have eaten you shall have what is left.' 

The old Devil was offended that in the King's house they wished him  to feed like a pig. He said to Ivan, 'It is

a foolish law you have in  your kingdom that every one must work with his hands. It's your  stupidity that

invented it. Do people work only with their hands? What  do you think wise men work with?' 

And Ivan said, 'How are we fools to know? We do most of our work  with our hands and our backs.' 

'That is because you are fools! But I will teach you how to work  with the head. Then you will know that it is

more profitable to work  with the head than with the hands.' 

Ivan was surprised. 

'If that is so' said he, 'then there is some sense in calling us  fools!' 

And the old Devil went on. 'Only it is not easy to work with one's  head. You give me nothing to eat, because I

have no hard places on my  hands, but you do not know that it is a hundred times more difficult to  work with

the head. Sometimes one's head quite splits.' 

Ivan became thoughtful. 

'Why, then, friend, do you torture yourself so? Is it pleasant when  the head splits? Would it not be better to do

easier work with your  hands and your back?' 

But the Devil said, 'I do it all out of pity for you fools. If I  didn't torture myself you would remain fools for

ever. But, having  worked with my head, I can now teach you.' 

Ivan was surprised. 

'Do teach us!' said he, 'so that when our hands get cramped we may  use our heads for a change.' 

And the Devil promised to teach the people. So Ivan gave notice  throughout the kingdom that a fine

gentleman had come who would teach  everybody how to work with their heads; that with the head more

could  be done than with the hands; and that the people ought all to come and  learn. 

Now there was in Ivan's kingdom a high tower, with many steps  leading up to a lantern on the top. And Ivan

took the gentleman up  there that every one might see him. 

So the gentleman took his place on the top of the tower and began  to speak, and the people came together to

see him. They thought the  gentleman would really show them how to work with the head without  using the

hands. But the old Devil only taught them in many words how  they might live without working. The people

could make nothing of it.  They looked and considered, and at last went off to attend to their  affairs. 

The old Devil stood on the tower a whole day, and after that a  second day, talking all the time. But standing

there so long he grew  hungry, and the fools never thought of taking food to him up in the  tower. They

thought that if he could work with his head better than  with his hands, he could at any rate easily provide

himself with bread. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART III. A FAIRY TALE  94



Top




Page No 97


The old Devil stood on the top of the tower yet another day,  talking away. People came near, looked on for

awhile, and then went  away. 

And Ivan asked, 'Well, has the gentleman begun to work with his  head yet?' 

'Not yet,' said the people; 'he's still spouting away.' 

The old Devil stood on the tower one day more, but he began to grow  weak, so that he staggered and hit his

head against one of the pillars  of the lantern. One of the people noticed it and told Ivan's wife, and  she ran to

her husband, who was in the field. 

'Come and look,' said she. 'They say the gentleman is beginning to  work with his head.' 

Ivan was surprised. 

'Really?' says he, and he turned his horse round, and went to the  tower. And by the time he reached the tower

the old Devil was quite  exhausted with hunger, and was staggering and knocking his head against  the pillars.

And just as Ivan arrived at the tower, the Devil stumbled,  fell, and came bump, bump, bump, straight down

the stairs to the  bottom, counting each step with a knock of his head! 

'Well!' says Ivan, 'the fine gentleman told the truth when he said  that "sometimes one's head quite splits."

This is worse than blisters;  after such work there will be swellings on the head.' 

The old Devil tumbled out at the foot of the stairs, and struck his  head against the ground. Ivan was about to

go up to him to see how much  work he had done  when suddenly the earth opened and the old Devil  fell

through. Only a hole was left. 

Ivan scratched his head. 

'What a nasty thing,' says he. 'It's one of those devils again!  What a whopper! He must be the father of them

all.' 

Ivan is still living, and people crowd to his kingdom. His own  brothers have come to live with him, and he

feeds them, too. To every  one who comes and says 'Give me food!' Ivan says, 'All right. You can  stay with

us; we have plenty of everything.' 

Only there is one special custom in his kingdom; whoever has horny  hands comes to table, but whoever has

not, must eat what the others  leave. 

1885. 

PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES 

9. EVIL ALLURES, BUT GOOD ENDURES 

THERE lived in olden times a good and kindly man. He had this  world's goods in abundance, and many

slaves to serve him. And the  slaves prided themselves on their master, saying: 

'There is no better lord than ours under the sun. He feeds and  clothes us well, and gives us work suited to our

strength. He bears no  malice and never speaks a harsh word to any one. He is not like other  masters, who


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES  95



Top




Page No 98


treat their slaves worse than cattle: punishing them  whether they deserve it or not, and never giving them a

friendly word.  He wishes us well, does good, and speaks kindly to us. We do not wish  for a better life.' 

Thus the slaves praised their lord, and the Devil, seeing it, was  vexed that slaves should live in such love and

harmony with their  master. So getting one of them, whose name was Aleb, into his power,  the Devil ordered

him to tempt the other slaves. And one day, when they  were all sitting together resting and talking of their

master's  goodness, Aleb raised his voice, and said: 

'It is stupid to make so much of our master's goodness. The Devil  himself would be kind to you, if you did

what he wanted. We serve our  master well, and humour him in all things. As soon as he thinks of  anything,

we do it: foreseeing all his wishes. What can he do but be  kind to us? Just try how it will be if, instead of

humouring him, we do  him some harm instead. He will act like any one else, and will repay  evil for evil, as

the worst of masters do. 

The other slaves began denying what Aleb had said and at last bet  with him. Aleb undertook to make their

master angry. If he failed, he  was to lose his holiday garment; but if he succeeded, the other slaves  were to

give him theirs. Moreover, they promised to defend him against  the master, and to set him free if he should be

put in chains or  imprisoned. Having arranged this bet, Aleb agreed to make his master  angry next morning. 

Aleb was a shepherd, and had in his charge a number of valuable,  purebred sheep, of which his master was

very fond. Next morning, when  the master brought some visitors into the inclosure to show them the  valuable

sheep, Aleb winked at his companions, as if to say: 

'See, now, how angry I will make him.' 

All the other slaves assembled, looking in at the gates or over the  fence, and the Devil climbed a tree near by

to see how his servant  would do his work. The master walked about the inclosure, showing his  guests the

ewes and lambs, and presently he wished to show them his  finest ram. 

'All the rams are valuable,' said he, 'but I have one with closely  twisted horns, which is priceless. I prize him

as the apple of my eye.' 

Startled by the strangers, the sheep rushed about the inclosure, so  that the visitors could not get a good look at

the ram. As soon as it  stood still, Aleb startled the sheep as if by accident, and they all  got mixed up again.

The visitors could not make out which was the  priceless ram. At last the master got tired of it. 

'Aleb, dear friend,' he said, 'pray catch our best ram for me, the  one with the tightly twisted horns. Catch him

very carefully, and hold  him still for a moment.' 

Scarcely had the master said this, when Aleb rushed in among the  sheep like a lion, and clutched the priceless

ram. Holding him fast by  the wool, he seized the left hind leg with one hand, and, before his  master's eyes,

lifted it and jerked it so that it snapped like a dry  branch. He had broken the ram's leg and it fell bleating on to

its  knees. Then Aleb seized the right hind leg, while the left twisted  round and hung quite limp. The visitors

and the slaves exclaimed in  dismay, and the Devil, sitting up in the tree, rejoiced that Aleb had  done his task

so cleverly. The master looked as black as thunder,  frowned, bent his head, and did not say a word. The

visitors and the  slaves were silent, too, waiting to see what would follow. After  remaining silent for a while,

the master shook himself as if to throw  off some burden. Then he lifted his head, and raising his eyes

heavenward, remained so for a short time. Presently the wrinkles passed  from his face, and he looked down at

Aleb with a smile saying: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES  96



Top




Page No 99


'Oh, Aleb, Aleb! Your master bade you anger me; but my master is  stronger than yours. I am not angry with

you, but I will make your  master angry. You are afraid that I shall punish you, and you have been  wishing for

your freedom. Know, then, Aleb, that I shall not punish  you; but, as you wish to be free, here, before my

guests, I set you  free. Go where you like, and take your holiday garment with you!' 

And the kind master returned with his guests to the house; but the  Devil, grinding his teeth, fell down from

the tree, and sank through  the ground. 

1885. 

10. LITTLE GIRLS WISER THAN MEN 

IT was an early Easter. Sledging was only just over; snow still lay  in the yards; and water ran in streams

down the village street. 

Two little girls from different houses happened to meet in a lane  between two homesteads, where the dirty

water after running through the  farmyards had formed a large puddle. One girl was very small, the  other a

little bigger. Their mothers had dressed them both in new  frocks. The little one wore a blue frock the other a

yellow print, and  both had red kerchiefs on their heads. They had just come from church  when they met, and

first they showed each other their finery, and then  they began to play. Soon the fancy took them to splash

about in the  water, and the smaller one was going to step into the puddle, shoes and  all, when the elder

checked her: 

'Don't go in so, Malasha,' said she, 'your mother will scold you. I  will take off my shoes and stockings, and

you take off yours.' 

They did so, and then, picking up their skirts, began walking  towards each other through the puddle. The

water came up to Malasha's  ankles, and she said: 

'It is deep, Ako徑ya, I'm afraid!' 

'Come on,' replied the other. 'Don't be frightened. It won't get  any deeper.' 

When they got near one another, Ako徑ya said: 

'Mind, Malasha, don't splash. Walk carefully!' 

She had hardly said this, when Malasha plumped down her foot so  that the water splashed right on to

Ako徑ya's frock. The frock was  splashed, and so were Ako徑ya's eyes and nose. When she saw the stains  on

her frock, she was angry and ran after Malasha to strike her.  Malasha was frightened, and seeing that she had

got herself into  trouble, she scrambled out of the puddle, and prepared to run home.  Just then Ako徑ya's

mother happened to be passing, and seeing that her  daughter's skirt was splashed, and her sleeves dirty, she

said: 

'You naughty, dirty girl, what have you been doing?' 

'Malasha did it on purpose,' replied the girl. 

At this Ako徑ya's mother seized Malasha, and struck her on the back  of her neck. Malasha began to howl so

that she could be heard all down  the street. Her mother came out. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

10. LITTLE GIRLS WISER THAN MEN  97



Top




Page No 100


'What are you beating my girl for?' said she; and began scolding  her neighbour. One word led to another and

they had an angry quarrel.  The men came out and a crowd collected in the street, every one  shouting and no

one listening. They all went on quarrelling, till one  gave another a push, and the affair had very nearly come

to blows, when  Ako徑ya's old grandmother, stepping in among them, tried to calm them. 

'What are you thinking of, friends? Is it right to behave so? On a  day like this, too! It is a time for rejoicing,

and not for such folly  as this.' 

They would not listen to the old woman and nearly knocked her off  her feet. And she would not have been

able to quiet the crowd, if it  had not been for Ako徑ya and Malasha themselves. While the women were

abusing each other, Ako徑ya had wiped the mud off her frock, and gone  back to the puddle. She took a stone

and began scraping away the earth  in front of the puddle to make a channel through which the water could

run out into the street. Presently Malasha joined her, and with a chip  of wood helped her dig the channel. Just

as the men were beginning to  fight, the water from the little girls' channel ran streaming into the  street

towards the very place where the old woman was trying to pacify  the men. The girls followed it; one running

each side of the little  stream. 

'Catch it, Malasha! Catch it!' shouted Ako徑ya; while Malasha could  not speak for laughing. 

Highly delighted, and watching the chip float along on their  stream, the little girls ran straight into the group

of men; and the  old woman, seeing them, said to the men: 

'Are you not ashamed of yourselves? To go fighting on account of  these lassies, when they themselves have

forgotten all about it, and  are playing happily together. Dear little souls! They are wiser than  you!' 

The men looked at the little girls, and were ashamed, and, laughing  at themselves, went back each to his own

home. 

'Except ye turn, and become as little children, ye shall in no wise  enter into the kingdom of heaven.' 

1885. 

11. ILYAS

THERE once lived, in the Government of Oufa a Bashk池 named Ilyas.  His father, who died a year after he

had found his son a wife, did not  leave him much property. Ilyas then had only seven mares, two cows, and

about a score of sheep. He was a good manager, however, and soon began  to acquire more. He and his wife

worked from morn till night; rising  earlier than others and going later to bed; and his possessions  increased

year by year. Living in this way, Ilyas little by little  acquired great wealth. At the end of thirtyfive years he

had 200  horses, 150 head of cattle, and 1,200 sheep. Hired labourers tended his  flocks and herds, and hired

women milked his mares and cows, and made  kumiss[17], butter and cheese. Ilyas had abundance of

everything, and  every one in the district envied him. They said of him: 

'Ilyas is a fortunate man: he has plenty of everything. This world  must be a pleasant place for him.' 

People of position heard of Ilyas and sought his acquaintance.  Visitors came to him from afar; and he

welcomed every one, and gave  them food and drink. Whoever might come, there was always kumiss, tea,

sherbet, and mutton to set before them. Whenever visitors arrived a  sheep would be killed, or sometimes two;

and if many guests came he  would even slaughter a mare for them. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

11. ILYAS 98



Top




Page No 101


Ilyas had three children: two sons and a daughter; and he married  them all off. While he was poor, his sons

worked with him, and looked  after the flocks and herds themselves; but when he grew rich they got  spoiled

and one of them took to drink. The eldest was killed in a  brawl; and the younger, who had married a

selfwilled woman, ceased to  obey his father, and they could not live together any more. 

So they parted, and Ilyas gave his son a house and some of the  cattle; and this diminished his wealth. Soon

after that, a disease  broke out among Ilyas's sheep, and many died. Then followed a bad  harvest, and the hay

crop failed; and many cattle died that winter.  Then the Kirgh築 captured his best herd of horses; and Ilyas's

property  dwindled away. It became smaller and smaller, while at the same time  his strength grew less; till, by

the time he was seventy years old, he  had begun to sell his furs, carpets, saddles, and tents. At last he had  to

part with his remaining cattle, and found himself face to face with  want. Before he knew how it had

happened, he had lost everything, and  in their old age he and his wife had to go into service. Ilyas had

nothing left, except the clothes on his back, a fur cloak, a cup, his  indoor shoes and overshoes, and his wife,

ShamShemagi, who also was  old by this time. The son who had parted from him had gone into a far

country, and his daughter was dead, so that there was no one to help  the old couple. 

Their neighbour, MuhammadShah, took pity on them. MuhammadShah  was neither rich nor poor, but

lived comfortably, and was a good man.  He remembered Ilyas's hospitality, and pitying him, said: 

'Come and live with me, Ilyas, you and your old woman. In summer  you can work in my melongarden as

much as your strength allows, and in  winter feed my cattle; and ShamShemagi shall milk my mares and

make  kumiss. I will feed and clothe you both. When you need anything, tell  me, and you shall have it.' 

Ilyas thanked his neighbour, and he and his wife took service with  MuhammadShah as labourers. At first

the position seemed hard to them,  but they got used to it, and lived on, working as much as their  strength

allowed. 

MuhammadShah found it was to his advantage to keep such people,  because, having been masters

themselves, they knew how to manage and  were not lazy, but did all the work they could. Yet it grieved

MuhammadShah to see people brought so low who had been of such high  standing. 

It happened once that some of MuhammadShah's relatives came from a  great distance to visit him, and a

Mullah came too. MuhammadShah told  Ilyas to catch a sheep and kill it. Ilyas skinned the sheep, and boiled

it, and sent it in to the guests. The guests ate the mutton, had some  tea, and then began drinking kumiss. As

they were sitting with their  host on down cushions on a carpet, conversing and sipping kumiss from  their

cups, Ilyas, having finished his work passed by the open door.  MuhammadShah, seeing him pass, said to

one of the guests: 

'Did you notice that old man who passed just now?' 

'Yes,' said the visitor, 'what is there remarkable about him?' 

'Only this  that he was once the richest man among us,' replied  the host. 'His name is Ilyas. You may have

heard of him.' 

'Of course I have heard of him,' the guest answered 'I never saw  him before, but his fame has spread far and

wide.' 

'Yes, and now he has nothing left,' said MuhammadShah, 'and he  lives with me as my labourer, and his old

woman is here too  she  milks the mares.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

11. ILYAS 99



Top




Page No 102


The guest was astonished: he clicked with his tongue, shook his  head, and said: 

'Fortune turns like a wheel. One man it lifts, another it sets  down! Does not the old man grieve over all he has

lost?' 

'Who can tell. He lives quietly and peacefully, and works well.' 

'May I speak to him?' asked the guest. 'I should like to ask him  about his life.' 

'Why not?' replied the master, and he called from the kib稚ka[18]  in which they were sitting: 

'Babay;' (which in the Bashkir tongue means 'Grandfather ') 'come  in and have a cup of kumiss with us, and

call your wife here also.' 

Ilyas entered with his wife; and after exchanging greetings with  his master and the guests, he repeated a

prayer, and seated himself  near the door. His wife passed in behind the curtain and sat down with  her

mistress. 

A Cap of kumiss was handed to Ilyas; he wished the guests and his  master good health, bowed, drank a little,

and put down the cup. 

'Well, Daddy,' said the guest who had wished to speak to him, 'I  suppose you feel rather sad at the sight of us.

It must remind you of  your former prosperity, and of your present sorrows.' 

Ilyas smiled, and said: 

'If I were to tell you what is happiness and what is misfortune,  you would not believe me. You had better ask

my wife. She is a woman,  and what is in her heart is on her tongue. She will tell you the whole  truth.' 

The guest turned towards the curtain. 

'Well, Granny,' he cried, 'tell me how your former happiness  compares with your present misfortune.' 

And ShamShemagi answered from behind the curtain: 

'This is what I think about it: My old man and I lived for fifty  years seeking happiness and not finding it; and

it is only now, these  last two years, since we had nothing left and have lived as labourers,  that we have found

real happiness, and we wish for nothing better than  our present lot.' 

The guests were astonished, and so was the master; he even rose and  drew the curtain back, so as to see the

old woman's face. There she  stood with her arms folded, looking at her old husband, and smiling;  and he

smiled back at her. The old woman went on: 

'I speak the truth and do not jest. For half a century we sought  for happiness, and as long as we were rich we

never found it. Now that  we have nothing left, and have taken service as labourers, we have  found such

happiness that we want nothing better.' 

'But in what does your happiness consist?' asked the guest. 

'Why, in this,' she replied, 'when we were rich my husband and I  had so many cares that we had no time to

talk to one another, or to  think of our souls, or to pray to God. Now we had visitors, and had to  consider what


TWENTYTHREE TALES

11. ILYAS 100



Top




Page No 103


food to set before them, and what presents to give them,  lest they should speak ill of us. When they left, we

had to look after  our labourers who were always trying to shirk work and get the best  food, while we wanted

to get all we could out of them. So we sinned.  Then we were in fear lest a wolf should kill a foal or a calf, or

thieves steal our horses. We lay awake at night, worrying lest the ewes  should overlie their lambs, and we got

up again and again to see that  all was well. One thing attended to, another care would spring up: how,  for

instance, to get enough fodder for the winter. And besides that, my  old man and I used to disagree. He would

say we must do so and so, and  I would differ from him; and then we disputed  sinning again. So we  passed

from one trouble to another, from one sin to another, and found  no happiness.' 

'Well, and now?' 

'Now, when my husband and I wake in the morning, we always have a  loving word for one another and we

live peacefully, having nothing to  quarrel about. We have no care but how best to serve our master. We  work

as much as our strength allows and do it with a will, that our  master may not lose but profit by us. When we

come in, dinner or supper  is ready and there is kumiss to drink. We have fuel to burn when it is  cold and we

have our fur cloak. And we have time to talk, time to think  of our souls, and time to pray. For fifty years we

sought happiness,  but only now at last have we found it.' 

The guests laughed. 

But Ilyas said: 

'Do not laugh, friends. It is not a matter for jesting  it is the  truth of life. We also were foolish at first, and

wept at the loss of  our wealth; but now God has shown us the truth, and we tell it, not for  our own

consolation, but for your good.' 

And the Mullah said: 

'That is a wise speech. Ilyas has spoken the exact truth. The same  is said in Holy Writ.' 

And the guests ceased laughing and became thoughtful. 

1885. 

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD 

12. THE THREE HERMITS 

AN OLD LEGEND CURRENT IN THE VOLGA DISTRICT 

'And in praying use not vain repetitions, as the Gentiles do: for  they think that they shall be heard for their

much speaking. Be not  therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have  need of, before

ye ask Him.'  Matt. vi. 7, 8. 

A BISHOP was sailing from Archangel to the Solovetsk Monastery; and  on the same vessel were a number

of pilgrims on their way to visit the  shrines at that place. The voyage was a smooth one. The wind  favourable,

and the weather fair. The pilgrims lay on deck, eating, or  sat in groups talking to one another. The Bishop,

too, came on deck,  and as he was pacing up and down, he noticed a group of men standing  near the prow and

listening to a fisherman who was pointing to the sea  and telling them something. The Bishop stopped, and

looked in the  direction in which the man was pointing. He could see nothing however,  but the sea glistening


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  101



Top




Page No 104


in the sunshine. He drew nearer to listen, but  when the man saw him, he took off his cap and was silent. The

rest of  the people also took off their caps, and bowed. 

'Do not let me disturb you, friends,' said the Bishop. 'I came to  hear what this good man was saying.' 

'The fisherman was telling us about the hermits,' replied one, a  tradesman, rather bolder than the rest. 

'What hermits?' asked the Bishop, going to the side of the vessel  and seating himself on a box. 'Tell me about

them. I should like to  hear. What were you pointing at?' 

'Why, that little island you can just see over there,' answered the  man, pointing to a spot ahead and a little to

the right. 'That is the  island where the hermits live for the salvation of their souls.' 

'Where is the island?' asked the Bishop. 'I see nothing.' 

'There, in the distance, if you will please look along my hand. Do  you see that little cloud? Below it and a bit

to the left, there is  just a faint streak. That is the island.' 

The Bishop looked carefully, but his unaccustomed eyes could make  out nothing but the water shimmering in

the sun. 

'I cannot see it,' he said. 'But who are the hermits that live  there?' 

'They are holy men,' answered the fisherman. 'I had long heard tell  of them, but never chanced to see them

myself till the year before  last.' 

And the fisherman related how once, when he was out fishing, he had  been stranded at night upon that island,

not knowing where he was. In  the morning, as he wandered about the island, he came across an earth  hut, and

met an old man standing near it. Presently two others came  out, and after having fed him, and dried his

things, they helped him  mend his boat. 

'And what are they like?' asked the Bishop. 

'One is a small man and his back is bent. He wears a priest's  cassock and is very old; he must be more than a

hundred, I should say.  He is so old that the white of his beard is taking a greenish tinge,  but he is always

smiling, and his face is as bright as an angel's from  heaven. The second is taller, but he also is very old. He

wears  tattered, peasant coat. His beard is broad, and of a yellowish grey  colour. He is a strong man. Before I

had time to help him, he turned my  boat over as if it were only a pail. He too, is kindly and cheerful.  The

third is tall, and has a beard as white as snow and reaching to his  knees. He is stern, with overhanging

eyebrows; and he wears nothing  but a mat tied round his waist.' 

'And did they speak to you?' asked the Bishop. 

'For the most part they did everything in silence and spoke but  little even to one another. One of them would

just give a glance, and  the others would understand him. I asked the tallest whether they had  lived there long.

He frowned, and muttered something as if he were  angry; but the oldest one took his hand and smiled, and

then the tall  one was quiet. The oldest one only said: "Have mercy upon us," and  smiled.' 

While the fisherman was talking, the ship had drawn nearer to the  island. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  102



Top




Page No 105


'There, now you can see it plainly, if your Grace will please to  look,' said the tradesman, pointing with his

hand. 

The Bishop looked, and now he really saw a dark streak  which was  the island. Having looked at it a while,

he left the prow of the  vessel, and going to the stern, asked the helmsman: 

'What island is that?' 

'That one,' replied the man, 'has no name. There are many such in  this sea.' 

'Is it true that there are hermits who live there for the salvation  of their souls?' 

'So it is said, your Grace, but I don't know if it's true.  Fishermen say they have seen them; but of course they

may only be  spinning yarns.' 

'I should like to land on the island and see these men,' said the  Bishop. 'How could I manage it?' 

'The ship cannot get close to the island,' replied the helmsman,  'but you might be rowed there in a boat. You

had better speak to the  captain.' 

The captain was sent for and came. 

'I should like to see these hermits,' said the Bishop. 'Could I not  be rowed ashore?' 

The captain tried to dissuade him. 

'Of course it could be done,' said he, 'but we should lose much  time. And if I might venture to say so to your

Grace, the old men are  not worth your pains. I have heard say that they are foolish old  fellows, who

understand nothing, and never speak a word, any more than  the fish in the sea.' 

'I wish to see them,' said the Bishop, 'and I will pay you for your  trouble and loss of time. Please let me have

a boat.' 

There was no help for it; so the order was given. The sailors  trimmed the sails, the steersman put up the helm,

and the ship's course  was set for the island. A chair was placed at the prow for the Bishop,  and he sat there,

looking ahead. The passengers all collected at the  prow, and gazed at the island. Those who had the sharpest

eyes could  presently make out the rocks on it, and then a mud hut was seen. At  last one man saw the hermits

themselves. The captain brought a  telescope and, after looking through it, handed it to the Bishop. 

'It's right enough. There are three men standing on the shore.  There, a little to the right of that big rock.' 

The Bishop took the telescope, got it into position, and he saw the  three men: a tall one, a shorter one, and

one very small and bent,  standing on the shore and holding each other by the hand. 

The captain turned to the Bishop. 

'The vessel can get no nearer in than this, your Grace. If you wish  to go ashore, we must ask you to go in the

boat, while we anchor here.' 

The cable was quickly let out, the anchor cast, and the sails  furled. There was a jerk, and the vessel shook.

Then a boat having been  lowered, the oarsmen jumped in, and the Bishop descended the ladder and  took his


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  103



Top




Page No 106


seat. The men pulled at their oars, and the boat moved rapidly  towards the island. When they came within a

stone's throw they saw  three old men: a tall one with only a mat tied round his waist: a  shorter one in a

tattered peasant coat, and a very old one bent with  age and wearing an old cassock  all three standing hand

in hand. 

The oarsmen pulled in to the shore, and held on with the boathook  while the Bishop got out. 

The old men bowed to him, and he gave them his benediction, at  which they bowed still lower. Then the

Bishop began to speak to them. 

'I have heard,' he said, 'that you, godly men, live here saving  your own souls, and praying to our Lord Christ

for your fellow men. I,  an unworthy servant of Christ, am called, by God's mercy, to keep and  teach His

flock. I wished to see you, servants of God, and to do what I  can to teach you, also.' 

The old men looked at each other smiling, but remained silent. 

'Tell me,' said the Bishop, 'what you are doing to save your souls,  and how you serve God on this island.' 

The second hermit sighed, and looked at the oldest, the very  ancient one. The latter smiled, and said: 

'We do not know how to serve God. We only serve and support  ourselves, servant of God.' 

'But how do you pray to God?' asked the Bishop. 

'We pray in this way,' replied the hermit. 'Three are ye, three are  we, have mercy upon us.' 

And when the old man said this, all three raised their eyes to  heaven, and repeated: 

'Three are ye, three are we, have mercy upon us!' 

The Bishop smiled. 

'You have evidently heard something about the Holy Trinity,' said  he. 'But you do not pray aright. You have

won my affection, godly men.  I see you wish to please the Lord, but you do not know how to serve  Him. That

is not the way to pray; but listen to me, and I will teach  you. I will teach you, not a way of my own, but the

way in which God in  the Holy Scriptures has commanded all men to pray to Him.' 

And the Bishop began explaining to the hermits how God had revealed  Himself to men; telling them of God

the Father, and God the Son, and  God the Holy Ghost. 

'God the Son came down on earth,' said he, 'to save men, and this  is how He taught us all to pray. Listen and

repeat after me: "Our  Father."' 

And the first old man repeated after him, 'Our Father,' and the  second said, 'Our Father,' and the third said,

'Our Father.' 

'Which art in heaven,' continued the Bishop. 

The first hermit repeated, 'Which art in heaven,' but the second  blundered over the words, and the tall hermit

could not say them  properly. His hair had grown over his mouth so that he could not speak  plainly. The very

old hermit, having no teeth, also mumbled  indistinctly. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  104



Top




Page No 107


The Bishop repeated the words again, and the old men repeated them  after him. The Bishop sat down on a

stone, and the old men stood before  him, watching his mouth, and repeating the words as he uttered them.

And all day long the Bishop laboured, saying a word twenty, thirty, a  hundred times over, and the old men

repeated it after him. They  blundered, and he corrected them, and made them begin again. 

The Bishop did not leave off till he had taught them the whole of  the Lord's prayer so that they could not only

repeat it after him, but  could say it by themselves. The middle one was the first to know it,  and to repeat the

whole of it alone. The Bishop made him say it again  and again, and at last the others could say it too. 

It was getting dark, and the moon was appearing over the water,  before the Bishop rose to return to the vessel.

When he took leave of  the old men, they all bowed down to the ground before him. He raised  them, and

kissed each of them, telling them to pray as he had taught  them. Then he got into the boat and returned to the

ship. 

And as he sat in the boat and was rowed to the ship he could hear  the three voices of the hermits loudly

repeating the Lord's prayer. As  the boat drew near the vessel their voices could no longer be heard,  but they

could still be seen in the moonlight, standing as he had left  them on the shore, the shortest in the middle, the

tallest on the  right, the middle one on the left. As soon as the Bishop had reached  the vessel and got on board,

the anchor was weighed and the sails  unfurled. The wind filled them, and the ship sailed away, and the

Bishop took a seat in the stern and watched the island they had left.  For a time he could still see the hermits,

but presently they  disappeared from sight, though the island was still visible. At last it  too vanished, and only

the sea was to be seen, rippling in the  moonlight. 

The pilgrims lay down to sleep, and all was quiet on deck. The  Bishop did not wish to sleep, but sat alone at

the stern, gazing at the  sea where the island was no longer visible, and thinking of the good  old men. He

thought how pleased they had been to learn the Lord's  prayer; and he thanked God for having sent him to

teach and help such  godly men. 

So the Bishop sat, thinking, and gazing at the sea where the island  had disappeared. And the moonlight

flickered before his eyes,  sparkling, now here, now there, upon the waves. Suddenly he saw  something white

and shining, on the bright path which the moon cast  across the sea. Was it a seagull, or the little gleaming sail

of some  small boat? The Bishop fixed his eyes on it, wondering. 

'It must be a boat sailing after us,' thought he 'but it is  overtaking us very rapidly. It was far, far away a

minute ago, but now  it is much nearer. It cannot be a boat, for I can see no sail; but  whatever it may be, it is

following us, and catching us up.' 

And he could not make out what it was. Not a boat, nor a bird, nor  a fish! It was too large for a man, and

besides a man could not be out  there in the midst of the sea. The Bishop rose, and said to the  helmsman: 

'Look there, what is that, my friend? What is it?' the Bishop  repeated, though he could now see plainly what it

was  the three  hermits running upon the water, all gleaming white, their grey beards  shining, and

approaching the ship as quickly as though it were not  morning. 

The steersman looked and let go the helm in terror. 

'Oh Lord! The hermits are running after us on the water as though  it were dry land!' 

The passengers hearing him, jumped up, and crowded to the stern.  They saw the hermits coming along hand

in hand, and the two outer ones  beckoning the ship to stop. All three were gliding along upon the water

without moving their feet. Before the ship could be stopped, the  hermits had reached it, and raising their


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART V. FOLKTALES RETOLD  105



Top




Page No 108


heads, all three as with one  voice, began to say: 

'We have forgotten your teaching, servant of God. As long as we  kept repeating it we remembered, but when

we stopped saying it for a  time, a word dropped out, and now it has all gone to pieces. We can  remember

nothing of it. Teach us again.' 

The Bishop crossed himself, and leaning over the ship's side, said: 

'Your own prayer will reach the Lord, men of God. It is not for me  to teach you. Pray for us sinners. 

And the Bishop bowed low before the old men; and they turned and  went back across the sea. And a light

shone until daybreak on the spot  where they were lost to sight. 

1886. 

13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST 

A POOR peasant set out early one morning to plough, taking with him  for his breakfast a crust of bread. He

got his plough ready, wrapped  the bread in his coat, put it under a bush, and set to work. After a  while when

his horse was tired and he was hungry, the peasant fixed the  plough, let the horse loose to graze and went to

get his coat and his  breakfast 

He lifted the coat, but the bread was gone! He looked and looked,  turned the coat over, shook it out  but

the bread was gone. The  peasant could not make this out at all. 

'That's strange,' thought he; 'I saw no one, but all the same some  one has been here and has taken the bread!' 

It was an imp who had stolen the bread while the peasant was  ploughing, and at that moment he was sitting

behind the bush, waiting  to hear the peasant swear and call on the Devil. 

The peasant was sorry to lose his breakfast, but 'It can't be  helped,' said he. 'After all, I shan't die of hunger!

No doubt whoever  took the bread needed it. May it do him good!' 

And he went to the well, had a drink of water, and rested a bit.  Then he caught his horse, harnessed it, and

began ploughing again. 

The imp was crestfallen at not having made the peasant sin, and he  went to report what had happened to the

Devil, his master. 

He came to the Devil and told how he had taken the peasant's bread,  and how the peasant instead of cursing

had said, 'May it do him good!' 

The Devil was angry, and replied: 'If the man got the better of  you, it was your own fault  you don't

understand your business! If  the peasants, and their wives after them, take to that sort of thing,  it will be all

up with us. The matter can't be left like that! Go back  at once,' said he, 'and put things right. If in three years

you don't  get the better of that peasant, I'll have you ducked in holy water!' 

The imp was frightened. He scampered back to earth, thinking how he  could redeem his fault. He thought and

thought, and at last hit upon a  good plan. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST  106



Top




Page No 109


He turned himself into a labouring man, and went and took service  with the poor peasant. The first year he

advised the peasant to sow  corn in a marshy place. The peasant took his advice, and sowed in the  marsh. The

year turned out a very dry one, and the crops of the other  peasants were all scorched by the sun, but the poor

peasant's corn grew  thick and tall and fulleared. Not only had he grain enough to last him  for the whole

year, but he had much left over besides. 

The next year the imp advised the peasant to sow on the hill; and  it turned out a wet summer. Other people's

corn was beaten down and  rotted and the ears did not fill; but the peasant's crop, up on the  hill, was a fine

one. He had more grain left over than before, so that  he did not know what to do with it all. 

Then the imp showed the peasant how he could mash the grain and  distil spirit from it; and the peasant made

strong drink, and began to  drink it himself and to give it to his friends. 

So the imp went to the Devil, his master, and boasted that he had  made up for his failure. The Devil said that

he would come and see for  himself how the case stood. 

He came to the peasant's house, and saw that the peasant had  invited his welltodo neighbours and was

treating them to drink. His  wife was offering the drink to the guests, and as she handed it round  she tumbled

against the table and spilt a glassful. 

The peasant was angry, and scolded his wife: 'What do you mean, you  slut? Do you think it's ditchwater, you

cripple, that you must go  pouring good stuff like that over the floor?' 

The imp nudged the Devil, his master, with his elbow: 'See,' said  he, 'that's the man who did not grudge his

last crust!' 

The peasant, still railing at his wife, began to carry the drink  round himself. Just then a poor peasant returning

from work came in  uninvited. He greeted the company, sat down, and saw that they were  drinking. Tired with

his day's work he felt that he too would like a  drop. He sat and sat, and his mouth kept watering, but the host

instead  of offering him any only muttered: 'I can't find drink for every one  who comes along.' 

This pleased the Devil; but the imp chuckled and said, 'Wait a bit,  there's more to come yet!' 

The rich peasants drank, and their host drank too. And they began  to make false, oily speeches to one another. 

The Devil listened and listened, and praised the imp. 

'If,' said he, 'the drink makes them so foxy that they begin to  cheat each other, they will soon all be in our

hands.' 

'Wait for what's coming,' said the imp. 'Let them have another  glass all round. Now they are like foxes,

wagging their tails and  trying to get round one another; but presently you will see them like  savage wolves.' 

The peasants had another glass each, and their talk became wilder  and rougher. Instead of oily speeches they

began to abuse and snarl at  one another. Soon they took to fighting, and punched one another's  noses. And the

host joined in the fight, and he too got well beaten. 

The Devil looked on and was much pleased at all this. 'This is  firstrate!' said he. 

But the imp replied: 'Wait a bit  the best is yet to come. Wait  till they have had a third glass. Now they are

raging like wolves, but  let them have one more glass, and they will be like swine.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST  107



Top




Page No 110


The peasants had their third glass, and became quite like brutes.  They muttered and shouted, not knowing

why, and not listening to one  another. 

Then the party began to break up. Some went alone, some in twos,  and some in threes, all staggering down

the street. The host went out  to speed his guests, but he fell on his nose into a puddle, smeared  himself from

top to toe, and lay there grunting like a hog. 

This pleased the Devil still more. 

'Well,' said he, 'you have hit on a firstrate drink, and have  quite made up for your blunder about the bread.

But now tell me how  this drink is made. You must first have put in fox's blood: that was  what made the

peasants sly as foxes. Then, I suppose, you added wolf's  blood: that is what made them fierce like wolves.

And you must have  finished off with swine's blood, to make them behave like swine.' 

'No,' said the imp, 'that was not the way I did it. All I did was  to see that the peasant had more corn than he

needed. The blood of the  beasts is always in man; but as long as he has only enough corn for his  needs, it is

kept in bounds. While that was the case, the peasant did  not grudge his last crust. But when he had corn left

over, he looked  for ways of getting pleasure out of it. And I showed him a pleasure   drinking! And when

he began to turn God's good gifts into spirits for  his own pleasure  the fox's, wolf's and swine's blood in

him all came  out. If only he goes on drinking, he will always be a beast!' 

The Devil praised the imp, forgave him for his former blunder, and  advanced him to a post of high honour. 

1886. 

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED? 

AN elder sister came to visit her younger sister in the country.  The elder was married to a tradesman in town,

the younger to a peasant  in the village. As the sisters sat over their tea talking, the elder  began to boast of the

advantages of town life: saying how comfortably  they lived there, how well they dressed, what fine clothes

her children  wore what good things they ate and drank, and how she went to the  theatre, promenades, and

entertainments. 

The younger sister was piqued, and in turn disparage the life of a  tradesman, and stood up for that of a

peasant. 

'I would not change my way of life for yours,' said she. We may  live roughly, but at least we are free from

anxiety. You live in better  style than we do but though you often earn more than you need, you are  very likely

to lose all you have. You know the proverb, "Loss and gain  are brothers twain." It often happens that people

who are wealthy one  day are begging their bread the next. Our way is safer. Though a  peasant's life is not a

fat one, it is a long one. We shall never grow  rich, but we shall always have enough to eat.' 

The elder sister said sneeringly: 

'Enough? Yes, if you like to share with the pigs and the calves!  What do you know of elegance or manners!

However much your goodman may  slave, you will die as you are living  on a dung heap  and your

children the same.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  108



Top




Page No 111


'Well, what of that?' replied the younger. 'Of course our work is  rough and coarse. But, on the other hand, it is

sure; and we need not  bow to any one. But you, in your towns, are surrounded by temptations;  today all may

be right, but tomorrow the Evil One may tempt your  husband with cards, wine, or women, and all will go to

ruin. Don't such  things happen often enough?' 

Pahm, the master of the house, was lying on the top of the oven,  and he listened to the women's chatter. 

'It is perfectly true,' thought he. 'Busy as we are from childhood  tilling mother earth, we peasants have no

time to let any nonsense  settle in our heads. Our only trouble is that we haven't land enough.  If I had plenty of

land, I shouldn't fear the Devil himself!' 

The women finished their tea, chatted a while about dress, and then  cleared away the teathings and lay down

to sleep. 

But the Devil had been sitting behind the oven, and had heard all  that was said. He was pleased that the

peasant's wife had led her  husband into boasting, and that he had said that if he had plenty of  land he would

not fear the Devil himself. 

'All right,' thought the Devil. 'We will have a tussle. I'll give  you land enough; and by means of that land I

will get you into my  power.' 

II 

Close to the village there lived a lady, a small landowner, who had  an estate of about three hundred acres[19].

She had always lived on  good terms with the peasants, until she engaged as her steward an old  soldier, who

took to burdening the people with fines. However careful  Pahm tried to be, it happened again and again that

now a horse of his  got among the lady's oats, now a cow strayed into her garden, now his  calves found their

way into her meadows  and he always had to pay a  fine. 

Pahm paid up, but grumbled, and, going home in a temper, was rough  with his family. All through that

summer, Pahm had much trouble because  of this steward; and he was even glad when winter came and the

cattle  had to be stabled. Though he grudged the fodder when they could no  longer graze on the pastureland,

at least he was free from anxiety  about them. 

In the winter the news got about that the lady was going to sell  her land, and that the keeper of the inn on the

high road was  bargaining for it. When the peasants heard this they were very much  alarmed. 

'Well', thought they, 'if the innkeeper gets the land, he will  worry us with fines worse than the lady's steward.

We all depend on  that estate.' 

So the peasants went on behalf of their Commune and asked the lady  not to sell the land to the innkeeper

offering her a better price for  it themselves. The lady agreed to let them have it. Then the peasants  tried to

arrange for the Commune to buy the whole estate so that it  might be held by them all in common. They met

twice to discuss it, but  could not settle the matter; the Evil One sowed discord among them, and  they could

not agree. So they decided to buy the land individually,  each according to his means; and the lady agreed to

this plan as she  had to the other. 

Presently Pahm heard that a neighbour of his was buying fifty  acres, and that the lady had consented to accept

one half in cash and  to wait a year for the other half. Pahm felt envious 

'Look at that,' thought he, 'the land is all being sold, and I  shall get none of it.' So he spoke to his wife. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  109



Top




Page No 112


'Other people are buying,' said he, 'and we must also buy twenty  acres or so. Life is becoming impossible.

That steward is simply  crushing us with his fines.' 

So they put their heads together and considered how they could  manage to buy it. They had one hundred

roubles laid by. They sold a  colt, and one half of their bees; hired out one of their sons as a  labourer, and took

his wages in advance; borrowed the rest from a  brotherinlaw, and so scraped together half the purchase

money. 

Having done this, Pahm chose out a farm of forty acres, some of it  wooded, and went to the lady to bargain

for it. They came to an  agreement, and he shook hands with her upon it, and paid her a deposit  in advance.

Then they went to town and signed the deeds; he paying half  the price down, and undertaking to pay the

remainder within two years. 

So now Pahm had land of his own. He borrowed seed, and sowed it on  the land he had bought. The harvest

was a good one, and within a year  he had managed to pay off his debts both to the lady and to his

brotherinlaw. So he became a landowner, ploughing and sowing his own  land, making hay on his own

land, cutting his own trees, and feeding  his cattle on his own pasture. When he went out to plough his fields,

or to look at his growing corn, or at his grassmeadows, his heart  would fill with joy. The grass that grew and

the flowers that bloomed  there, seemed to him unlike any that grew elsewhere. Formerly, when he  had passed

by that land it had appeared the same as any other land, but  now it seemed quite different. 

III 

So Pahm was wellcontented, and everything would have been right if  the neighbouring peasants would only

not have trespassed on his  cornfields and meadows. He appealed to them most civilly, but they  still went on:

now the Communal herdsmen would let the village cows  stray into his meadows; then horses from the night

pasture would get  among his corn. Pahm turned them out again and again, and forgave their  owners, and for a

long time he forbore from prosecuting any one. But at  last he lost patience and complained to the District

Court. He knew it  was the peasants' want of land, and no evil intent on their part, that  caused the trouble; but

he thought: 

'I cannot go on overlooking it, or they will destroy all I have.  They must be taught a lesson.' 

So he had them up, gave them one lesson, and then another, and two  or three of the peasants were fined. After

a time Pahm's neighbours  began to bear him a grudge for this, and would now and then let their  cattle on to

his land on purpose. One peasant even got into Pahm's wood  at night and cut down five young lime trees for

their bark. Pahm  passing through the wood one day noticed something white. He came  nearer, and saw the

stripped trunks lying on the ground, and close by  stood the stumps, where the trees had been. Pahm was

furious. 

'If he had only cut one here and there it would have been bad  enough,' thought Pahm, 'but the rascal has

actually cut down a whole  clump. If I could only find out who did this, I would pay him out.' 

He racked his brains as to who it could be. Finally he decided: 'It  must be Simon  no one else could have

done it.' So he went to Simon's  homestead to have a look round, but he found nothing, and only had an  angry

scene. However, he now felt more certain than ever that Simon had  done it, and he lodged a complaint.

Simon was summoned. The case was  tried, and retried, and at the end of it all Simon was acquitted,  there

being no evidence against him. Pahm felt still more aggrieved,  and let his anger loose upon the Elder and the

Judges. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  110



Top




Page No 113


'You let thieves grease your palms,' said he. 'If you were honest  folk yourselves, you would not let a thief go

free.' 

So Pahm quarrelled with the Judges and with his neighbours. Threats  to burn his building began to be uttered.

So though Pahm had more land,  his place in the Commune was much worse than before. 

About this time a rumour got about that many people were moving to  new parts. 

'There's no need for me to leave my land,' thought Pahm. 'But some  of the others might leave our village and

then there would be more room  for us. I would take over their land myself, and make my estate a bit  bigger. I

could then live more at ease. As it is, I am still too  cramped to be comfortable. 

One day Pahm was sitting at home, when a peasant, passing through  the village, happened to call in. He was

allowed to stay the night, and  supper was given him. Pahm had a talk with this peasant and asked him  where

he came from. The stranger answered that he came from beyond the  Volga, where he had been working. One

word led to another, and the man  went on to say that many people were settling in those parts. He told  how

some people from his village had settled there. They had joined the  Commune, and had had twentyfive

acres per man granted them. The land  was so good, he said, that the rye sown on it grew as high as a horse,

and so thick that five cuts of a sickle made a sheaf. One peasant, he  said, had brought nothing with him but

his bare hands, and now he had  six horses and two cows of his own. 

Pahm's heart kindled with desire. He thought: 

'Why should I suffer in this narrow hole, if one can live so well  elsewhere? I will sell my land and my

homestead here, and with the  money I will start afresh over there and get everything new. In this  crowded

place one is always having trouble. But I must first go and  find out all about it myself. 

Towards summer he got ready and started. He went down the Volga on  a steamer to Samara, then walked

another three hundred miles on foot,  and at last reached the place. It was just as the stranger had said.  The

peasants had plenty of land: every man had twentyfive acres of  Communal land given him for his use, and

any one who had money could  buy, besides, at two shillings an acre[20] as much good freehold land  as he

wanted. 

Having found out all he wished to know, Pahm returned home as  autumn came on, and began selling off his

belongings. He sold his land  at a profit, sold his homestead and all his cattle, and withdrew from  membership

of the Commune. He only waited till the spring, and then  started with his family for the new settlement. 

IV 

As soon as Pahm and his family arrived at their new abode, he  applied for admission into the Commune of a

large village. He stood  treat to the Elders, and obtained the necessary documents. Five shares  of Communal

land were given him for his own and his sons' use: that is  to say  125 acres (not all together but in different

fields) besides  the use of the Communal pasture. Pahm put up the buildings he needed,  and bought cattle. Of

the Communal land alone he had three times as  much as at his former home, and the land was good

cornland. He was ten  times better off than he had been. He had plenty of arable land and  pasturage, and

could keep as many head of cattle as he liked. 

At first, in the bustle of building and settling down, Pahm was  pleased with it all, but when he got used to it

he began to think that  even here he had not enough land. The first year, he sowed wheat on his  share of the

Communal land, and had a good crop. He wanted to go on  sowing wheat, but had not enough Communal land

for the purpose, and  what he had already used was not available; for in those parts wheat is  only sown on


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  111



Top




Page No 114


virgin soil or on fallow land. It is sown for one or two  years, and then the land lies fallow till it is again

overgrown with  prairie grass. There were many who wanted such land, and there was not  enough for all; so

that people quarrelled about it. Those who were  better off, wanted it for growing wheat, and those who were

poor,  wanted it to let to dealers, so that they might raise money to pay  their taxes. Pahm wanted to sow more

wheat; so he rented land from a  dealer for a year. He sowed much wheat and had a fine crop, but the  land was

too far from the village  the wheat had to be carted more  than ten miles. After a time Pahm noticed that

some peasantdealers  were living on separate farms, and were growing wealthy; and he  thought: 

'If I were to buy some freehold land, and have a homestead on it,  it would be a different thing altogether.

Then it would all be nice and  compact.' 

The question of buying freehold land recurred to him again and  again. 

He went on in the same way for three years: renting land and sowing  wheat. The seasons turned out well and

the crops were good, so that he  began to lay money by. He might have gone on living contentedly, but he

grew tired of having to rent other people's land every year, and having  to scramble for it. Wherever there was

good land to be had, the  peasants would rush for it and it was taken up at once, so that unless  you were sharp

about it you got none. It happened in the third year  that he and a dealer together rented a piece of pasture land

from some  peasants; and they had already ploughed it up, when there was some  dispute, and the peasants

went to law about it, and things fell out so  that the labour was all lost. 

'If it were my own land,' thought Pahm, 'I should be independent,  and there would not be all this

unpleasantness.' 

So Pahm began looking out for land which he could buy; and he came  across a peasant who had bought

thirteen hundred acres, but having got  into difficulties was willing to sell again cheap. Pahm bargained and

haggled with him, and at last they settled the price at 1,500 roubles,  part in cash and part to be paid later.

They had all but clinched the  matter, when a passing dealer happened to stop at Pahm's one day to get  a feed

for his horses. He drank tea with Pahm, and they had a talk. The  dealer said that he was just returning from

the land of the Bashk池s,  far away, where he had bought thirteen thousand acres of land, all for  1,000 roubles.

Pahm questioned him further, and the tradesman said: 

'All one need do is to make friends with the chiefs. I gave away  about one hundred roubles, worth of

dressinggowns and carpets, besides  a case of tea, and I gave wine to those who would drink it; and I got  the

land for less than twopence an acre[21]. And he showed Pahm the  titledeeds, saying: 

'The land lies near a river, and the whole prairie is virgin soil.' 

Pahm plied him with questions, and the tradesman said: 

'There is more land there than you could cover if you walked a  year, and it all belongs to the Bashk池s. They

are as simple as sheep,  and land can be got almost for nothing.' 

'There now,' thought Pahm, 'with my one thousand roubles, why  should I get only thirteen hundred acres, and

saddle myself with a debt  besides. If I take it out there, I can get more than ten times as much  for the money.' 

Pahm inquired how to get to the place, and as soon as the tradesman  had left him, he prepared to go there

himself. He left his wife to look  after the homestead, and started on his journey taking his man with  him.

They stopped at a town on their way, and bought a case of tea,  some wine, and other presents, as the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  112



Top




Page No 115


tradesman had advised. On and on  they went until they had gone more than three hundred miles, and on the

seventh day they came to a place where the Bashk池s had pitched their  tents. It was all just as the tradesman

had said. The people lived on  the steppes, by a river, in feltcovered tents[22]. They neither tilled  the ground,

nor ate bread. Their cattle and horses grazed in herds on  the steppe. The colts were tethered behind the tents,

and the mares  were driven to them twice a day. The mares were milked, and from the  milk kumiss was made.

It was the women who prepared kumiss, and they  also made cheese. As far as the men were concerned,

drinking kumiss and  tea, eating mutton, and playing on their pipes, was all they cared  about. They were all

stout and merry, and all the summer long they  never thought of doing any work. They were quite ignorant,

and knew no  Russian, but were goodnatured enough. 

As soon as they saw Pahm, they came out of their tents and gathered  round their visitor. An interpreter was

found, and Pahm told them he  had come about some land. The Bashk池s seemed very glad they took Pahm

and led him into one of the best tents, where they made him sit on some  down cushions placed on a carpet,

while they sat round him. They gave  him tea and kumiss, and had a sheep killed, and gave him mutton to eat.

Pahm took presents out of his cart and distributed them among the  Bashk池s, and divided amongst them the

tea. The Bashk池s were  delighted. They talked a great deal among themselves, and then told the  interpreter to

translate. 

'They wish to tell you,' said the interpreter, 'that they like you,  and that it is our custom to do all we can to

please a guest and to  repay him for his gifts. You have given us presents, now tell us which  of the things we

possess please you best, that we may present them to  you.' 

'What pleases me best here,' answered Pahm 'is your land. Our land  is crowded, and the soil is exhausted; but

you have plenty of land and  it is good land. I never saw the like of it.' 

The interpreter translated. The Bashk池s talked among themselves  for a while. Pahm could not understand

what they were saying, but saw  that they were much amused, and that they shouted and laughed. Then  they

were silent and looked at Pahm while the interpreter said: 

'They wish me to tell you that in return for your presents they  will gladly give you as much land as you want.

You have only to point  it out with your hand and it is yours.' 

The Bashk池s talked again for a while and began to dispute. Pahm  asked what they were disputing about, and

the interpreter told him that  some of them thought they ought to ask their Chief about the land and  not act in

his absence, while others thought there was no need to wait  for his return. 

VI 

While the Bashk池s were disputing, a man in a large foxfur cap  appeared on the scene. They all became

silent and rose to their feet.  The interpreter said, 'This is our Chief himself.' 

Pahm immediately fetched the best dressinggown and five pounds of  tea, and offered these to the Chief. The

Chief accepted them, and  seated himself in the place of honour. The Bashk池s at once began  telling him

something. The Chief listened for a while, then made a sign  with his head for them to be silent, and

addressing himself to Pahm,  said in Russian: 

'Well, let it be so. Choose whatever piece of land you like; we  have plenty of it.' 

'How can I take as much as I like?' thought Pahm. 'I must get a  deed to make it secure, or else they may say,

"It is yours," and  afterwards may take it away again.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  113



Top




Page No 116


'Thank you for your kind words,' he said aloud. 'You have much  land, and I only want a little. But I should

like to be sure which bit  is mine. Could it not be measured and made over to me? Life and death  are in God's

hands. You good people give it to me, but your children  might wish to take it away again.' 

'You are quite right,' said the Chief. 'We will make it over to  you.' 

'I heard that a dealer had been here,' continued Pahm, 'and that  you gave him a little land, too, and signed

titledeeds to that effect.  I should like to have it done in the same way.' 

The Chief understood. 

'Yes,' replied he, 'that can be done quite easily. We have a  scribe, and we will go to town with you and have

the deed properly  sealed.' 

'And what will be the price?' asked Pahm. 

'Our price is always the same: one thousand roubles a day.' 

Pahm did not understand. 

'A day? What measure is that? How many acres would that be?' 

'We do not know how to reckon it out,' said the Chief. 'We sell it  by the day. As much as you can go round on

your feet in a day is yours,  and the price is one thousand roubles a day.' 

Pahm was surprised. 

'But in a day you can get round a large tract of land,' he said. 

The Chief laughed. 

'It will all be yours!' said he. 'But there is one condition: If  you don't return on the same day to the spot

whence you started, your  money is lost.' 

'But how am I to mark the way that I have gone?' 

'Why, we shall go to any spot you like, and stay there. You must  start from that spot and make your round,

taking a spade with you.  Wherever you think necessary, make a mark. At every turning, dig a hole  and pile

up the turf; then afterwards we will go round with a plough  from hole to hole. You may make as large a

circuit as you please, but  before the sun sets you must return to the place you started from. All  the land you

cover will be yours.' 

Pahm was delighted. It was decided to start early next morning.  They talked a while, and after drinking some

more kumiss and eating  some more mutton, they had tea again, and then the night came on. They  gave Pahm

a featherbed to sleep on, and the Bashk池s dispersed for the  night, promising to assemble the next morning

at daybreak and ride out  before sunrise to the appointed spot. 

VII 

Pahm lay on the featherbed, but could not sleep. He kept thinking  about the land. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  114



Top




Page No 117


'What a large tract I will mark off!' thought he. 'I can easily do  thirtyfive miles in a day. The days are long

now, and within a circuit  of thirtyfive miles what a lot of land there will be! I will sell the  poorer land, or let

it to peasants, but I'll pick out the best and farm  it. I will buy two oxteams, and hire two more labourers.

About a  hundred and fifty acres shall be ploughland, and I will pasture cattle  on the rest.' 

Pahm lay awake all night, and dozed off only just before dawn.  Hardly were his eyes closed when he had a

dream. He thought he was  lying in that same tent, and heard somebody chuckling outside. He  wondered who

it could be, and rose and went out and he saw the Bashk池  Chief sitting in front of the tent holding his sides

and rolling about  with laughter. Going nearer to the Chief, Pahm asked: 'What are you  laughing at?' But he

saw that it was no longer the Chief, but the  dealer who had recently stopped at his house and had told him

about the  land. Just as Pahm was going to ask, 'Have you been here long?' he saw  that it was not the dealer,

but the peasant who had come up from the  Volga, long ago, to Pahm's old home. Then he saw that it was not

the  peasant either, but the Devil himself with hoofs and horns sitting  there and chuckling, and before him lay

a man barefoot, prostrate on  the ground, with only trousers and a shirt on. And Pahm dreamt that he  looked

more attentively to see what sort of a man it was that was lying  there, and he saw that the man was dead and

that it was himself! He  awoke horrorstruck. 

'What things one does dream,' thought he. 

Looking round he saw through the open door that the dawn was  breaking. 

'It's time to wake them up,' thought he. 'We ought to be starting.' 

He got up, roused his man (who was sleeping in his cart), bade him  harness; and went to call the Bashk池s. 

'It's time to go to the steppe to measure the land,' he said. 

The Bashk池s rose and assembled, and the Chief came too. Then they  began drinking kumiss again, and

offered Pahm some tea, but he would  not wait. 

'If we are to go, let us go. It is high time,' said he. 

VIII 

The Bashk池s got ready and they all started: some mounted on  horses, and some in carts. Pahm drove in his

own small cart with his  servant, and took a spade with him. When they reached the steppe, the  morning red

was beginning to kindle. They ascended a hillock (called by  the Bashk池s a shikhan) and dismounting from

their carts and their  horses, gathered in one spot. The Chief came up to Pahm and stretching  out his arm

towards the plain: 

'See,' said he, 'all this, as far as your eye can reach, is ours.  You may have any part of it you like.' 

Pahm's eyes glistened: it was all virgin soil, as flat as the palm  of your hand, as black as the seed of a poppy,

and in the hollows  different kinds of grasses grew breast high. 

The Chief took off his foxfur cap, placed it on the ground and  said: 

'This will be the mark. Start from here, and return here again. All  the land you go round shall be yours.' 

Pahm took out his money and put it on the cap. Then he took off his  outer coat, remaining in his sleeveless

undercoat. He unfastened his  girdle and tied it tight below his stomach, put a little bag of bread  into the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  115



Top




Page No 118


breast of his coat, and tying a flask of water to his girdle,  he drew up the tops of his boots, took the spade

from his man, and  stood ready to start. He considered for some moments which way he had  better go  it

was tempting everywhere. 

'No matter,' he concluded, 'I will go towards the rising sun.' 

He turned his face to the east, stretched himself and waited for  the sun to appear above the rim. 

'I must lose no time,' he thought, 'and it is easier walking while  it is still cool.' 

The sun's rays had hardly flashed above the horizon, before Pahm,  carrying the spade over his shoulder went

down into the steppe. 

Pahm started walking neither slowly nor quickly. After having gone  a thousand yards he stopped, dug a hole,

and placed pieces of turf one  on another to make it more visible. Then he went on; and now that he  had

walked off his stiffness he quickened his pace. After a while he  dug another hole. 

Pahm looked back. The hillock could be distinctly seen in the  sunlight, with the people on it, and the

glittering tyres of the  cartwheels. At a rough guess Pahm concluded that he had walked three  miles. It was

growing warmer; he took off his undercoat, flung it  across his shoulder, and went on again. It had grown

quite warm now; he  looked at the sun, it was time to think of breakfast. 

'The first shift is done, but there are four in a day, and it is  too soon yet to turn. But I will just take off my

boots,' said he to  himself. 

He sat down, took off his boots, stuck them into his girdle, and  went on. It was easy walking now. 

'I will go on for another three miles,' thought he, 'and then turn  to the left. This spot is so fine, that it would be

a pity to lose it.  The further one goes, the better the land seems.' 

He went straight on for a while, and when he looked round, the  hillock was scarcely visible and the people on

it looked like black  ants, and he could just see something glistening there in the sun. 

'Ah,' thought Pahm, 'I have gone far enough in this direction, it  is time to turn. Besides I am in a regular

sweat, and very thirsty.' 

He stopped, dug a large hole, and heaped up pieces of turf. Next he  untied his flask, had a drink, and then

turned sharply to the left. He  went on and on; the grass was high, and it was very hot. 

Pahm began to grow tired: he looked at the sun and saw that it was  noon. 

'Well,' he thought, 'I must have a rest.' 

He sat down, and ate some bread and drank some water; but he did  not lie down, thinking that if he did he

might fall asleep. After  sitting a little while, he went on again. At first he walked easily:  the food had

strengthened him; but it had become terribly hot, and he  felt sleepy; still he went on, thinking: 'An hour to

suffer, a  lifetime to live.' 

He went a long way in this direction also, and was about to turn to  the left again, when he perceived a damp

hollow: 'It would be a pity to  leave that out,' he thought. 'Flax would do well there.' So he went on  past the

hollow, and dug a hole on the other side of it before he  turned the corner. Pahm looked towards the hillock.


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  116



Top




Page No 119


The heat made the  air hazy: it seemed to be quivering, and through the haze the people on  the hillock could

scarcely be seen. 

'Ah!' thought Pahm, 'I have made the sides too long; I must make  this one shorter.' And he went along the

third side stepping faster. He  looked at the sun: it was nearly half way to the horizon, and he had  not yet done

two miles of the third side of the square. He was still  ten miles from the goal. 

'No,' he thought, 'though it will make my land lopsided, I must  hurry back in a straight line now. I might go

too far, and as it is I  have a great deal of land.' 

So Pahm hurriedly dug a hole, and turned straight towards the  hillock. 

IX 

Pahm went straight towards the hillock, but he now walked with  difficulty. He was done up with the heat, his

bare feet were cut and  bruised, and his legs began to fail. He longed to rest, but it was  impossible if he meant

to get back before sunset. The sun waits for no  man, and it was sinking lower and lower. 

'Oh dear,' he thought, 'if only I have not blundered trying for too  much! What if I am too late?' 

He looked towards the hillock and at the sun. He was still far from  his goal, and the sun was already near the

rim 

Pahm walked on and on; it was very hard walking, but he went  quicker and quicker. He pressed on, but was

still far from the place.  He began running, threw away his coat, his boots, his flask, and his  cap, and kept only

the spade which he used as a support. 

'What shall I do,' he thought again, 'I have grasped too much, and  ruined the whole affair. I can't get there

before the sun sets.' 

And this fear made him still more breathless. Pahm went on running,  his soaking shirt and trousers stuck to

him, and his mouth was parched.  His breast was working like a blacksmith's bellows, his heart was  beating

like a hammer, and his legs were giving way as if they did not  belong to him. Pahm was seized with terror

lest he should die of the  strain. 

Though afraid of death, he could not stop. 'After having run all  that way they will call me a fool if I stop

now,' thought he. And he  ran on and on, and drew near and heard the Bashk池s yelling and  shouting to him,

and their cries inflamed his heart still more. He  gathered his last strength and ran on. 

The sun was close to the rim, and cloaked in mist looked large, and  red as blood. Now, yes now, it was about

to set! The sun was quite low,  but he was also quite near his aim. Pahm could already see the people  on the

hillock waving their arms to hurry him up. He could see the  foxfur cap on the ground, and the money on it,

and the Chief sitting  on the ground holding his sides. And Pahm remembered his dream. 

'There is plenty of land,' thought he, 'but will God let me live on  it? I have lost my life, I have lost my life! I

shall never reach that  spot!' 

Pahm looked at the sun, which had reached the earth: one side of it  had already disappeared. With all his

remaining strength he rushed on,  bending his body forward so that his legs could hardly follow fast  enough to

keep him from falling. Just as he reached the hillock it  suddenly grew dark. He looked up  the sun had

already set! He gave a  cry: 'All my labour has been in vain,' thought he, and was about to  stop, but he heard


TWENTYTHREE TALES

14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED?  117



Top




Page No 120


the Bashk池s still shouting, and remembered that  though to him, from below, the sun seemed to have set, they

on the  hillock could still see it. He took a long breath and ran up the  hillock. It was still light there. He

reached the top and saw the cap.  Before it sat the Chief laughing and holding his sides. Again Pahm

remembered his dream, and he uttered a cry: his legs gave way beneath  him, he fell forward and reached the

cap with his hands. 

'Ah, that's a fine fellow!' exclaimed the Chief 'He has gained much  land!' 

Pahm's servant came running up and tried to raise him, but he saw  that blood was flogging from his mouth.

Pahm was dead! 

The Bashk池s clicked their tongues to show their pity. 

His servant picked up the spade and dug a grave long enough for  Pahm to he in, and buried him in it. Six feet

from his head to his  heels was all he needed. 

1886. 

15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG 

ONE day some children found, in a ravine, a thing shaped like a  grain of corn, with a groove down the

middle, but as large as a hen's  egg. A traveller passing by saw the thing, bought it from the children  for a

penny, and taking it to town sold it to the King as a curiosity. 

The King called together his wise men, and told them to find out  what the thing was. The wise men pondered

and pondered and could not  make head or tail of it, till one day, when the thing was lying on a  windowsill, a

hen flew in and pecked at it till she made a hole in it,  and then every one saw that it was a grain of corn. The

wise men went  to the King and said: 

'It is a grain of corn.' 

At this the King was much surprised; and he ordered the learned men  to find out when and where such corn

had grown. The learned men  pondered again, and searched in their books, but could find nothing  about it. So

they returned to the King and said: 

'We can give you no answer. There is nothing about it in our books.  You will have to ask the peasants;

perhaps some of them may have heard  from their fathers when and where grain grew to such a size.' 

So the King gave orders that some very old peasant should be  brought before him; and his servants found

such a man and brought him  to the King. Old and bent, ashy pale and toothless, he just managed  with the help

of two crutches to totter into the King's presence. 

The King showed him the grain, but the old man could hardly see it;  he took it, however, and felt it with his

hands. The King questioned  him, saying: 

'Can you tell us, old man, where such grain as this grew? Have you  ever bought such corn, or sown such in

your fields?' 

The old man was so deaf that he could hardly hear what the King  said, and only understood with great

difficulty. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG  118



Top




Page No 121


'No!' he answered at last, 'I never sowed nor reaped any like it in  my fields, nor did I ever buy any such.

When we bought corn, the grains  were always as small as they are now. But you might ask my father. He

may have heard where such grain grew.' 

So the King sent for the old man's father, and he was found and  brought before the King. He came walking

with one crutch. The King  showed him the grain, and the old peasant, who was still able to see,  took a good

look at it. And the King asked him: 

'Can you not tell us, old man, where corn like this used to grow?  Have you ever bought any like it, or sown

any in your fields?' 

Though the old man was rather hard of hearing, he still heard  better than his son had done. 

'No,' he said, 'I never sowed nor reaped any grain like this in my  field. As to buying, I never bought any, for

in my time money was not  yet in use. Every one grew his own corn, and when there was any need we  shared

with one another. I do not know where corn like this grew. Ours  was larger and yielded more flour than

presentday grain, but I never  saw any like this. I have, however, heard my father say that in his  time the

grain grew larger and yielded more flour than ours. You had  better ask him.' 

So the King sent for this old man's father, and they found him too,  and brought him before the King. He

entered walking easily and without  crutches: his eye was clear, his hearing good, and he spoke distinctly.  The

King showed him the grain, and the old grandfather looked at it,  and turned it about in his hand. 

'It is long since I saw such a fine grain,' said he, and he bit a  piece off and tasted it. 

'It's the very same kind,' he added. 

'Tell me, grandfather,' said the King, 'when and where was such  corn grown? Have you ever bought any like

it, or sown any in your  fields?' 

And the old man replied: 

'Corn like this used to grow everywhere in my time. I lived on corn  like this in my young days, and fed others

on it. It was grain like  this that we used to sow and reap and thrash.' 

And the King asked: 

'Tell me, grandfather, did you buy it anywhere, or did you grow it  all yourself?' 

The old man smiled. 

'In my time,' he answered, 'no one ever thought of such a sin as  buying or selling bread; and we knew nothing

of money. Each man had  corn enough of his own.' 

'Then tell me, grandfather,' asked the King, 'where was your field,  where did you grow corn like this?' 

And the grandfather answered: 

'My field was God's earth. Wherever I ploughed, there was my field.  Land was free. It was a thing no man

called his own. Labour was the  only thing men called their own.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG  119



Top




Page No 122


'Answer me two more questions,' said the King. 'The first is, Why  did the earth bear such grain then and has

ceased to do so now? And the  second is, Why your grandson walks with two crutches, your son with  one, and

you yourself with none? Your eyes are bright, your teeth  sound, and your speech clear and pleasant to the ear.

How have these  things come about?' 

And the old man answered: 

'These things are so, because men have ceased to live by their own  labour, and have taken to depending on

the labour of others. In the old  time, men lived according to God's law. They had what was their own,  and

coveted not what others had produced. 

1886. 

16. THE GODSON 

'Ye have heard that it was said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for  a tooth, but I say unto you, Resist not him

that is evil.'  Matt. v.  38, 39. 

'Vengeance is mine; I will repay.'  Rom. xii. 19. 

A SON was born to a poor peasant. He was glad and went to his  neighbour to ask him to stand godfather to

the boy. The neighbour  refused  he did not like standing godfather to a poor man's child.  The peasant

asked another neighbour, but he too refused, and after that  the poor father went to every house in the village,

but found no one  willing to be godfather to his son. So he set off to another village,  and on the way he met a

man who stopped and said: 

'Goodday, my good man; where are you off to?' 

'God has given me a child,' said the peasant, 'to rejoice my eyes  in youth, to comfort my old age, and to pray

for my soul after death.  But I am poor, and no one in our village will stand godfather to him,  so I am now on

my way to seek a godfather for him elsewhere.' 

'Let me be godfather,' said the stranger. 

The peasant was glad, and thanked him, but added: 'And whom shall I  ask to be godmother?' 

'Go to the town,' replied the stranger, 'and, in the square, you  will see a stone house with shopwindows in

the front. At the entrance  you will find the tradesman to whom it belongs. Ask him to let his  daughter stand

godmother to your child.' 

The peasant hesitated. 

'How can I ask a rich tradesman?' said he. 'He will despise me, and  will not let his daughter come.' 

'Don't trouble about that. Go and ask. Get everything ready by  tomorrow morning, and I will come to the

christening.' 

The poor peasant returned home, and then drove to the town to find  the tradesman. He had hardly taken his


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  120



Top




Page No 123


horse into the yard, when the  tradesman himself came out. 

'What do you want?' said he. 

'Why, sir,' said the peasant, 'you see God has given me a son to  rejoice my eyes in youth, to comfort my old

age, and to pray for my  soul after death. Be so kind as to let your daughter stand godmother to  him. 

'And when is the christening?' said the tradesman. 

'Tomorrow morning.' 

'Very well. Go in peace. She shall be with you at Mass tomorrow  morning.' 

The next day the godmother came, and the godfather also, and the  infant was baptized. Immediately after the

christening the godfather  went away. They did not know who he was, and never saw him again. 

II 

The child grew up to be a joy to his parents. He was strong,  willing to work, clever and obedient. When he

was ten years old his  parents sent him to school to learn to read and write. What others  learnt in five years, he

learnt in one, and soon there was nothing more  they could teach him. 

Easter came round, and the boy went to see his godmother, to give  her his Easter greeting. 

'Father and mother,' said he when he got home again, 'where does my  godfather live? I should like to give

him my Easter greeting, too.' 

And his father answered: 

'We know nothing about your godfather, dear son. We often regret it  ourselves. Since the day you were

christened we have never seen him,  nor had any news of him. We do not know where he lives, or even

whether  he is still alive.' 

The son bowed to his parents. 

'Father and mother,' said he, 'let me go and look for my godfather.  I must find him and give him my Easter

greeting. 

So his father and mother let him go, and the boy set off to find  his godfather. 

III 

The boy left the house and set out along the road. He had been  walking for several hours when he met a

stranger who stopped him and  said: 

'Goodday to you, my boy. Where are you going?' 

And the boy answered: 

'I went to see my godmother and to give her my Easter greeting, and  when I got home I asked my parents

where my godfather lives, that I  might go and greet him also. They told me they did not know. They said  he


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  121



Top




Page No 124


went away as soon as I was christened, and they know nothing about  him, not even if he be still alive. But I

wished to see my godfather,  and so I have set out to look for him.' 

Then the stranger said: 'I am your godfather.' 

The boy was glad to hear this. After kissing his godfather three  times for an Easter greeting, he asked him: 

'Which way are you going now, godfather? If you are coming our way,  please come to our house; but if you

are going home, I will go with  you.' 

'I have no time now,' replied his godfather, 'to come to your  house. I have business in several villages; but I

shall return home  again tomorrow. Come and see me then.' 

'But how shall I find you, godfather?' 

'When you leave home, go straight towards the rising sun, and you  will come to a forest; going through the

forest you will come to a  glade. When you reach this glade sit down and rest awhile, and look  around you and

see what happens. On the further side of the forest you  will find a garden, and in it a house with a golden

roof. That is my  home. Go up to the gate, and I will myself be there to meet you.' 

And having said this the godfather disappeared from his godson's  sight. 

IV 

The boy did as his godfather had told him. He walked eastward until  he reached a forest, and there he came to

a glade, and in the midst of  the glade he saw a pine tree to a branch of which was tied a rope  supporting a

heavy log of oak. Close under this log stood a wooden  trough filled with honey. Hardly had the boy had time

to wonder why the  honey was placed there, and why the log hung above it, when he heard a  crackling in the

wood, and saw some bears approaching; a shebear,  followed by a yearling and three tiny cubs. The

shebear, sniffing the  air, went straight to the trough, the cubs following her. She thrust  her muzzle into the

honey, and called the cubs to do the same. They  scampered up and began to eat. As they did so, the log,

which the  shebear had moved aside with her head, swung away a little and,  returning, gave the cubs a push.

Seeing this the shebear shoved the  log away with her paw. It swung further out and returned more forcibly,

striking one cub on the back and another on the head. The cubs ran away  howling with pain, and the mother,

with a growl, caught the log in her  fore paws and, raising it above her head flung it away. The log flew  high

in the air and the yearling, rushing to the trough, pushed his  muzzle into the honey and began to suck noisily.

The others also drew  near, but they had not reached the trough when the log, flying back,  struck the yearling

on the head and killed him. The mother growled  louder than before and, seizing the log, flung it from her

with all her  might. It flew higher than the branch it was tied to; so high that the  rope slackened; and the

shebear returned to the trough, and the little  cubs after her. The log flew higher and higher, then stopped,

and began  to fall. The nearer it came the faster it swung, and at last, at full  speed, it crashed down on her

head. The shebear rolled over, her legs  jerked and she died! The cubs ran away into the forest. 

The boy watched all this in surprise, and then continued his way.  Leaving the forest, he came upon a large

garden in the midst of which  stood a lofty palace with a golden roof. At the gate stood his  godfather, smiling.

He welcomed his godson, and led him through the  gateway into the garden. The boy had never dreamed of

such beauty and  delight as surrounded him in that place. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  122



Top




Page No 125


Then his godfather led him into the palace, which was even more  beautiful inside than outside. The godfather

showed the boy through all  the rooms: each brighter and finer than the other, but at last they  came to one door

that was sealed up. 

'You see this door,' said he. 'It is not locked, but only sealed.  It can be opened, but I forbid you to open it.

You may live here, and  go where you please and enjoy all the delights of the place. My only  command is 

do not open that door! But should you ever do so,  remember what you saw in the forest.' 

Having said this the godfather went away. The godson remained in  the palace, and life there was so bright

and joyful that he thought he  had only been there three hours, when he had really lived there thirty  years.

When thirty years had gone by, the godson happened to be passing  the sealed door one day, and he wondered

why his godfather had  forbidden him to enter that room. 

'I'll just look in and see what is there,' thought he, and he gave  the door a push. The seals gave way, the door

opened, and the godson  entering saw a hall more lofty and beautiful than all the others, and  in the midst of it

a throne. He wandered about the hall for a while,  and then mounted the steps and seated himself upon the

throne. As he  sat there he noticed a sceptre leaning against the throne, and took it  in his hand. Hardly had he

done so when the four walls of the hall  suddenly disappeared. The godson looked around, and saw the whole

world, and all that men were doing in it. He looked in front, and saw  the sea with ships sailing on it. He

looked to the right, and saw where  strange heathen people lived. He looked to the left, and saw where men

who were Christians, but not Russians, lived. He looked round, and on  the fourth side, he saw Russian

people, like himself. 

'I will look,' said he, 'and see what is happening at home, and  whether the harvest is good.' 

He looked towards his father's fields and saw the sheaves standing  in stooks. He began counting them to see

whether there was much corn,  when he noticed a peasant driving in a cart. It was night, and the  godson

thought it was his father coming to cart the corn by night. But  as he looked he recognized Vas値y Koudryashf,

the thief, driving into  the field and beginning to load the sheaves on to his cart. This made  the godson angry,

and he called out: 

'Father, the sheaves are being stolen from our field!' 

His father, who was out with the horses in the nightpasture, woke  up. 

'I dreamt the sheaves were being stolen,' said he. 'I will just  ride down and see.' 

So he got on a horse and rode out to the field. Finding Vas値y  there, he called together other peasants to help

him, and Vas値y was  beaten, bound, and taken to prison. 

Then the godson looked at the town, where his godmother lived. He  saw that she was now married to a

tradesman. She lay asleep, and her  husband rose and went to his mistress. The godson shouted to her: 

'Get up, get up, your husband has taken to evil ways.' 

The godmother jumped up and dressed, and finding out where her  husband was, she shamed and beat his

mistress, and drove him away. 

Then the godson looked for his mother, and saw her lying asleep in  her cottage. And a thief crept into the

cottage and began to break open  the chest in which she kept her things. The mother awoke and screamed,  and

the robber seizing an axe, swung it over his head to kill her. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  123



Top




Page No 126


The godson could not refrain from hurling the sceptre at the  robber. It struck him upon the temple, and killed

him on the spot. 

VI 

As soon as the godson had killed the robber, the walls closed and  the hall became just as it had been before. 

Then the door opened and the godfather entered, and coming up to  his godson he took him by the hand and

led him down from the throne. 

'You have not obeyed my command,' said he. 'You did one wrong  thing, when you opened the forbidden

door; another, when you mounted  the throne and took my sceptre into your hands; and you have now done a

third wrong, which has much increased the evil in the world. Had you  sat here an hour longer, you would

have ruined half mankind.' 

Then the godfather led his godson back to the throne, and took the  sceptre in his hand; and again the walls

fell asunder and all things  became visible. And the godfather said: 

'See what you have done to your father. Vas値y has now been a year  in prison, and has come out having learnt

every kind of wickedness, and  has become quite incorrigible. See, he has stolen two of your father's  horses,

and he is now setting fire to his barn. All this you have  brought upon your father.' 

The godson saw his father's barn breaking into flames, but his  godfather shut off the sight from him, and told

him to look another  way. 

'Here is your godmother's husband,' he said. 'It is a year since he  left his wife, and now he goes after other

women. His former mistress  has sunk to still lower depths. Sorrow has driven his wife to drink.  That's what

you have done to your godmother.' 

The godfather shut off this also, and showed the godson his  father's house. There he saw his mother weeping

for her sins,  repenting, and saying: 

'It would have been better had the robber killed me that night. I  should not have sinned so heavily.' 

'That,' said the godfather, 'is what you have done to your mother.' 

He shut this off also, and pointed downwards; and the godson saw  two warders holding the robber in front of

a prisonhouse. 

And the godfather said: 

'This man had murdered ten men. He should have expiated his sins  himself, but by killing him you have taken

his sins on yourself. Now  you must answer for all his sins. That is what you have done to  yourself. The

shebear pushed the log aside once, and disturbed her  cubs; she pushed it again, and killed her yearling; she

pushed it a  third time, and was killed herself. You have done the same. Now I give  you thirty years to go into

the world and atone for the robber's sins.  If you do not atone for them, you will have to take his place.' 

'How am I to atone for his sins?' asked the godson. 

And the godfather answered: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  124



Top




Page No 127


'When you have rid the world of as much evil as you have brought  into it, you will have atoned both for your

own sins and for those of  the robber.' 

'How can I destroy evil in the world?' the godson asked. 

'Go out,' replied the godfather, 'and walk straight towards the  rising sun. After a time you will come to a field

with some men in it.  Notice what they are doing, and teach them what you know. Then go on  and note what

you see. On the fourth day you will come to a forest. In  the midst of the forest is a cell and in the cell lives a

hermit. Tell  him all that has happened. He will teach you what to do. When you have  done all he tells you,

you will have atoned for your own and the  robber's sins.' 

And, having said this, the godfather led his godson out of the  gate. 

VII 

The godson went his way, and as he went he thought: How am I to  destroy evil in the world? Evil is

destroyed by banishing evil men,  keeping them in prison, or putting them to death. How then am I to  destroy

evil without taking the sins of others upon myself?' 

The godson pondered over it for a long time, but could come to no  conclusion. He went on until he came to a

field where corn was growing  thick and good and ready for the reapers. The godson saw that a little  calf had

got in among the corn. Some men who were at hand saw it, and  mounting their horses they chased it

backwards and forwards through the  corn. Each time the calf was about to come out of the corn some one

rode up and the calf got frightened and turned back again, and they all  galloped after it, trampling down the

corn. On the road stood a woman  crying. 

'They will chase my calf to death,' she said. 

And the godson said to the peasants: 

'What are you doing? Come out of the cornfield all of you, and let  the woman call her calf.' 

The men did so; and the woman came to the edge of the cornfield and  called to the calf. 'Come along

browney, come along,' said she. The  calf pricked up its ears, listened a while, and then ran towards the

woman of its own accord, and hid its head in her skirts, almost  knocking her over. The men were glad the

woman was glad, and so was the  little calf. 

The godson went on, and he thought: 

'Now I see that evil spreads evil. The more people try to drive  away evil, the more the evil grows. Evil, it

seems, cannot be destroyed  by evil; but in what way it can be destroyed, I do not know. The calf  obeyed its

mistress and so all went well; but if it had not obeyed her,  how could we have got it out of the field?' 

The godson pondered again, but came to no conclusion, and continued  his way. 

VIII 

He went on until he came to a village. At the furthest end he  stopped and asked leave to stay the night. The

woman of the house was  there alone, housecleaning, and she let him in. The godson entered,  and taking his

seat upon the brick oven he watched what the woman was  doing. He saw her finish scrubbing the room and

begin scrubbing the  table. Having done this, she began wiping the table with a dirty cloth.  She wiped it from


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  125



Top




Page No 128


side to side  but it did not come clean. The soiled  cloth left streaks of dirt. Then she wiped it the other way.

The first  streaks disappeared, but others came in their place. Then she wiped it  from one end to the other, but

again the same thing happened. The  soiled cloth messed the table; when one streak was wiped off another

was left on. The godson watched for awhile in silence, and then said: 

'What are you doing, mistress?' 

'Don't you see I'm cleaning up for the holiday. Only I can't manage  this table, it won't come clean. I'm quite

tired out.' 

'You should rinse your cloth,' said the godson, 'before you wipe  the table with it.' 

The woman did so, and soon had the table clean. 

'Thank you for telling me,' said she. 

In the morning he took leave of the woman and went on his way.  After walking a good while, he came to the

edge of a forest. There he  saw some peasants who were making wheelrims of bent wood. Coming  nearer,

the godson saw that the men were going round and round, but  could not bend the wood. 

He stood and looked on, and noticed that the block, to which the  piece of wood was fastened, was not fixed,

but as the men moved round  it went round too. Then the godson said: 

'What are you doing, friends?' 

'Why, don't you see, we are making wheel rims. We have twice  steamed the wood, and are quite tired out, but

the wood will not bend.' 

'You should fix the block, friends,' said the godson, 'or else it  goes round when you do.' 

The peasants took his advice and fixed the block, and then the work  went on merrily. 

The godson spent the night with them, and then went on. He walked  all day and all night, and just before

dawn he came upon some drovers  encamped for the night, and lay down beside them. He saw that they had

got all their cattle settled, and were trying to light a fire. They had  taken dry twigs and lighted them, but

before the twigs had time to burn  up, they smothered them with damp brushwood. The brushwood hissed and

the fire smouldered and went out. Then the drovers brought more dry  wood, lit it, and again put on the

brushwood  and again the fire went  out. They struggled with it for a long time, but could not get the fire  to

burn. Then the godson said: 

'Do not be in such a hurry to put on the brushwood. Let the dry  wood burn up properly before you put any on.

When the fire is well  alight you can put on as much as you please.' 

The drovers followed his advice. They let the fire burn up fiercely  before adding the brushwood, which then

flared up so that they soon had  a roaring fire. 

The godson remained with them for a while, and then continued his  way. He went on, wondering what the

three things he had seen might  mean; but he could not fathom them. 

IX 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  126



Top




Page No 129


The godson walked the whole of that day, and in the evening came to  another forest. There he found a

hermit's cell, at which he knocked. 

'Who is there?' asked a voice from within. 

'A great sinner,' replied the godson. I must atone for another's  sins as well as for my own. 

The hermit hearing this came out. 

'What sins are those that you have to bear for another?' 

The godson told him everything: about his godfather; about the  shebear with the cubs; about the throne in

the sealed room; about the  commands his godfather had given him, as well as about the peasants he  had seen

trampling down the corn, and the calf that ran out when its  mistress called it. 

'I have seen that one cannot destroy evil by evil,' said he, 'but I  cannot understand how it is to be destroyed.

Teach me how it can be  done. 

'Tell me,' replied the hermit, 'what else you have seen on your  way.' 

The godson told him about the woman washing the table, and the men  making cartwheels, and the drovers

fighting their fire. 

The hermit listened to it all, and then went back to his cell and  brought out an old jagged axe. 

'Come with me,' said he. 

When they had gone some way, the hermit pointed to a tree. 

'Cut it down,' he said. 

The godson felled the tree. 

'Now chop it into three,' said the hermit. 

The godson chopped the tree into three pieces. Then the hermit went  back to his cell, and brought out some

blazing sticks. 

'Burn those three logs,' said he. 

So the godson made a fire, and burnt the three logs till only three  charred stumps remained. 

'Now plant them half in the ground, like this.' 

The godson did so. 

'You see that river at the foot of the hill. Bring water from there  in your mouth, and water these stumps.

Water this stump, as you taught  the woman: this one as you taught the wheelwrights: and this one, as  you

taught the drovers. When all three have taken root and from these  charred stumps appletrees have sprung

you will know how to destroy  evil in men, and will have atoned for all your sins.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  127



Top




Page No 130


Having said this, the hermit returned to his cell. The godson  pondered for a long time, but could not

understand what the hermit  meant. Nevertheless he set to work to do as he had been told. 

The godson went down to the river, filled his mouth with water, and  returning, emptied it on to one of the

charred stumps. This he did  again and again, and watered all threestumps. When he was hungry and  quite

tired out, he went to the cell to ask the old hermit for some  food. He opened the door, and there upon a bench

he saw the old man  lying dead. The godson looked round for food, and he found some dried  bread and ate a

little of it. Then he took a spade and set to work to  dig the hermit's grave. During the night he carried water

and watered  the stumps, and in the day he dug the grave. He had hardly finished the  grave and was about to

bury the corpse, when some people from the  village came, bringing food for the old man. 

The people heard that the old hermit was dead, and that he had  given the godson his blessing, and left him in

his place. So they  buried the old man, gave the bread they had brought to the godson, and  promising to bring

him some more, they went away. 

The godson remained in the old man's place. There he lived, eating  the food people brought him, and doing as

he had been told: carrying  water from the river in his mouth and watering the charred stumps. 

He lived thus for a year, and many people visited him. His fame  spread abroad, as a holy man who lived in

the forest and brought water  from the bottom of a hill in his mouth to water charred stumps for the  salvation

of his soul. People flocked to see him. Rich merchants drove  up bringing him presents, but he kept only the

barest necessaries for  himself, and gave the rest away to the poor. 

And so the godson lived: carrying water in his mouth and watering  the stumps half the day, and resting and

receiving people the other  half. And he began to think that this was the way he had been told to  live, in order

to destroy evil and atone for his sins. 

He spent two years in this manner, not omitting for a single day to  water the stumps. But still not one of them

sprouted. 

One day, as he sat in his cell, he heard a man ride past, singing  as he went. The godson came out to see what

sort of a man it was. He  saw a strong young fellow, well dressed, and mounted on a handsome,  wellsaddled

horse. 

The godson stopped him, and asked him who he was, and where he was  going. 

'I am a robber,' the man answered, drawing rein. 'I ride about the  highways killing people; and the more I kill,

the merrier are the songs  I sing.' 

The godson was horrorstruck, and thought: 

'How can the evil be destroyed in such a man as this? It is easy to  speak to those who come to me of their

own accord and confess their  sins. But this one boasts of the evil he does.' 

So he said nothing, and turned away, thinking: 'What am I to do  now? This robber may take to riding about

here, and he will frighten  away the people. They will leave off coming to me. It will be a loss to  them, and I

shall not know how to live.' 

So the godson turned back, and said to the robber: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  128



Top




Page No 131


'People come to me here, not to boast of their sins, but to repent,  and to pray for forgiveness. Repent of your

sins, if you fear God; but  if there is no repentance in your heart, then go away and never come  here again. Do

not trouble me, and do not frighten people away from me.  If you do not hearken, God will punish you.' 

The robber laughed: 

'I am not afraid of God, and I will not listen to you. You are not  my master,' said he. 'You live by your piety,

and I by my robbery. We  all must live. You may teach the old women who come to you, but you  have

nothing to teach me. And because you have reminded me of God, I  will kill two more men tomorrow. I would

kill you, but I do not want to  soil my hands just now. See that in future you keep out of my way!' 

Having uttered this threat, the robber rode away. He did not come  again, and the godson lived in peace, as

before, for eight more years. 

XI 

One night the godson watered his stumps, and, after returning to  his cell, he sat down to rest, and watched the

footpath, wondering if  some one would soon come. But no one came at all that day. He sat alone  till evening,

feeling lonely and dull, and he thought about his past  life. Ho remembered how the robber had reproached

him for living by his  piety; and he reflected on his way of life. 'I am not living as the  hermit commanded me

to,' thought he. 'The hermit laid a penance upon  me, and I have made both a living and fame out of it; and

have been so  tempted by it, that now I feel dull when people do not come to me; and  when they do come, I

only rejoice because they praise my holiness. That  is not how one should live. I have been led astray by love

of praise. I  have not atoned for my past sins, but have added fresh ones. I will go  to another part of the forest

where people will not find me; and I will  live so as to atone for my old sins and commit no fresh ones.' 

Having come to this conclusion the godson filled a bag with dried  bread and, taking a spade, left the cell and

started for a ravine he  knew of in a lonely spot, where he could dig himself a cave and hide  from the people. 

As he was going along with his bag and his spade he saw the robber  riding towards him. The godson was

frightened, and started to run away,  but the robber overtook him. 

'Where are you going?' asked the robber. 

The godson told him he wished to get away from the people and live  somewhere where no one would come

to him. This surprised the robber. 

'What will you live on, if people do not come to see you?' asked  he. 

The godson had not even thought of this, but the robber's question  reminded him that food would be

necessary. 

'On what God pleases to give me,' he replied. 

The robber said nothing, and rode away. 

'Why did I not say anything to him about his way of life?' thought  the godson. 'He might repent now. Today

he seems in a gentler mood,  and has not threatened to kill me.' And he shouted to the robber: 

'You have still to repent of your sins. You cannot escape from  God.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  129



Top




Page No 132


The robber turned his horse, and drawing a knife from his girdle  threatened the hermit with it. The latter was

alarmed, and ran away  further into the forest. 

The robber did not follow him, but only shouted: 

'Twice I have let you off, old man, but next time you come in my  way I will kill you!' 

Having said this, he rode away. In the evening when the godson went  to water his stumps  one of them was

sprouting! A little apple tree  was growing out of it. 

XII 

After hiding himself from everybody, the godson lived all alone.  When his supply of bread was exhausted, he

thought: 'Now I must go and  look for some roots to eat.' He had not gone far, however, before he  saw a bag of

dried bread hanging on a branch. He took it down, and as  long as it lasted he lived upon that. 

When he had eaten it all, he found another bagful on the same  branch. So he lived on, his only trouble being

his fear of the robber.  Whenever he heard the robber passing he hid thinking: 

'He may kill me before I have had time to atone for my sins.' 

In this way he lived for ten more years. The one appletree  continued to grow, but the other two stumps

remained exactly as they  were. 

One morning the godson rose early and went to his work. By the time  he had thoroughly moistened the

ground round the stumps, he was tired  out and sat down to rest. As he sat there he thought to himself: 

'I have sinned, and have become afraid of death. It may be God's  will that I should redeem my sins by death.' 

Hardly had this thought crossed his mind when he heard the robber  riding up, swearing at something. When

the godson heard this, he  thought: 

'No evil and no good can befall me from any one but from God.' 

And he went to meet the robber. He saw the robber was not alone,  but behind him on the saddle sat another

man, gagged, and bound hand  and foot. The man was doing nothing, but the robber was abusing him

violently. The godson went up and stood in front of the horse. 

'Where are you taking this man?' he asked. 

'Into the forest,' replied the robber. 'He is a merchant's son, and  will not tell me where his father's money is

hidden. I am going to flog  him till he tells me.' 

And the robber spurred on his horse, but the godson caught hold of  his bridle, and would not let him pass. 

'Let this man go!' he said. 

The robber grew angry, and raised his arm to strike. 

'Would you like a taste of what I am going to give this man? Have I  not promised to kill you? Let go!' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  130



Top




Page No 133


The godson was not afraid. 

'You shall not go,' said he. 'I do not fear you. I fear no one but  God, and He wills that I should not let you

pass. Set this man free!' 

The robber frowned, and snatching out his knife, cut the ropes with  which the merchant's son was bound, and

set him free. 

'Get away both of you,' he said, 'and beware hour you cross my path  again.' 

The merchant's son jumped down and ran away. The robber was about  to ride on, but the godson stopped him

again, and again spoke to him  about giving up his evil life. The robber heard him to the end in  silence, and

then rode away without a word. 

The next morning the godson went to water his stumps and lo! the  second stump was sprouting. A second

young appletree had begun to  grow. 

XIII 

Another ten years had gone by. The godson was sitting quietly one  day, desiring nothing, fearing nothing,

and with a heart full of joy. 

'What blessings God showers on men!' thought he. 'Yet how  needlessly they torment themselves. What

prevents them from living  happily?' 

And remembering all the evil in men, and the troubles they bring  upon themselves, his heart filled with pity. 

'It is wrong of me to live as I do,' he said to himself. 'I must go  and teach others what I have myself learnt.' 

Hardly had he thought this, when he heard the robber approaching.  He let him pass, thinking: 

'It is no good talking to him, he will not understand.' 

That was his first thought, but ho changed his mind and went out  into the road. He saw that the robber was

gloomy, and was riding with  downcast eyes. The godson looked at him, pitied him, and running up to  him

laid his hand upon his knee. 

'Brother, dear,' said he, 'have some pity on your own soul! In you  lives the spirit of God. You suffer, and

torment others, and lay up  more and more suffering for the future. Yet God loves you, and has  prepared such

blessings for you. Do not ruin yourself utterly. Change  your life!' 

The robber frowned and turned away. 

'Leave me alone!' said he. 

But the godson held the robber still faster, and began to weep. 

Then the robber lifted his eyes and looked at the godson. He looked  at him for a long time, and alighting from

his horse, fell on his knees  at the godson's feet. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

16. THE GODSON  131



Top




Page No 134


'You have overcome me, old man,' said he. 'For twenty years I have  resisted you, but now you have

conquered me. Do what you will with me,  for I have no more power over myself. When you first tried to

persuade  me, it only angered me more. Only when you hid yourself from men did I  begin to consider your

words: for I saw then that you asked nothing of  them for yourself. Since that day I have brought food for you,

hanging  it upon the tree.' 

Then the godson remembered that the woman got her table clean only  after she had rinsed her cloth. In the

same way, it was only when he  ceased caring about himself, and cleansed his own heart, that he was  able to

cleanse the hearts of others. 

The robber went on. 

'When I saw that you did not fear death, my heart turned.' 

Then the godson remembered that the wheelwrights could not bend  the rims until they had fixed their block.

So, not till he had cast  away the fear of death and made his life fast in God, could he subdue  this man's unruly

heart. 

'But my heart did not quite melt,' continued the robber, 'until you  pitied me and wept for me.' 

The godson, full of joy, led the robber to the place where the  stumps were. And when they got there, they saw

that from the third  stump an appletree had begun to sprout. And the godson remembered that  the drovers

had not been able to light the damp wood until the fire had  burnt up well. So it was only when his own heart

burnt warmly, that  another's heart had been kindled by it. 

And the godson was full of joy that he had at last atoned for his  sins. 

He told all this to the robber, and died. The robber buried him,  and lived as the godson had commanded him,

teaching to others what the  godson had taught him. 

1886. 

17. THE REPENTANT SINNER 

'And he said unto Jesus, Lord, remember me when thou comest into  thy Kingdom. And Jesus said unto him,

Verily I say unto thee, Today  shalt thou be with me in paradise.'  Luke xxiii. 42, 43. 

THERE was once a man who lived for seventy years in the world, and  lived in sin all that time. He fell ill but

even then did not repent.  Only at the last moment, as he was dying, he wept and said: 

'Lord! forgive me, as Thou forgavest the thief upon the cross.' 

And as he said these words, his soul left his body. And the soul of  the sinner, feeling love towards God and

faith in His mercy, went to  the gates of heaven and knocked, praying to be let into the heavenly  kingdom. 

Then a voice spoke from within the gate: 

'What man is it that knocks at the gates of Paradise and what deeds  did he do during his life?' 

And the voice of the Accuser replied, recounting all the man's evil  deeds, and not a single good one. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

17. THE REPENTANT SINNER  132



Top




Page No 135


And the voice from within the gates answered: 

'Sinners cannot enter into the kingdom of heaven. Go hence!' 

Then the man said: 

'Lord, I hear thy voice, but cannot see thy face, nor do I know thy  name.' 

The voice answered: 

'I am Peter, the Apostle.' 

And the sinner replied: 

'Have pity on me, Apostle Peter! Remember man's weakness, and God's  mercy. Wert not thou a disciple of

Christ? Didst not thou hear his  teaching from his own lips, and hadst thou not his example before thee?

Remember then how, when he sorrowed and was grieved in spirit, and  three times asked thee to keep awake

and pray, thou didst sleep,  because thine eyes were heavy, and three times he found thee sleeping.  So it was

with me. Remember, also, how thou didst promise to be  faithful unto death, and yet didst thrice deny him,

when he was taken  before Caiaphas. So it was with me. And remember, too, how when the  cock crowed thou

didst go out and didst weep bitterly. So it is with  me. Thou canst not refuse to let me in.' 

And the voice behind the gates was silent. 

Then the sinner stood a little while, and again began to knock, and  to ask to be let into the kingdom of

heaven. 

And he heard another voice behind the gates, which said: 

'Who is this man, and how did he live on earth?' 

And the voice of the Accuser again repeated all the sinner's evil  deeds, and not a single good one. 

And the voice from behind the gates replied: 

'Go hence! Such sinners cannot live with us in Paradise.' Then the  sinner said: 

'Lord, I hear thy voice, but I see thee not, nor do I know thy  name.' 

And the voice answered: 

'I am David; king and prophet.' 

The sinner did not despair, nor did he leave the gates of Paradise,  but said: 

Have pity on me, King David! Remember man's weakness, and God's  mercy. God loved thee and exalted thee

among men. Thou hadst all: a  kingdom, and honour, and riches, and wives, and children; but thou  sawest

from thy housetop the wife of a poor man, and sin entered into  thee, and thou tookest the wife of Uriah, and

didst slay him with the  sword of the Ammonites. Thou, a rich man, didst take from the poor man  his one ewe

lamb, and didst kill him. I have done likewise. Remember,  then, how thou didst repent, and how thou saidst,

"I acknowledge my  transgressions: my sin is ever before me?" I have done the same. Thou  canst not refuse to


TWENTYTHREE TALES

17. THE REPENTANT SINNER  133



Top




Page No 136


let me in.' 

And the voice from within the gates was silent. 

The sinner having stood a little while, began knocking again, and  asking to be let into the kingdom of heaven.

And a third voice was  heard within the gates, saying: 

'Who is this man, and how has he spent his life on earth?' 

And the voice of the Accuser replied for the third time, recounting  the sinner's evil deeds, and not mentioning

one good deed. 

And the voice within the gates said: 

'Depart hence! Sinners cannot enter into the kingdom of heaven.' 

And the sinner said: 

'Thy voice I hear, but thy face I see not, neither do I know thy  name.' 

Then the voice replied: 

'I am John the Divine, the beloved disciple of Christ.' 

And the sinner rejoiced and said: 

'Now surely I shall be allowed to enter. Peter and David must let  me in, because they know man's weakness

and God's mercy; and thou wilt  let me in, because thou lovest much. Was it not thou, John the Divine  who

wrote that God is Love, and that he who loves not, knows not God?  And in thine old age didst thou not say

unto men: "Brethren, love one  another." How, then, canst thou look on me with hatred, and drive me  away?

Either thou must renounce what thou hast said, or loving me, must  let me enter the kingdom of heaven.' 

And the gates of Paradise opened, and John embraced the repentant  sinner and took him into the kingdom of

heaven. 

1886. 

18. THE EMPTY DRUM 

(A FOLKTALE LONG CURRENT IN THE REGION OF THE VOLGA) 

EMELYAN was a labourer and worked for a master. Crossing the  meadows one day on his way to work, he

nearly trod on a frog that  jumped right in front of him, but he just managed to avoid it. Suddenly  he heard

some one calling to him from behind. 

Emelyan looked round and saw a lovely lassie, who said to him: 'Why  don't you get married, Emelyan?' 

'How can I marry, my lass?' said he. 'I have but the clothes I  stand up in, nothing more, and no one would

have me for a husband.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  134



Top




Page No 137


'Take me for a wife,' said she. 

Emelyan liked the maid. 'I should be glad to,' said he, 'but where  and how could we live?' 

'Why trouble about that?' said the girl. 'One only has to work more  and sleep less, and one can clothe and feed

oneself anywhere.' 

'Very well then, let us marry,' said Emelyan. 'Where shall we go  to?' 

'Let us go to town.' 

So Emelyan and the lass went to town, and she took him to a small  hut on the very edge of the town, and they

married and began  housekeeping. 

One day the King, driving through the town, passed by Emelyan's  hut. Emelyan's wife came out to see the

King. The King noticed her and  was quite surprised. 

'Where did such a beauty come from?' said he and stopping his  carriage he called Emelyan's wife and asked

her: 'Who are you?' 

'The peasant Emelyan's wife,' said she. 

'Why did you, who are such a beauty, marry a peasant?' said the  King. 'You ought to be a queen!' 

'Thank you for your kind words,' said she, 'but a peasant husband  is good enough for me.' 

The King talked to her awhile and then drove on. He returned to the  palace, but could not get Emelyan's wife

out of his head. All night he  did not sleep, but kept thinking how to get her for himself. He could  think of no

way of doing it, so he called his servants and told them  they must find a way. 

The King's servants said: 'Command Emelyan to come to the palace to  work, and we will work him so hard

that he will die. His wife will be  left a widow, and then you can take her for yourself.' 

The King followed their advice. He sent an order that Emelyan  should come to the palace as a workman and

that he should live at the  palace, and his wife with him. 

The messengers came to Emelyan and gave him the King's message. His  wife said, 'Go, Emelyan; work all

day, but come back home at night.' 

So Emelyan went, and when he got to the palace the King's steward  asked him, 'Why have you come alone,

without your wife?' 

'Why should I drag her about?' said Emelyan. 'She has a house to  live in.' 

At the King's palace they gave Emelyan work enough for two. He  began the job not hoping to finish it; but

when evening came, lo and  behold! it was all done. The steward saw that it was finished, and set  him four

times as much for next day. 

Emelyan went home. Everything there was swept and tidy; the oven  was heated, his supper was cooked and

ready, and his wife sat by the  table sewing and waiting for his return. She greeted him, laid the  table, gave

him to eat and drink, and then began to ask him about his  work. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  135



Top




Page No 138


'Ah!' said he, 'it's a bad business: they give me tasks beyond my  strength, and want to kill me with work.' 

'Don't fret about the work,' said she, 'don't look either before or  behind to see how much you have done or

how much there is left to do;  only keep on working and all will be right.' 

So Emelyan lay down and slept. Next morning he went to work again  and worked without once looking

round. And, lo and behold! by the  evening it was all done, and before dark he came home for the night. 

Again and again they increased Emelyan's work, but he always got  through it in good time and went back to

his hut to sleep. A week  passed, and the King's servants saw they could not crush him with rough  work so

they tried giving him work that required skill. But this, also,  was of no avail. Carpentering, and masonry, and

roofing, whatever they  set him to do, Emelyan had it ready in time, and went home to his wife  at night. So a

second week passed. 

Then the King called his servants and said: 'Am I to feed you for  nothing? Two weeks have gone, and I don't

see that you have done  anything. You were going to tire Emelyan out with work, but I see from  my windows

how he goes home every evening  singing cheerfully! Do you  mean to make a fool of me?' 

The King's servants began to excuse themselves. 'We tried our best  to wear him out with rough work,' they

said, 'but nothing was too hard  for him; he cleared it all off as though he had swept it away with a  broom.

There was no tiring him out. Then we set him to tasks needing  skill, which we did not think he was clever

enough to do, but he  managed them all. No matter what one sets him, he does it all, no one  knows how.

Either he or his wife must know some spell that helps them.  We ourselves are sick of him, and wish to find a

task he cannot master.  We have now thought of setting him to build a cathedral in a single  day. Send for

Emelyan, and order him to build a cathedral in front of  the palace in a single day. Then, if he does not do it,

let his head be  cut off for disobedience.' 

The King sent for Emelyan. 'Listen to my command,' said he: 'build  me a new cathedral on the square in front

of my palace, and have it  ready by tomorrow evening. If you have it ready I will reward you, but  if not I will

have your head cut off.' 

When Emelyan heard the King's command he turned away and went home.  'My end is near,' thought he. And

coming to his wife, he said: 'Get  ready, wife we must fly from here, or I shall be lost by no fault of my  own.' 

'What has frightened you so?' said she, 'and why should we run  away?' 

'How can I help being frightened? The King has ordered me,  tomorrow, in a single day, to build him a

cathedral. If I fail he will  cut my head off. There is only one thing to be done: we must fly while  there is yet

time.' 

But his wife would not hear of it. 'The King has many soldiers,'  said she. 'They would catch us anywhere. We

cannot escape from him, but  must obey him as long as strength holds out.' 

'How can I obey him when the task is beyond my strength?' 

'Eh, goodman, don't be downhearted. Eat your supper now, and go to  sleep. Rise early in the morning and all

will get done.' 

So Emelyan lay down and slept. His wife roused him early next day.  'Go quickly,' said she, 'and finish the

cathedral. Here are nails and a  hammer; there is still enough work there for a day.' 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  136



Top




Page No 139


Emelyan went into the town, reached the palace square, and there  stood a large cathedral not quite finished.

Emelyan set to work to do  what was needed, and by the evening all was ready. 

When the King awoke he looked out from his palace, and saw the  cathedral, and Emelyan going about

driving in nails here and there. And  the King was not pleased to have the cathedral  he was annoyed at not

being able to condemn Emelyan and take his wife. Again he called his  servants. 'Emelyan has done this task

also,' said the King, 'and there  is no excuse for putting him to death. Even this work was not too hard  for him.

You must find a more cunning plan, or I will cut off your  heads as well as his.' 

So his servants planned that Emelyan should be ordered to make a  river round the palace, with ships sailing

on it. And the King sent for  Emelyan and set him this new task. 

'If,' said he, 'you could build a cathedral in one night, you can  also do this. Tomorrow all must be ready. If

not, I will have your  head off.' 

Emelyan was more downcast than before, and returned to his wife sad  at heart. 

'Why are you so sad?' said his wife. 'Has the King set you a fresh  task?' 

Emelyan told her about it. 'We must fly,' said he. 

But his wife replied: 'There is no escaping the soldiers; they will  catch us wherever we go. There is nothing

for it but to obey.' 

'How can I do it?' groaned Emelyan. 

'Eh! eh! goodman,' said she, 'don't be downhearted. Eat your supper  now, and go to sleep. Rise early, and all

will get done in good time.' 

So Emelyan lay down and slept. In the morning his wife woke him.  'Go,' said she 'to the palace  all is

ready. Only, near the wharf in  front of the palace, there is a mound left; take a spade and level it. 

When the King awoke he saw a river where there had not been one;  ships were sailing up and down, and

Emelyan was levelling a mound with  a spade. The King wondered, but was pleased neither with the river nor

with the ships, so vexed was he at not being able to condemn Emelyan.  'There is no task,' thought he, 'that he

cannot manage. What is to be  done?' And he called his servants and again asked their advice. 

'Find some task,' said he, 'which Emelyan cannot compass. For  whatever we plan he fulfils, and I cannot take

his wife from him.' 

The King's servants thought and thought, and at last devised a  plan. They came to the King and said: 'Send

for Emelyan and say to him:  "Go to there, don't know where," and bring back "that, don't know  what." Then

he will not be able to escape you. No matter where he goes,  you can say that he has not gone to the right

place, and no matter what  he brings, you can say it is not the right thing. Then you can have him  beheaded

and can take his wife.' 

The King was pleased. 'That is well thought of,' said he. So the  King sent for Emelyan and said to him: 'Go to

"there, don't know  where," and bring back "that, don't know what." If you fail to bring  it, I will have you

beheaded.' 

Emelyan returned to his wife and told her what the King had said.  His wife became thoughtful. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  137



Top




Page No 140


'Well,' said she, 'they have taught the King how to catch you. Now  we must act warily.' So she sat and

thought, and at last said to her  husband: 'You must go far, to our Grandam  the old peasant woman, the

mother of soldiers  and you must ask her aid. If she helps you to  anything, go straight to the palace with it,

I shall be there: I cannot  escape them now. They will take me by force, but it will not be for  long. If you do

everything as Grandam directs, you will soon save me.' 

So the wife got her husband ready for the journey. She gave him a  wallet, and also a spindle. 'Give her this,'

said she. 'By this token  she will know that you are my husband.' And his wife showed him his  road. 

Emelyan set off. He left the town behind, and came to where some  soldiers were being drilled. Emelyan stood

and watched them. After  drill the soldiers sat down to rest. Then Emelyan went up to them and  asked: 'Do

you know, brothers, the way to "there, don't know where?"  and how I can get "that, don't know what?"' 

The soldiers listened to him with surprise. 'Who sent you on this  errand?' said they 

'The King,' said he. 

'We ourselves,' said they, 'from the day we became soldiers, go we  "don't know where," and never yet have

we got there; and we seek we  "don't know what," and cannot find it. We cannot help you.' 

Emelyan sat a while with the soldiers and then went on again. He  trudged many a mile, and at last came to a

wood. In the wood was a hut,  and in the hut sat an old, old woman, the mother of peasant soldiers,  spinning

flax and weeping. And as she spun she did not put her fingers  to her mouth to wet them with spittle, but to

her eyes to wet them with  tears. When the old woman saw Emelyan she cried out at him: 'Why have  you

come here?' Then Emelyan gave her the spindle, and said his wife  had sent it. 

The old woman softened at once, and began to question him. And  Emelyan told her his whole life: how he

married the lass; how they went  to live in the town; how he had worked, and what he had done at the  palace;

how he built the cathedral, and made a river with ships on it,  and how the King had now told him to go to

'there, don't know where,  and bring back 'that, don't know what.' 

The Grandam listened to the end, and ceased weeping. She muttered  to herself: 'The time has surely come,'

and said to him: 'All right, my  lad. Sit down now, and I will give you something to eat.' 

Emelyan ate, and then the Grandam told him what to do. 'Here,' said  she, 'is a ball of thread; roll it before

you, and follow where it  goes. You must go far till you come right to the sea. When you get  there you will

see a great city. Enter the city and ask for a night's  lodging at the furthest house. There look out for what you

are  seeking.' 

'How shall I know it when I see it, Granny?' said he. 

'When you see something men obey more than father or mother, that  is it. Seize that, and take it to the King.

When you bring it to the  King, he will say it is not right, and you must answer: "If it is not  the right thing it

must be smashed," and you must beat it, and carry it  to the river, break it in pieces, and throw it into the

water. Then you  will get your wife back and my tears will be dried.' 

Emelyan bade farewell to the Grandam and began rolling his ball  before him. It rolled and rolled until at last

it reached the sea. By  the sea stood a great city, and at the further end of the city was a  big house. There

Emelyan begged for a night's lodging, and was granted  it. He lay down to sleep, and in the morning awoke

and heard a father  rousing his son to go and cut wood for the fire. But the son did not  obey. 'It is too early,'

said he, 'there is time enough.' Then Emelyan  heard the mother say, 'Go, my son, your father's bones ache;


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  138



Top




Page No 141


would you  have him go himself? It is time to be up!' 

But the son only murmured some words and fell asleep again. Hardly  was he asleep when something

thundered and rattled in the street. Up  jumped the son and quickly putting on his clothes ran out into the

street. Up jumped Emelyan, too, and ran after him to see what it was  that a son obeys more than father or

mother. What he saw was a man  walking along the street carrying, tied to his stomach, a thing which  he beat

with sticks, and that it was that rattled and thundered so, and  that the son had obeyed. Emelyan ran up and

had a look at it. He saw it  was round, like a small tub, with a skin stretched over both ends, and  he asked what

it was called. 

He was told, 'A drum.' 

'And is it empty?' 

'Yes, it is empty.' 

Emelyan was surprised. He asked them to give the thing to him, but  they would not. So Emelyan left off

asking, and followed the drummer.  All day he followed, and when the drummer at last lay down to sleep,

Emelyan snatched the drum from him and ran away with it. 

He ran and ran, till at last he got back to his own town. He went  to see his wife, but she was not at home. The

day after he went away,  the King had taken her. So Emelyan went to the palace, and sent in a  message to the

King: 'He has returned who went to "there, don't know  where," and he has brought with him "that, don't know

what."' 

They told the King, and the King said he was to come again next  day. 

But Emelyan said, 'Tell the King I am here today, and have brought  what the King wanted. Let him come

out to me, or I will go in to him!' 

The King came out. 'Where have you been?' said he. 

Emelyan told him. 

'That's not the right place,' said the King. 'What have you  brought?' 

Emelyan pointed to the drum, but the King did not look at it. 

'That is not it.' 

'If it is not the right thing,' said Emelyan, 'it must be smashed,  and may the devil take it!' 

And Emelyan left the palace, carrying the drum and beating it. And  as he beat it all the King's army ran out to

follow Emelyan, and they  saluted him and waited his commands. 

The King, from his window, began to shout at his army telling them  not to follow Emelyan. They did not

listen to what he said, but all  followed Emelyan. 

When the King saw that, he gave orders that Emelyan's wife should  be taken back to him, and he sent to ask

Emelyan to give him the drum. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

18. THE EMPTY DRUM  139



Top




Page No 142


'It can't be done,' said Emelyan. 'I was told to smash it and to  throw the splinters into the river.' 

So Emelyan went down to the river carrying the drum, and the  soldiers followed him. When he reached the

river bank Emelyan smashed  the drum to splinters, and threw the splinters into the stream. And  then all the

soldiers ran away. 

Emelyan took his wife and went home with her. And after that the  King ceased to trouble him; and so they

lived happily ever after. 

1891. 

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH 

19. THE COFFEEHOUSE OF SURAT 

(AFTER BERNARDIN DE SENTPIERRE.) 

IN the town of Surat, in India, was a coffeehouse where many  travellers and foreigners from all parts of the

world met and  conversed. 

One day a learned Persian theologian visited this coffeehouse. He  was a man who had spent his life

studying the nature of the Deity, and  reading and writing books upon the subject. He had thought, read, and

written so much about God, that eventually he lost his wits became  quite confused, and ceased even to

believe in the existence of a God.  The Shah, hearing of this, had banished him from Persia. 

After having argued all his life about the First Cause, this  unfortunate theologian had ended by quite

perplexing himself, and  instead of understanding that he had lost his own reason, he began to  think that there

was no higher Reason controlling the universe. 

This man had an African slave who followed him everywhere. When the  theologian entered the coffeehouse,

the slave remained outside, near  the door sitting on a stone in the glare of the sun, and driving away  the flies

that buzzed around him. The Persian having settled down on a  divan in the coffeehouse, ordered himself a

cup of opium. When he had  drunk it and the opium had begun to quicken the workings of his brain,  he

addressed his slave through the open door: 

'Tell me, wretched slave,' said he, 'do you think there is a God,  or not?' 

'Of course there is,' said the slave, and immediately drew from  under his girdle a small idol of wood. 

'There,' said he, 'that is the God who has guarded me from the day  of my birth. Every one in our country

worships the fetish tree, from  the wood of which this God was made.' 

This conversation between the theologian and his slave was listened  to with surprise by the other guests in the

coffeehouse. They were  astonished at the master's question, and yet more so at the slave's  reply. 

One of them, a Brahmin, on hearing the words spoken by the slave,  turned to him and said: 

'Miserable fool! Is it possible you believe that God can be carried  under a man's girdle? There is one God 

Brahma, and he is greater  than the whole world, for he created it. Brahma is the One, the mighty  God, and in

His honour are built the temples on the Ganges' banks,  where his true priests, the Brahmins, worship him.


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH  140



Top




Page No 143


They know the true  God, and none but they. A thousand score of years have passed, and yet  through

revolution after revolution these priests have held their sway,  because Brahma, the one true God, has

protected them.' 

So spoke the Brahmin, thinking to convince every one; but a Jewish  broker who was present replied to him,

and said: 

'No! the temple of the true God is not in India. Neither does God  protect the Brahmin caste. The true God is

not the God of the Brahmins,  but of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. None does He protect but His chosen  people,

the Israelites. From the commencement of the world, our nation  has been beloved of Him, and ours alone. If

we are now scattered over  the whole earth it is but to try us; for God has promised that He will  one day gather

His people together in Jerusalem. Then, with the Temple  of Jerusalem  the wonder of the ancient world 

restored to its  splendour, shall Israel be established a ruler over all nations.' 

So spoke the Jew, and burst into tears. He wished to say more, but  an Italian missionary who was there

interrupted him. 

'What you are saying is untrue,' said he to the Jew. 'You attribute  injustice to God. He cannot love your nation

above the rest. Nay  rather, even if it be true that of old He favoured the Israelites, it  is now nineteen hundred

years since they angered Him, and caused Him to  destroy their nation and scatter them over the earth, so that

their  faith makes no converts and has died out except here and there. God  shows preference to no nation, but

calls all who wish to be saved to  the bosom of the Catholic Church of Rome, the one outside whose borders

no salvation can be found.' 

So spoke the Italian. But a Protestant minister who happened to be  present, growing pale, turned to the

Catholic missionary and exclaimed: 

'How can you say that salvation belongs to your religion? Those  only will be saved, who serve God according

to the Gospel, in spirit  and in truth, as bidden by the word of Christ.' 

Then a Turk, an officeholder in the customhouse at Surat, who was  sitting in the coffeehouse smoking a

pipe, turned with an air of  superiority to both the Christians. 

'Your belief in your Roman religion is vain,' said he. 'It was  superseded twelve hundred years ago by the true

faith: that of  Mohammed! You cannot but observe how the true Mohammedan faith  continues to spread both

in Europe and Asia, and even in the  enlightened country of China. You say yourselves that God has rejected

the Jews; and, as a proof, you quote the fact that the Jews are  humiliated and their faith does not spread.

Confess then the truth of  Mohammedanism, for it is triumphant and spreads far and wide. None will  be saved

but the followers of Mohammed, God's latest prophet; and of  them, only the followers of Omar, and not of

Ali, for the latter are  false to the faith.' 

To this the Persian theologian, who was of the sect of Ali, wished  to reply; but by this time a great dispute

had arisen among all the  strangers of different faiths and creeds present. There were Abyssinian  Christians,

Llamas from Thibet, Ismailians and Fireworshippers. They  all argued about the nature of God, and how He

should be worshipped.  Each of them asserted that in his country alone was the true God known  and rightly

worshipped. 

Every one argued and shouted, except a Chinaman, a student of  Confucius, who sat quietly in one corner of

the coffeehouse, not  joining in the dispute. He sat there drinking tea and listening to what  the others said,

but did not speak himself. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH  141



Top




Page No 144


The Turk noticed him sitting there, and appealed to him, saying: 

'You can confirm what I say, my good Chinaman. You hold your peace,  but if you spoke I know you would

uphold my opinion. Traders from your  country, who come to me for assistance, tell me that though many

religions have been introduced into China, you Chinese consider  Mohammedanism the best of all, and adopt

it willingly. Confirm, then,  my words, and tell us your opinion of the true God and of His prophet.' 

'Yes, yes,' said the rest, turning to the Chinaman, 'let us hear  what you think on the subject.' 

The Chinaman, the student of Confucius, closed his eyes, and  thought a while. Then he opened them again,

and drawing his hands out  of the wide sleeves of his garment, and folding them on his breast, he  spoke as

follows, in a calm and quiet voice. 

Sirs, it seems to me that it is chiefly pride that prevents men  agreeing with one another on matters of faith. If

you care to listen to  me, I will tell you a story which will explain this by an example. 

I came here from China on an English steamer which had been round  the world. We stopped for fresh water,

and landed on the east coast of  the island of Sumatra. It was midday, and some of us, having landed,  sat in

the shade of some coconut palms by the seashore, not far from a  native village. We were a party of men of

different nationalities. 

As we sat there, a blind man approached us. We learnt afterwards  that he had gone blind from gazing too

long and too persistently at the  sun, trying to find out what it is, in order to seize its light. 

He strove a long time to accomplish this, constantly looking at the  sun; but the only result was that his eyes

were injured by its  brightness, and he became blind. 

Then he said to himself: 

'The light of the sun is not a liquid; for if it were a liquid it  would be possible to pour it from one vessel into

another, and it would  be moved, like water, by the wind. Neither is it fire; for if it were  fire, water would

extinguish it. Neither is light a spirit, for it is  seen by the eye, nor is it matter, for it cannot be moved.

Therefore,  as the light of the sun is neither liquid, nor fire, nor spirit, nor  matter, it is  nothing!' 

So he argued, and, as a result of always looking at the sun and  always thinking about it, he lost both his sight

and his reason. And  when he went quite blind, he became fully convinced that the sun did  not exist. 

With this blind man came a slave, who after placing his master in  the shade of a coconut tree, picked up a

coconut from the ground, and  began making it into a nightlight. He twisted a wick from the fibre of  the

coconut: squeezed oil from the nut into the shell, and soaked the  wick in it. 

As the slave sat doing this, the blind man sighed and said to him: 

'Well, slave, was I not right when I told you there is no sun? Do  you not see how dark it is? Yet people say

there is a sun. . . . But if  so, what is it?' 

'I do not know what the sun is,' said the slave 'That is no  business of mine. But I know what light is. Here, I

have made a  nightlight, by the help of which I can serve you and find anything I  want in the hut.' 

And the slave picked up the coconut shell, saying: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH  142



Top




Page No 145


'This is my sun.' 

A lame man with crutches, who was sitting near by heard these  words, and laughed: 

'You have evidently been blind all your life,' said he to the blind  man, 'not to know what the sun is, I will tell

you what it is. The sun  is a ball of fire, which rises every morning out of the sea and goes  down again among

the mountains of our island each evening. We have all  seen this, and if you had had your eyesight you too

would have seen  it.' 

A fisherman, who had been listening to the conversation, said: 

'It is plain enough that you have never been beyond your own  island. If you were not lame, and if you had

been out as I have in a  fishingboat, you would know that the sun does not set among the  mountains of our

island, but as it rises from the ocean every morning  so it sets again in the sea every night. What I am telling

you is true,  for I see it every day with my own eyes.' 

Then an Indian who was of our party, interrupted him by saying: 

'I am astonished that a reasonable man should talk such nonsense.  How can a ball of fire possibly descend

into the water and not be  extinguished? The sun is not a ball of fire at all, it is the Deity  named Deva who

rides for ever in a chariot round the golden mountain,  Meru. Sometimes the evil serpents Ragu and Ketu

attack Deva and swallow  him: and then the earth is dark. But our priests pray that the Deity  may be released,

and then he is set free. Only such ignorant men as  you, who have never been beyond their own island, can

imagine that the  sun shines for their country alone.' 

Then the master of an Egyptian vessel, who was present, spoke in  his turn. 

'No,' said he, 'you also are wrong. The sun is not a Deity, and  does not move only round India and its golden

mountain. I have sailed  much on the Black Sea, and along the coasts of Arabia, and have been to  Madagascar

and to the Philippines. The sun lights the whole earth, and  not India alone. It does not circle round one

mountain, but rises far  in the east, beyond the Isles of Japan, and sets far, far away in the  west, beyond the

islands of England. That is why the Japanese call  their country "Nippon," that is "the birth of the sun." I know

this  well, for I have myself seen much, and heard more from my grandfather,  who sailed to the very ends of

the sea.' 

He would have gone on, but an English sailor from our ship  interrupted him. 

'There is no country,' he said, 'where people know so much about  the sun's movements as in England. The

sun, as every one in England  knows, rises nowhere and sets nowhere. It is always moving round the  earth.

We can be sure of this for we have just been round the world  ourselves, and nowhere knocked up against the

sun. Wherever we went,  the sun showed itself in the morning and hid itself at night, just as  it does here.' 

And the Englishman took a stick and, drawing circles on the sand,  tried to explain how the sun moves in the

heavens and goes round the  world. But he was unable to explain it clearly, and pointing to the  ship's pilot

said: 

'This man knows more about it than I do. He can explain it  properly.' 

The pilot, who was an intelligent man, had listened in silence to  the talk till he was asked to speak. Now

every one turned to him, and  he said: 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH  143



Top




Page No 146


'You are all misleading one another, and are yourselves deceived.  The sun does not go round the earth, but

the earth goes round the sun,  revolving as it goes and turning towards the sun in the course of each

twentyfour hours, not only Japan, and the Philippines and Sumatra  where we now are, but Africa, and

Europe and America, and many lands  besides. The sun does not shine for some one mountain, or for some

one  island, or for some one sea, nor even for one earth alone, but for  other planets as well as our earth. If you

would only look up at the  heavens, instead of at the ground beneath your own feet, you might all  understand

this, and would then no longer suppose that the sun shines  for you, or for your country alone.' 

Thus spoke the wise pilot, who had voyaged much about the world,  and had gazed much upon the heavens

above. 

'So on matters of faith,' continued the Chinaman the student of  Confucius, 'it is pride that causes error and

discord among men. As  with the sun, so it is with God. Each man wants to have a special God  of his own, or

at least a special God for his native land. Each nation  wishes to confine in its own temples Him, whom the

world cannot  contain. 

'Can any temple compare with that which God Himself has built to  unite all men in one faith and one

religion? 

'All human temples are built on the model of this temple, which is  God's own world. Every temple has its

fonts, its vaulted roof, its  lamps, its pictures or sculptures, its inscriptions, its books of the  law, its offerings,

its altars and its priests. But in what temple is  there such a font as the ocean; such a vault as that of the

heavens;  such lamps as the sun, moon, and stars; or any figures to be compared  with living, loving,

mutuallyhelpful men? Where are there any records  of God's goodness so easy to understand as the blessings

which God has  strewn abroad for man's happiness? Where is there any book of the law  so clear to each man

as that written in his heart? What sacrifices  equal the selfdenials which loving men and women make for

one another?  And what altar can be compared with the heart of a good man, on which  God Himself accepts

the sacrifice? 

'The higher a man's conception of God, the better will he know Him.  And the better he knows God, the nearer

will he draw to Him, imitating  His goodness, His mercy, and His love of man. 

'Therefore, let him who sees the sun's whole light filling the  world, refrain from blaming or despising the

superstitious man, who in  his own idol sees one ray of that same light. Let him not despise even  the

unbeliever who is blind and cannot see the sun at all.' 

So spoke the Chinaman, the student of Confucius; and all who were  present in the coffeehouse were silent,

and disputed no more as to  whose faith was the best. 

1893. 

20. TOO DEAR! 

(TOLSTOY'S ADAPTATION OF A STORY BY GUY DE MAUPASSANT. ) 

NEAR the borders of France and Italy, on the shore of the  Mediterranean Sea, lies a tiny little kingdom called

Monaco. Many a  small country town can boast more inhabitants than this kingdom, for  there are only about

seven thousand of them all told, and if all the  land in the kingdom were divided there would not be an acre for

each  inhabitant. But in this toy kingdom there is a real kinglet; and he has  a palace, and courtiers, and

ministers, and a bishop, and generals, and  an army. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

20. TOO DEAR!  144



Top




Page No 147


It is not a large army, only sixty men in all, but still it is an  army. There were also taxes in this kingdom as

elsewhere: a tax on  tobacco, and on wine and spirits and a polltax. But though the people  there drink and

smoke as people do in other countries, there are so few  of them that the King would have been hard put to it

to feed his  courtiers and officials and to keep himself, if he had not found a new  and special source of

revenue. This special revenue comes from a gaming  house, where people play roulette. People play, and

whether they win or  lose the keeper always gets a percentage on the turnover; and out of  his profits he pays a

large sum to the King. The reason he pays so much  is that it is the only such gambling establishment left in

Europe. Some  of the little German Sovereigns used to keep gaming houses of the same  kind, but some years

ago they were forbidden to do so. The reason they  were stopped was because these gaming houses did so

much harm. A man  would come and try his luck, then he would risk all he had and lose it,  then he would

even risk money that did not belong to him and lose that  too, and then, in despair, he would drown or shoot

himself. So the  Germans forbade their rulers to make money in this way; but there was  no one to stop the

King of Monaco, and he remained with a monopoly of  the business. 

So now every one who wants to gamble goes to Monaco. Whether they  win or lose, the King gains by it. 'You

can't earn stone palaces by  honest labour,' as the proverb says; and the Kinglet of Monaco knows it  is a dirty

business, but what is he to do? He has to live; and to draw  a revenue from drink and from tobacco is also not

a nice thing. So he  lives and reigns, and rakes in the money, and holds his court with all  the ceremony of a

real king. 

He has his coronation, his levees; he rewards, sentences, and  pardons, and he also has his reviews, councils,

laws, and courts of  justice: just like other kings, only all on a smaller scale. 

Now it happened a few years ago that a murder was committed in this  toy King's domains. The people of that

kingdom are peaceable, and such  a thing had not happened before. The judges assembled with much

ceremony and tried the case in the most judicial manner. There were  judges, and prosecutors, and jurymen,

and barristers. They argued and  judged, and at last they condemned the criminal to have his head cut  off as

the law directs. So far so good. Next they submitted the  sentence to the King. The King read the sentence and

confirmed it. 'If  the fellow must be executed, execute him.' 

There was only one hitch in the matter; and that was that they had  neither a guillotine for cutting heads off,

nor an executioner. The  Ministers considered the matter, and decided to address an inquiry to  the French

Government, asking whether the French could not lend them a  machine and an expert to cut off the criminal's

head; and if so, would  the French kindly inform them what the cost would be. The letter was  sent. A week

later the reply came: a machine and an expert could be  supplied, and the cost would be 16,000 francs. This

was laid before the  King. He thought it over. Sixteen thousand francs! 'The wretch is not  worth the money,'

said he. 'Can't it be done, somehow, cheaper? Why  16,000 francs is more than two francs a head on the whole

population.  The people won't stand it, and it may cause a riot!' 

So a Council was called to consider what could be done; and it was  decided to send a similar inquiry to the

King of Italy. The French  Government is republican, and has no proper respect for kings; but the  King of

Italy was a brother monarch, and might be induced to do the  thing cheaper. So the letter was written, and a

prompt reply was  received. 

The Italian Government wrote that they would have pleasure in  supplying both a machine and an expert; and

the whole cost would be  12,000 francs, including travelling expenses. This was cheaper, but  still it seemed

too much. The rascal was really not worth the money. It  would still mean nearly two francs more per head on

the taxes. Another  Council was called. They discussed and considered how it could be done  with less

expense. Could not one of the soldiers perhaps be got to do  it in a rough and homely fashion? The General

was called and was asked:  'Can't you find us a soldier who would cut the man's head off? In war  they don't

mind killing people. In fact, that is what they are trained  for.' So the General talked it over with the soldiers to


TWENTYTHREE TALES

20. TOO DEAR!  145



Top




Page No 148


see whether  one of them would not undertake the job. But none of the soldiers would  do it. 'No,' they said,

'we don't know how to do it; it is not a thing  we have been taught.' 

What was to be done? Again the Ministers considered and  reconsidered. They assembled a Commission, and

a Committee, and a  SubCommittee, and at last they decided that the best thing would be to  alter the death

sentence to one of imprisonment for life. This would  enable the King to show his mercy, and it would come

cheaper. 

The King agreed to this, and so the matter was arranged. The only  hitch now was that there was no suitable

prison for a man sentenced for  life. There was a small lockup where people were sometimes kept

temporarily, but there was no strong prison fit for permanent use.  However, they managed to find a place that

would do, and they put the  young fellow there and placed a guard over him. The guard had to watch  the

criminal, and had also to fetch his food from the palace kitchen. 

The prisoner remained there month after month till a year had  passed. But when a year had passed, the

Kinglet, looking over the  account of his income and expenditure one day, noticed a new item of  expenditure.

This was for the keep of the criminal; nor was it a small  item either. There was a special guard, and there was

also the man's  food. It came to more than 600 francs a year. And the worst of it was  that the fellow was still

young and healthy, and might live for fifty  years. When one came to reckon it up, the matter was serious. It

would  never do. So the King summoned his Ministers and said to them: 

'You must find some cheaper way of dealing with this rascal. The  present plan is too expensive.' And the

Ministers met and considered  and reconsidered, till one of them said: 'Gentlemen, in my opinion we  must

dismiss the guard.' 'But then,' rejoined another Minister, 'the  fellow will run away.' 'Well,' said the first

speaker, 'let him run  away, and be hanged to him!' So they reported the result of their  deliberations to the

Kinglet, and he agreed with them. The guard was  dismissed, and they waited to see what would happen. All

that happened  was that at dinnertime the criminal came out, and, not finding his  guard, he went to the King's

kitchen to fetch his own dinner. He took  what was given him, returned to the prison, shut the door on himself,

and stayed inside. Next day the same thing occurred. He went for his  food at the proper time; but as for

running away, he did not show the  least sign of it! What was to be done? They considered the matter  again. 

'We shall have to tell him straight out,' said they 'that we do not  want to keep him.' So the Minister of Justice

had him brought before  him. 

'Why do you not run away?' said the Minister. 'There is no guard to  keep you. You can go where you like,

and the King will not mind.' 

'I daresay the King would not mind,' replied the man, 'but I have  nowhere to go. What can I do? You have

ruined my character by your  sentence, and people will turn their backs on me. Besides, I have got  out of the

way of working. You have treated me badly. It is not fair.  In the first place, when once you sentenced me to

death you ought to  have executed me; but you did not do it. That is one thing. I did not  complain about that.

Then you sentenced me to imprisonment for life and  put a guard to bring me my food; but after a time you

took him away  again and I had to fetch my own food. Again I did not complain. But now  you actually want

me to go away! I can't agree to that. You may do as  you like, but I won't go away!' 

What was to be done? Once more the Council was summoned. What  course could they adopt? The man

would not go. They reflected and  considered. The only way to get rid of him was to offer him a pension.  And

so they reported to the King. 'There is nothing else for it,' said  they; 'we must get rid of him somehow.' The

sum fixed was 600 francs,  and this was announced to the prisoner. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

20. TOO DEAR!  146



Top




Page No 149


'Well,' said he, 'I don't mind, so long as you undertake to pay it  regularly. On that condition I am willing to

go.' 

So the matter was settled. He received onethird of his annuity in  advance, and left the King's dominions. It

was only a quarter of an  hour by rail; and he emigrated, and settled just across the frontier,  where he bought a

bit of land, started marketgardening, and now lives  comfortably. He always goes at the proper time to draw

his pension.  Having received it, he goes to the gaming tables, stakes two or three  francs, sometimes wins and

sometimes loses, and then returns home. He  lives peaceably and well. 

It is a good thing that he did not commit his crime in a country  where they do not grudge expense to cut a

man's head off, or to keeping  him in prison for life. 

1897. 

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED

JEWS 

21. ESARHADDON, KING OF ASSYRIA[23] 

THE Assyrian King, Esarhaddon, had conquered the kingdom of King  Lailie, had destroyed and burnt the

towns, taken all the inhabitants  captive to his own country, slaughtered the warriors, beheaded some

chieftains and impaled or flayed others, and had confined King Lailie  himself in a cage. 

As he lay on his bed one night, King Esarhaddon was thinking how he  should execute Lailie, when suddenly

he heard a rustling near his bed,  and opening his eyes saw an old man with a long grey bead and mild  eyes. 

'You wish to execute Lailie?' asked the old man. 

'Yes,' answered the King. 'But I cannot make up my mind how to do  it.' 

'But you are Lailie,' said the old man. 

'That's not true,' replied the King. 'Lailie is Lailie, and I am  I.' 

'You and Lailie are one,' said the old man. 'You only imagine you  are not Lailie, and that Lailie is not you.' 

'What do you mean by that?' said the King. 'Here am I, lying on a  soft bed; around me are obedient

menslaves and womenslaves, and  tomorrow I shall feast with my friends as I did today; whereas Lailie

is sitting like a bird in a cage, and tomorrow he will be impaled, and  with his tongue hanging out will

struggle till he dies, and his body  will be torn in pieces by dogs.' 

'You cannot destroy his life,' said the old man. 

'And how about the fourteen thousand warriors I killed, with whose  bodies I built a mound?' said the King. 'I

am alive, but they no longer  exist. Does not that prove that I can destroy life?' 

'How do you know they no longer exist?' 

'Because I no longer see them. And, above all, they were tormented,  but I was not. It was ill for them, but


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS  147



Top




Page No 150


well for me.' 

'That, also, only seems so to you. You tortured yourself, but not  them.' 

'I do not understand,' said the King. 

'Do you wish to understand?' 

'Yes, I do.' 

'Then come here,' said the old man, pointing to a large font full  of water. 

The King rose and approached the font. 

'Strip, and enter the font.' 

Esarhaddon did as the old man bade him. 

'As soon as I begin to pour this water over you,' said the old man,  filling a pitcher with the water, 'dip down

your head.' 

The old man tilted the pitcher over the King's head and the King  bent his head till it was under water. 

And as soon as King Esarhaddon was under the water he felt that he  was no longer Esarhaddon, but some one

else. And, feeling himself to be  that other man, he saw himself lying on a rich bed, beside a beautiful  woman.

He had never seen her before, but he knew she was his wife. The  woman raised herself and said to him: 

'Dear husband, Lailie! You were wearied by yesterday's work and  have slept longer than usual, and I have

guarded your rest, and have  not roused you. But now the Princes await you in the Great Hall. Dress  and go

out to them.' 

And Esarhaddon  understanding from these words that he was  Lailie, and not feeling at all surprised at

this, but only wondering  that he did not know it before  rose, dressed, and went into the  Great Hall where

the Princes awaited him. 

The Princes greeted Lailie, their King, bowing to the ground, and  then they rose, and at his word sat down

before him; and the eldest of  the Princes began to speak, saying that it was impossible longer to  endure the

insults of the wicked King Esarhaddon, and that they must  make war on him. But Lailie disagreed, and gave

orders that envoys  shall be sent to remonstrate with King Esarhaddon; and he dismissed the  Princes from the

audience. Afterwards he appointed men of note to act  as ambassadors, and impressed on them what they were

to say to King  Esarhaddon. Having finished this business, Esarhaddon  feeling  himself to be Lailie  rode

out to hunt wild asses. The hunt was  successful. He killed two wild asses himself, and having returned home,

feasted with his friends, and witnessed a dance of slave girls. The  next day he went to the Court, where he

was awaited by petitioners  suitors, and prisoners brought for trial; and there as usual he decided  the cases

submitted to him. Having finished this business, he again  rode out to his favourite amusement: the hunt. And

again he was  successful: this time killing with his own hand an old lioness, and  capturing her two cubs. After

the hunt he again feasted with his  friends, and was entertained with music and dances, and the night he  spent

with the wife whom he loved. 

So, dividing his time between kingly duties and pleasures, he lived  for days and weeks, awaiting the return of

the ambassadors he had sent  to that King Esarhaddon who used to be himself. Not till a month had  passed did


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS  148



Top




Page No 151


the ambassadors return, and they returned with their noses  and ears cut off. 

King Esarhaddon had ordered them to tell Lailie that what had been  done to them  the ambassadors 

would be done to King Lailie himself  also, unless he sent immediately a tribute of silver, gold, and

cypresswood, and came himself to pay homage to King Esarhaddon. 

Lailie, formerly Esarhaddon, again assembled the Princes, and took  counsel with them as to what he should

do. They all with one accord  said that war must be made against Esarhaddon, without waiting for him  to

attack them. The King agreed; and taking his place at the head of  the army, started on the campaign. The

campaign lasts seven days. Each  day the King rode round the army to rouse the courage of his warriors.  On

the eighth day his army met that of Esarhaddon in a broad valley  through which a river flowed. Lailie's army

fought bravely, but Lailie,  formerly Esarhaddon, saw the enemy swarming down from the mountains  like

ants, overrunning the valley and overwhelming his army; and, in  his chariot, he flung himself into the midst

of the battle, hewing and  felling the enemy. But the warriors of Lailie were but as hundreds,  while those of

Esarhaddon were as thousands; and Lailie felt himself  wounded and taken prisoner. Nine days he journeyed

with other captives,  bound, and guarded by the warriors of Esarhaddon. On the tenth day he  reached Nineveh,

and was placed in a cage. Lailie suffered not so much  from hunger and from his wound as from shame and

impotent rage. He felt  how powerless he was to avenge himself on his enemy for all he was  suffering. All he

could do was to deprive his enemies of the pleasure  of seeing his sufferings; and he firmly resolved to endure

courageously  without a murmur, all they could do to him. For twenty days he sat in  his cage, awaiting

execution. He saw his relatives and friends led out  to death; he heard the groans of those who were executed:

some had  their hands and feet cut off, others were flayed alive, but he showed  neither disquietude, nor pity,

nor fear. He saw the wife he loved,  bound, and led by two black eunuchs. He knew she was being taken as a

slave to Esarhaddon. That, too, he bore without a murmur. But one of  the guards placed to watch him said, 'I

pity you, Lailie; you were a  king, but what are you now?' And hearing these words, Lailie remembered  all he

had lost. He clutched the bars of his cage, and, wishing to kill  himself, beat his head against them. But he had

not the strength to do  so and, groaning in despair, he fell upon the floor of his cage. 

At last two executioners opened his cage door, and having strapped  his arms tight behind him, led him to the

place of execution, which was  soaked with blood. Lailie saw a sharp stake dripping with blood, from  which

the corpse of one of his friends had just been torn, and he  understood that this had been done that the stake

might serve for his  own execution. They stripped Lailie of his clothes. He was startled at  the leanness of his

once strong, handsome body. The two executioners  seized that body by its lean thighs; they lifted him up and

were about  to let him fall upon the stake. 

'This is death, destruction!' thought Lailie, and, forgetful of his  resolve to remain bravely calm to the end, he

sobbed and prayed for  mercy. But no one listened to him. 

'But this cannot be,' thought he. 'Surely I am asleep. It is a  dream.' And he made an effort to rouse himself,

and did indeed awake,  to find himself neither Esarhaddon nor Lailie  but some kind of an  animal. He was

astonished that he was an animal, and astonished, also,  at not having known this before. 

He was grazing in a valley, tearing the tender grass with his  teeth, and brushing away flies with his long tail.

Around him was  frolicking a longlegged, darkgray asscolt, striped down its back.  Kicking up its hind

legs, the colt galloped full speed to Esarhaddon,  and poking him under the stomach with its smooth little

muzzle,  searched for the teat, and, finding it, quieted down, swallowing  regularly. Esarhaddon understood

that he was a sheass, the colt's  mother, and this neither surprised nor grieved him, but rather gave him

pleasure. He experienced a glad feeling of simultaneous life in himself  and in his offspring. 

But suddenly something flew near with a whistling sound and hit him  in the side, and with its sharp point

entered his skin and flesh.  Feeling a burning pain, Esarhaddon  who was at the same time the ass   tore


TWENTYTHREE TALES

PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS  149



Top




Page No 152


the udder from the colt's teeth, and laying back his ears  galloped to the herd from which he had strayed. The

colt kept up with  him, galloping by his side. They had already nearly reached the herd,  which had started off,

when another arrow in full flight struck the  colt's neck. It pierced the skin and quivered in its flesh. The colt

sobbed piteously and fell upon its knees. Esarhaddon could not abandon  it, and remained standing over it.

The colt rose, tottered on its long,  thin legs, and again fell. A fearful twolegged being  a man  ran  up

and cut its throat. 

'This cannot be; it is still a dream! thought Esarhaddon, and made  a last effort to awake. 'Surely I am not

Lailie, nor the ass, but  Esarhaddon!' 

He cried out, and at the same instant lifted his head out of the  font. . . . The old man was standing by him,

pouring over his head the  last drops from the pitcher. 

'Oh, how terribly I have suffered! And for how long!' said  Esarhaddon. 

'Long?' replied the old man, 'you have only dipped your head under  water and lifted it again; see, the water is

not yet all out of the  pitcher. Do you now understand?' 

Esarhaddon did not reply, but only looked at the old man with  terror. 

'Do you now understand,' continued the old man, 'that Lailie is  you, and the warriors you put to death were

you also? And not the  warriors only, but the animals which you slew when hunting and ate at  your feasts

were also you. You thought life dwelt in you alone but I  have drawn aside the veil of delusion, and have let

you see that by  doing evil to others you have done it to yourself also. Life is one in  them all, and yours is but

a portion of this same common life. And only  in that one part of life that is yours, can you make life better or

worse  increasing or decreasing it. You can only improve life in  yourself by destroying the barriers that

divide your life from that of  others, and by considering others as yourself, and loving them. By so  doing you

increase your share of life. You injure your life when you  think of it as the only life, and try to add to its

welfare at the  expense of other lives. By so doing you only lessen it. To destroy the  life that dwells in others

is beyond your power. The life of those you  have slain has vanished from your eyes, but is not destroyed.

You  thought to lengthen your own life and to shorten theirs, but you cannot  do this. Life knows neither time

nor space. The life of a moment, and  the life of a thousand years: your life and the life of all the visible  and

invisible beings in the world, are equal. To destroy life, or to  alter it, is impossible; for life is the one thing

that exists. All  else, but seems to us to be.' 

Having said this the old man vanished. 

Next morning King Esarhaddon gave orders that Lailie and all the  prisoners should be set at liberty and that

the executions should  cease. 

On the third day he called his son Assurbanipal, and gave the  kingdom over into his hands; and he himself

went into the desert to  think over all he had learnt. Afterwards he went about as a wanderer  through the towns

and villages, preaching to the people that all life  is one, and that when men wish to harm others, they really

do evil to  themselves. 

1903. 

22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS 

A LEGEND. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS  150



Top




Page No 153


THIS is a legend current among the South American Indians. 

God, say they, at first made men so that they had no need to work:  they needed neither houses, nor clothes,

nor food, and they all lived  till they were a hundred, and did not know what illness was. 

When, after some time, God looked to see how people were living, he  saw that instead of being happy in their

life, they had quarrelled with  one another, and, each caring for himself, had brought matters to such  a pass

that far from enjoying life, they cursed it. 

Then God said to himself: 'This comes of their living separately,  each for himself.' And to change this state of

things, God so arranged  matters that it became impossible for people to live without working.  To avoid

suffering from cold and hunger, they were now obliged to build  dwellings, and to dig the ground, and to grow

and gather fruits and  grain. 

'Work will bring them together,' thought God. 

'They cannot make their tools, prepare and transport their timber,  build their houses, sow and gather their

harvests, spin and weave, and  make their clothes, each one alone by himself.' 

'It will make them understand that the more heartily they work  together, the more they will have and the

better they will live; and  this will unite them.' 

Time passed on, and again God came to see how men were living, and  whether they were now happy. 

But he found them living worse than before. They worked together  (that they could not help doing), but not

all together, being broken up  into little groups. And each group tried to snatch work from other  groups, and

they hindered one another, wasting time and strength in  their struggles, so that things went ill with them all. 

Having seen that this, too, was not well, God decided so as to  arrange things that man should not know the

time of his death, but  might die at any moment; and he announced this to them. 

'Knowing that each of them may die at any moment,' thought God,  'they will not, by grasping at gains that

may last so short a time,  spoil the hours of life allotted to them.' 

But it turned out otherwise. When God returned to see how people  were living, he saw that their life was as

bad as ever. 

Those who were strongest, availing themselves of the fact that men  might die at any time, subdued those who

were weaker, killing some and  threatening others with death. And it came about that the strongest and  their

descendants did no work, and suffered from the weariness of  idleness, while those who were weaker had to

work beyond their  strength, and suffered from lack of rest. Each set of men feared and  hated the other. And

the life of man became yet more unhappy. 

Having seen all this, God, to mend matters, decided to make use of  one last means; he sent all kinds of

sickness among men. God thought  that when all men were exposed to sickness they would understand that

those who are well should have pity on those who are sick, and should  help them, that when they themselves

fall ill those who are well might  in turn help them. 

And again God went away, but when He came back to see how men lived  now that they were subject to

sicknesses, he saw that their life was  worse even than before. The very sickness that in God's purpose should

have united men, had divided them more than ever. Those men who were  strong enough to make others work,


TWENTYTHREE TALES

22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS  151



Top




Page No 154


forced them also to wait on them in  times of sickness; but they did not, in their turn, look after others  who

were ill. And those who were forced to work for others and to look  after them when sick, were so worn with

work that they had no time to  look after their own sick, but left them without attendance. That the  sight of

sick folk might not disturb the pleasures of the wealthy,  houses were arranged in which these poor people

suffered and died, far  from those whose sympathy might have cheered them, and in the arms of  hired people

who nursed them without compassion, or even with disgust.  Moreover, people considered many of the

illnesses infectious, and,  fearing to catch them, not only avoided the sick, but even separated  themselves from

those who attended the sick. 

Then God said to Himself: 'If even this means will not bring men to  understand wherein their happiness lies,

let them be taught by  suffering.' And God left men to themselves. 

And, left to themselves, men lived long before they understood that  they all ought to, and might be, happy.

Only in the very latest times  have a few of them begun to understand that work ought not to be a  bugbear to

some and like galleyslavery for others, but should be a  common and happy occupation, uniting all men.

They have begun to  understand that with death constantly threatening each of us, the only  reasonable

business of every man is to spend the years, months, hours,  and minutes, allotted him  in unity and love.

They have begun to  understand that sickness, far from dividing men, should, on the  contrary, give

opportunity for loving union with one another. 

1903. 

23. THREE QUESTIONS 

IT once occurred to a certain king, that if he always knew the  right time to begin everything; if he knew who

were the right people to  listen to, and whom to avoid, and, above all, if he always knew what  was the most

important thing to do, he would never fail in anything he  might undertake. 

And this thought having occurred to him, he had it proclaimed  throughout his kingdom that he would give a

great reward to any one who  would teach him what was the right time for every action, and who were  the

most necessary people, and how he might know what was the most  important thing to do. 

And learned men came to the King, but they all answered his  questions differently. 

In reply to the first question, some said that to know the right  time for every action, one must draw up in

advance, a table of days,  months and years, and must live strictly according to it. Only thus,  said they, could

everything be done at its proper time. Others declared  that it was impossible to decide beforehand the right

time for every  action; but that, not letting oneself be absorbed in idle pastimes, one  should always attend to

all that was going on, and then do what was  most needful. Others, again, said that however attentive the King

might  be to what was going on, it was impossible for one man to decide  correctly the right time for every

action, but that he should have a  Council of wise men, who would help him to fix the proper time for

everything. 

But then again others said there were some things which could not  wait to be laid before a Council, but about

which one had at once to  decide whether to undertake them or not. But in order to decide that  one must know

beforehand what was going to happen. It is only magicians  who know that; and, therefore in order to know

the right time for every  action, one must consult magicians. 

Equally various were the answers to the second question. Some said,  the people the King most needed were

his councillors; others, the  priests; others, the doctors; while some said the warriors were the  most necessary. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

23. THREE QUESTIONS  152



Top




Page No 155


To the third question, as to what was the most important  occupation: some replied that the most important

thing in the world was  science. Others said it was skill in warfare; and others, again, that  it was religious

worship. 

All the answers being different, the King agreed with none of them,  and gave the reward to none. But still

wishing to find the right  answers to his questions, he decided to consult a hermit, widely  renowned for his

wisdom. 

The hermit lived in a wood which he never quitted and he received  none but common folk. So the King put

on simple clothes, and before  reaching the hermit's cell dismounted from his horse, and, leaving his

bodyguard behind, went on alone. 

When the King approached, the hermit was digging the ground in  front of his hut. Seeing the King, he

greeted him and went on digging.  The hermit was frail and weak, and each time he stuck his spade into  the

ground and turned a little earth, he breathed heavily. 

The King went up to him and said: 'I have come to you, wise hermit,  to ask you to answer three questions:

How can I learn to do the right  thing at the right time? Who are the people I most need, and to whom  should

I, therefore, pay more attention than to the rest? And, what  affairs are the most important and need my first

attention?' 

The hermit listened to the King, but answered nothing. He just spat  on his hand and recommenced digging. 

'You are tired,' said the King, 'let me take the spade and work  awhile for you.' 

'Thanks!' said the hermit, and, giving the spade to the King, he  sat down on the ground. 

When he had dug two beds, the King stopped and repeated his  questions. The hermit again gave no answer,

but rose, stretched out his  hand for the spade, and said: 

'Now rest awhile  and let me work a bit.' 

But the King did not give him the spade, and continued to dig. One  hour passed, and another. The sun began

to sink behind the trees, and  the King at last stuck the spade into the ground, and said: 

'I came to you, wise man, for an answer to my questions. If you can  give me none, tell me so, and I will

return home.' 

'Here comes some one running,' said the hermit, 'let us see who it  is.' 

The King turned round, and saw a bearded man come running out of  the wood. The man held his hands

pressed against his stomach, and blood  was flowing from under them. When he reached the King, he fell

fainting  on the ground moaning feebly. The King and the hermit unfastened the  man's clothing. There was a

large wound in his stomach. The King washed  it as best he could, and bandaged it with his handkerchief and

with a  towel the hermit had. But the blood would not stop flowing, and the  King again and again removed the

bandage soaked with warm blood, and  washed and rebandaged the wound. When at last the blood ceased

flowing,  the man revived and asked for something to drink. The King brought  fresh water and gave it to him.

Meanwhile the sun had set, and it had  become cool. So the King, with the hermit's help, carried the wounded

man into the hut and laid him on the bed. Lying on the bed the man  closed his eyes and was quiet; but the

King was so tired with his walk  and with the work he had done, that he crouched down on the threshold,  and

also fell asleep  so soundly that he slept all through the short  summer night. When he awoke in the


TWENTYTHREE TALES

23. THREE QUESTIONS  153



Top




Page No 156


morning, it was long before he could  remember where he was, or who was the strange bearded man lying on

the  bed and gazing intently at him with shining eyes. 

'Forgive me!' said the bearded man in a weak voice, when he saw  that the King was awake and was looking at

him. 

'I do not know you, and have nothing to forgive you for,' said the  King. 

'You do not know me, but I know you. I am that enemy of yours who  swore to revenge himself on you,

because you executed his brother and  seized his property. I knew you had gone alone to see the hermit, and I

resolved to kill you on your way back. But the day passed and you did  not return. So I came out from my

ambush to find you, and I came upon  your bodyguard, and they recognized me, and wounded me. I escaped

from  them, but should have bled to death had you not dressed my wound. I  wished to kill you, and you have

saved my life. Now, if I live, and if  you wish it, I will serve you as your most faithful slave, and will bid  my

sons do the same. Forgive me!' 

The King was very glad to have made peace with his enemy so easily,  and to have gained him for a friend,

and he not only forgave him, but  said he would send his servants and his own physician to attend him,  and

promised to restore his property. 

Having taken leave of the wounded man, the King went out into the  porch and looked around for the hermit.

Before going away he wished  once more to beg an answer to the questions he had put. The hermit was

outside, on his knees, sowing seeds in the beds that had been dug the  day before. 

The King approached him, and said: 

'For the last time, I pray you to answer my questions, wise man.' 

'You have already been answered!' said the hermit still crouching  on his thin legs, and looking up at the King,

who stood before him. 

'How answered? What do you mean?' asked the King. 

'Do you not see,' replied the hermit. 'If you had not pitied my  weakness yesterday, and had not dug these beds

for me, but had gone  your way, that man would have attacked you, and you would have repented  of not

having stayed with me. So the most important time was when you  were digging the beds; and I was the most

important man; and to do me  good was your most important business. Afterwards, when that man ran to  us,

the most important time was when you were attending to him, for if  you had not bound up his wounds he

would have died without having made  peace with you. So he was the most important man, and what you did

for  him was your most important business. Remember then: there is only one  time that is important  Now!

It is the most important time because it  is the only time when we have any power. The most necessary man is

he  with whom you are, for no man knows whether he will ever have dealings  with any one else: and the most

important affair is, to do him good,  because for that purpose alone was man sent into this life!' 

1903. 


TWENTYTHREE TALES

23. THREE QUESTIONS  154



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. TWENTY-THREE TALES, page = 4

   3. TOLSTOY, page = 4

   4. PREFACE, page = 4

5. PART I: TALES FOR CHILDREN: PUBLISHED ABOUT 1872., page = 6

   6. 1 GOD SEES THE TRUTH, BUT WAITS , page = 6

   7. 2. A PRISONER IN THE CAUCASUS , page = 11

   8. 3. THE BEAR-HUNT , page = 28

9. PART II. POPULAR STORIES , page = 34

   10. 4. WHAT MEN LIVE BY , page = 34

   11. 5. A SPARK NEGLECTED BURNS THE HOUSE , page = 48

   12. 6. TWO OLD MEN , page = 57

   13. 7. WHERE LOVE IS, GOD IS , page = 71

14. PART III. A FAIRY TALE , page = 79

   15. 8. THE STORY OF IVAN THE FOOL, page = 79

16. PART IV. STORIES WRITTEN TO PICTURES , page = 98

   17. 9. EVIL ALLURES, BUT GOOD ENDURES , page = 98

   18. 10. LITTLE GIRLS WISER THAN MEN , page = 100

   19. 11. ILYAS, page = 101

20. PART V. FOLK-TALES RETOLD , page = 104

   21. 12. THE THREE HERMITS , page = 104

   22. 13. THE IMP AND THE CRUST , page = 109

   23. 14. HOW MUCH LAND DOES A MAN NEED? , page = 111

   24. 15. A GRAIN AS BIG AS A HEN'S EGG , page = 121

   25. 16. THE GODSON , page = 123

   26. 17. THE REPENTANT SINNER , page = 135

   27. 18. THE EMPTY DRUM , page = 137

28. PART VI. ADAPTATIONS FROM THE FRENCH , page = 143

   29. 19. THE COFFEE-HOUSE OF SURAT , page = 143

   30. 20. TOO DEAR! , page = 147

31. PART VII. STORIES GIVEN TO AID THE PERSECUTED JEWS , page = 150

   32. 21. ESARHADDON, KING OF ASSYRIA[23] , page = 150

   33. 22. WORK, DEATH AND SICKNESS , page = 153

   34. 23. THREE QUESTIONS , page = 155